Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutRFP - P982 BOBCAT RIDGE NATURAL AREA TRAIL DESIGNAdministrative Services Purchasing Divison 215 North Mason Street y 2nd Floor y P.O. Box 580 y Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 y (970) 221-6775 y Fax (970) 221-6707 www.fcgov.com ADDENDUM No. 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid: P982 Bobcat Ridge Trail Design and Construction OPENING DATE: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) April 13, 2005 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. CHANGE: Bid Opening- 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) April 13, 2005 NEW TIMELINE: RFP Advertised and Mailed: Friday, February 25, 2005 Pre-proposal Meeting: Thursday, March 24, 2005 Proposal Due Date: Wednesday, April 13, 2005 Evaluation of Proposals: Monday, April 25, 2005 Interviews: Tuesday, May 3, 2005 Contract Negotiations: Tuesday, May 17, 2005 Award of Contract: Thursday, May 19, 2005 Start of Phase I Design: Monday, May 23, 2005 Bobcat Ridge Trail Design and Construction Questions 1. If we need to visit the site other than this afternoon, can we do so before the proposals are due? Yes, but you must contact Karen Manci (970-221-6310) so that she can notify Natural Areas rangers and other staff that you will be visiting the site on a specific day for a specific time period. 2. What type of licensing is required for this job? None that we are aware of. 3. Bonding for different phases. Example: In Phase I for the first year is design and construction added together and bonded that year? Then you have Phase II price; will that be bonded later or at the same time as Phase I? Each phase will have its own contract and the awarded Trail Contractor will be required to provide payment and performance bonds with each phase of work. 4. Is Cultural Survey independent of this RFP? Yes. City will be hiring separate personnel/contractor for this, but Trail Contractor needs to notify City if an obvious pre-historical or historical artifact is encountered in the field during the design or construction phase so the cultural professionals can be brought in. 5. Is the ADA standard need to be the standard grade used for hard surface trails? Ideally, the standard would be ADA grade for hard surfaces, but that may not be possible due to terrain, destruction of habitat to meet grade, or costs to City and the Trail Contractor may have to propose a more challenging grade. We are really looking for a Trail Contractor that can provide expertise and recommendations in this area for our particular situation on Phase I. 6. Will improvements to the county road be done by others? Yes. That is not a part of the Trails RFP. 7. Will ATV access be allowed? Yes. The ranchers that are currently leasing the site use ATV’s on and off-roads and pick-up trucks on the roads. 8. Is Phase 2 and 3 Forest Service Easement/Categorical Exclusion the responsibility of the Trails Contractor? No. City Staff is working with the Forest Service to obtain the Easement/Categorical Exclusion. Bobcat Ridge Trail Design and Construction Questions (cont.) 9. Does the Forest Service have their design standards on their Website? The U.S. Forest Service has cooperated with the U.S. Department of Transportation to produce some very useful trail construction publications. These are available on the DOT WEBsite: http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/rectrails/trailpub.htm. Also attached to this addendum is the “ TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK” received from Roosevelt NF staff. 10. Is Trails Contractor responsible for contacts/permits with the Corps of Engineers? Are they aware of the project? Trails Contractor is responsible for contacting Corps of Engineers and obtaining any necessary permits/approvals. Contact person is Terry McKee, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Denver Regulatory Office, 9307 South Wadsworth Blvd., Littleton, CO 80128- 6901, Phone (303) 979-4120. The City has not contacted Terry regarding the Bobcat Ridge Trails Project. 11. Will there be neighborhood reviews? What is involved in Natural Resources Advisory Board (NRAB) reviews? The neighbors, general public, and NRAB have commented on the conceptual trail plan through the development of the Bobcat Ridge Natural Area Management Plan. Natural Areas staff and the Trails Committee of the NRAB will review the layout and design of the trail, which will include a field visit with the Trails Contractor for each phase, once the trail has been staked out in the field. Natural Areas staff has final approval of the trail location; NRAB provides comments to staff. 12. Do foot bridges need to accommodate vehicle use? No, but they need to accommodate horses 13. What is the anticipated trail use and size? The RFP lists the use types for each phase (e.g., hikers, equestrians, bikers). The parking lot will be designed for 25 cars and 6 horse trailers, with a possible expansion of the parking lot to 50 cars in the future; there will be some additional use by neighbors accessing the site, but not a lot. Trail Contractors need to submit opinions of design based on their experience with trail use/size given this information. 14. We do not normally estimate trail costs by square footage. Would be better for us to provide a cost per linear foot for a 2’, 4’, 5’, and ADA trail instead. Change costs from per square foot to per lineal foot. Bobcat Ridge Trail Design and Construction Questions (cont.) 15. We do not estimate costs of tree felling for user safety by dbh; we use cost of tree felling per mile of trail to achieve safety standards. Change costs from per tree to per lineal mile. 16. Do you need a GIS compatible trail alignment for more than just the final, as built trail? No, just the final needs to be GIS compatible, but you’ll need to have some type of map showing the proposed “flagged out” trail to present to staff and the NRAB. 17. Normally, the cost for a switchback is per switchback. Is that what you want for this RFP? We will not know the total number of switchbacks necessary until the design is completed. Please provide the cost per switchback. 18. For stream crossings, you state that you do not want culverts, which are much less expensive than bridges. Is that true? Yes. Our preference is for bridges. Some of our staff is opposed to culverts, but other alternatives can be proposed for staff review. 19. For stream crossings, what hydraulic model do you want us to use? For example, ability to pass a 20-year flood? We want you to use your expertise with these types of trail crossings in similar types of drainages. We did not anticipate that you would be doing any complex hydraulic modeling and do not have a specific year flood flow. 20. Because this project could possibly be extended (e.g., if it takes longer than anticipated to get the Forest Service Easement), will there be an inflation index added above the estimate that we provide today in 2005? If contract is delayed by the Owner one year beyond the finish date, the cost extension may use the Denver-Boulder CPI as a guide. 21. Do you have a current grazing plan? No. We will be hiring a Land Manager in April and one of his first duties will be to develop a grazing plan for Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. For your proposal, you need to provide a cost per gate, assuming, for now, that it will be necessary to have some gates that allow users to pass through cattle fences. Then the Trail Contractor will have to work with the Land Manager on the design for the trail incorporating proposed grazing plan. 22. Can the draft Bobcat Ridge Natural Area Management Plan be made available to us now? Yes, attached to this addendum is the “draft Bobcat Ridge Natural Area Management Plan “. Bobcat Ridge Trail Design and Construction Questions (cont.) 23. Will the site be open before the trail is completed? The site will not open until Phase 1 trail is completed. The public will not be able to access Phase 2 or 3 areas until those trails are completed, so there shouldn’t be any conflicts with public users during construction of any of the phases. 24. What are the hours/days of the week that may be worked on the site? You need to provide what hours/days of week you’ll be working in your proposal. You should keep in mind noise consideration for the close neighbors for a portion of the Phase I trails. 25. Does 80% of the labor really need to be Colorado residents? Yes. 26. Is an engineers stamp needed for the design? No. The design does not need to be approved by either the City or County Planning Department. 27. Can we have a campsite on the property for our workers? No, that will not be allowed. There are private campsites available in nearby Loveland that are not far from the site. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. DRAFT Bobcat Ridge Natural Area Management Plan City of Fort Collins Natural Areas Program Natural Resources Department Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970-416-2183 www.fcgov.com/naturalareas/ March 30, 2005 DRAFT Table of Contents List of Tables and Figures Executive Summary Chapter 1. Introduction and Background Chapter 2. Physical Resources Chapter 3. Vegetation Resources Chapter 4. Wildlife Resources Chapter 5. Cultural Resources Chapter 6. Visitor Use Chapter 7. Education Chapter 8. Site Administration and Public Improvements Chapter 9. Action Plan Appendices 1. Council Acquisition Considerations 2. Public Tour Brochure/Questionnaire 3. Public Comments 4. Complete List of Mammals 5. Priority Conservation Area Report: Big Thompson River 6. Results of Preble’s Meadow Jumping Mouse Survey 7. Complete List of Observed Birds 8. Characterization Abstract of Moss’s Elfin DRAFT Executive Summary Bobcat Ridge Natural Area was acquired by the City of Fort Collins Natural Areas Program on December 16, 2003 for a purchase price of $5.3 million from the Pulliam Marital and Charitable Trusts. At the time of purchase, Bobcat Ridge represented the largest contiguous natural area owned and managed by the Natural Areas Program at 2,600 acres. This property was also the first “regional lands” purchase made by the city’s Natural Areas Program under the Land Conservation and Stewardship Master Plan, which was unanimously adopted by Fort Collins City Council on April 1, 2003. In every way, Bobcat Ridge Natural Area property exceeds all criteria for a natural area. The property is home to significant biological and ecological resources, rich cultural and human history, abundant interpretive opportunities, and extraordinary opportunities for recreation. This management plan documents the ecological, cultural, and recreation resources, and suggests ways to maintain and enhance these resources while offering compatible educational and recreational opportunities. Proper stewardship will be achieved when habitat and wildlife values are maintained or enhanced through time. Management of Bobcat Ridge Natural Area offers many new challenges to the Natural Areas Program including: livestock grazing, management of fire-prone areas, habitat management for large herds of deer and elk with associated herd management and hunting pressure, and maintaining controlled access over a large backcountry area. In this document the Natural Areas Program outlines specific goals and management recommendations for Bobcat Ridge. A summarized review of all management recommendations may be found in chapter 9. The recommended management actions listed in this document are subject to available funding and organizational capacity. DRAFT Chapter 1. Introduction and Background Site Significance Bobcat Ridge Natural Area encompasses 2,606 acres of foothills grasslands, shrublands, and pine forests just west of Masonville, Colorado (T6NR70W portions of sections 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, and 27). Geographically, Bobcat Ridge is near other preserved public lands including Devil’s Backbone Open Space, managed by Larimer County and the Roosevelt National Forest. There are also three separate in-holdings within the natural area totaling 160 acres managed by the US Forest Service. At the time of purchase in 2003, Bobcat Ridge Natural Area was the largest contiguous natural area managed by the Natural Areas Program. Bobcat Ridge Natural Area’s diverse habitat, abundant wildlife, natural scenery and rich cultural history make this site a welcome addition to the Natural Areas Program’s land conservation inventory. This site meets all of Fort Collins City Council-approved considerations for acquisition (Appendix 1), and was a high priority acquisition target identified by the Natural Areas Program’s Land Conservation and Stewardship Master Plan adopted unanimously by Fort Collins City Council on April 1, 2003. The Colorado Division of Wildlife has documented significant populations of elk, mule deer and turkey, in addition to mountain lions and black bears which utilize portions of the natural area. Plant community diversity at Bobcat Ridge stems from the elevation gradient that rises from the eastern hogbacks and valley grasslands at 5,000 feet elevation, to the foothills ecosystem dominated by ponderosa pine and Douglas fir forests on the property’s western edge at 7,000 feet elevation. The mixture of plant communities are further diversified as the result of drainages, rolling topography and cliffs. Purchase and Interim Management Bobcat Ridge Natural Area was acquired by the City of Fort Collins Natural Areas Program on December 16, 2003 for a purchase price of $5.3 million from the Pulliam Marital and Charitable Trusts. Prior to and just following acquisition of the property, an interim stewardship analysis was developed to help guide activities while this management plan was being drafted. The following actions have been implemented since that time including: • extending the property grazing lease through the fall of 2005 • leasing the existing home-site to current occupant through Dec 31, 2005 • halting all activities related to salvage logging in the burned area • posting signs, installing gates, and marking boundaries to restrict public access • initiating routine ranger patrol to safeguard the area • completing an ecological inventory with Colorado Natural Heritage Program • beginning bird surveys with Fort Collins Audubon Society • completing a cultural resource survey • mapping existing roads, structures and other features to create a base-map • removing unnecessary fences and general cleaning up • conducting public preview field trips and gathering feedback • installing a portable restroom at the site entrance DRAFT Geographic Context Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is located just west of Masonville center and Larimer County Road 27. This site falls within the Foothills/Redstone/Buckhorn regional Conservation Focus Area as identified in the Natural Areas Program’s Land Conservation and Stewardship Master Plan completed in 2003. This property was identified for its high quality habitat and scenic resources. Its location, shown in figure 1.1, provides direct ecological connectivity to Roosevelt National Forest to the west, which in turn is contiguous with Rocky Mountain National Park, and to 3,500 acres of protected foothills (Sylvan Dale Conservation Easement) to the south. This connectivity provides protected transitions from lower elevation grasslands to the foothills ecosystems higher elevation montane, subalpine and alpine environments. The acquisition of Bobcat Ridge Natural Area serves to preserve one of the few remaining relatively unfragmented landscapes of Colorado’s Front Range. Immediately to the north, east, and south, much of the land is developed as rural subdivisions with 5 to 35-acre lots; some with ranches, small farms and quarries. One and a half miles east of Bobcat Ridge are Devil’s Backbone and Rimrock Open Spaces managed by Larimer County. Along with Coyote Ridge Natural Area, these lands combine to protect 3,500 acres of grasslands and agriculture. There may be opportunities to conserve nearby lands in the future. The areas to the north and east have a high potential to be subdivided into 35 acre lots, or clustered into rural developments following Larimer County’s Land Use Code. Reasonable commuting distances to Loveland, Fort Collins, and the appeal of country living make this area a highly desirable place to live. Bobcat Ridge is not located contiguous to any existing trail networks. However, there may be opportunities work with the US Forest Service on trail connections onto Forest Service lands in the future. DRAFT Land Use History The presence of two likely tipi rings and a small collection of artifacts from the site reveal that Native American people probably camped or occupied Bobcat Ridge Natural Area prior to European settlement. Today’s presence of abundant big game further suggests this area may have been productive hunting grounds. European settlement of the area occurred in the late 1800’s. Bobcat Ridge and the surrounding lands were used for farming and grazing throughout the homestead period in Figure 1.1. Location of Bobcat Ridge and surrounding conserved lands DRAFT northern Colorado. Agriculture was the primary economic focus of the area’s early settlers. Known homestead sites on Bobcat Ridge include the area of Mahoney Park, the standing historic cabin in the northeast corner, and the existing ranch house at the entrance of the property. The Pulliam family, who last owned and operated the property, has farmed and leased this land for cattle grazing, alfalfa, wheat production and hunting since 1961. Following the Bobcat Gulch Fire of 2000 the property also was informally leased for salvage logging. Scope of the Management Plan This management plan describes significant natural, cultural, recreational and educational resources for Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. Based on an inventory of existing conditions, ecology and cultural resources, specific recommendations for wildlife and habitat protection and visitor use are proposed. Chapters Two through Six detail the physical, ecological, cultural, and recreational resources of the property; Chapter Seven discusses the educational opportunities; Chapter Eight describes the resources various administrative elements and start-up activities. Chapter Nine presents the action plan, outlining the management actions necessary to properly steward the site consistent with the Natural Areas Program mission. These actions will be executed as funding and organizational capacity allows. Public Outreach In the summer of 2004, the Natural Areas Program began a concerted effort to introduce the public to Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. The first step in our community outreach effort was to offer staff-led public field trips which began in June and continued through October. More than 125 citizens attended and completed a questionnaire concerning specific management questions (Appendix 2). Members of the City of Fort Collins Natural Resources Advisory Board, Parks and Recreation Board and the Trails Committee visited Bobcat Ridge during that same time and provided similar input. Three public open houses were held in 2004. The first was held on July 1 which targeted local neighbors of Bobcat Ridge. Two additional public open houses held in November 17, and December 3 for the public, staff and citizen advisory boards. Comments and feedback from those open houses can be found in Appendix 3. Staff also consulted with the Colorado Division of Wildlife, Northern Colorado Water Conservation District, Arapahoe Roosevelt National Forest, EDAW Inc., Larimer County Planning staff, Larimer County Sheriff and Emergency Services Office, Loveland Rural Fire District, City of Fort Collins Historic Preservation Office, Tatanka Historical Associates, Rocky Mountain National Park and the Colorado Natural Heritage Program in the development of the interim stewardship analysis and this management plan. DRAFT Chapter 2. Physical Resources The physical resources analyzed at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area include topography, geology, soils, hydrology, and scenic vistas. Recommendations in subsequent chapters are based in part on the capabilities and limitations of the physical resources listed here. Topography The topography of Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is varied; mountains, cliffs, rolling terrain, drainages and flat valley areas are all found within the landscape of this natural area. Forested hills dominated by Ponderosa pine and Douglas fir and reaching to over 7,000 feet elevation dominate the western section and comprises a named ridge (Green Ridge). The valley section of the property consists of open, flat grasslands and agricultural areas. The elevation of the valley bottom ranges from 5,500 feet on the west to5,400 feet on the east side. Hogback ridges made up of red sandstone cliffs on the natural area’s eastern edge rise to an elevation of 5,600 feet and create two unique canyons that cut through the hogback and drain eastward. Buffman Canyon is located on the north end and provides the main access to the site. Brooks Canyon located to the south is ecologically vibrant canyon rich in plant and wildlife diversity. The varied topography of Bobcat Ridge is indeed the source of the site’s scenic and biological resources. Geology (Braddock, et al. 1970) The geology of Bobcat Ridge varies widely across both space and time. Different formations dating from the Precambrian era and up to the Quaternary period are found here. In general, the geologic formations are older on the western, mountainous areas of Green Ridge. Younger formations are found directly east along the hogback ridges. Green Ridge is entirely Precambrian era metamorphic Tonalite and metasedimentary rock. Tonalite is light gray and varies from medium-grained, equigranular to fine-grained, porphyritic (large crystals embedded in a finer-grained matrix). The mineralogy of the metasedimentary rock varies with metamorphic grade. Within Bobcat Ridge these rocks are primarily quartz-feldspar schist and gneiss, and mica schist and gneiss. The valley floor was formed in the Fountain Formation (Carboniferous period) overlain by Quaternary era alluvial fan deposits. The Fountain Formation is a red and minor gray, coarse-grained sandstone with lenses of siltstone and fine-grained sandstone. Alluvial fan deposits consist of material washed off of Green Ridge and deposited within the many west- east drainages that cross the area’s valley. As the valley floor rises to form the hogback ridge, the Fountain Formation can be seen on its western slopes as exposed red cliffs. Moving eastward, the top of the hogback is made up primarily of the Permian period Ingleside and Satanka Formations. The Ingleside Formation consists of red calcareous, fine - to medium-grained, well-sorted, cross-bedded sandstone while the Satanka Formation consists of red siltstone and fine-grained sandstone. These formations form the red cliffs visible on the higher elevations of the hogback and in Buffman and Brooks Canyon. Lyons Sandstone dating to the Permian period covers the eastern-most DRAFT slopes of the hogback and is made up of red and pink fine- to very fine-grained, well-sorted, cross-bedded sandstone. Recommended Actions for Geologic Resources: • Do not allow rock climbing on fragile, easily erosive rock cliffs. • Assess site for potentially appropriate rock climbing area. Soils (Moreland 1980) The soils on Bobcat Ridge Natural Area vary depending on location and underlying geology. Valley soils are quite complex with varying slopes, soil textures, and series classification. Soils formed on Green Ridge are less complex, as are soils on the hogback since these areas are erosional rather than the depositional soils of the valley (Figure 2.1). Green Ridge Soils The upper elevations of Green Ridge are dominated by Wetmore-Boyle gravelly sandy loam mixed with rock outcrop with areas of Elbeth-Moen loams and Breece coarse sandy loam. The latter is found in areas such as Mahoney Park. These soil types are shallow, stone, occur on very steep slopes that exhibit rapid runoff, and are highly erosive. These soils may withstand limited grazing under a well planned grazing system that is directed toward maintaining adequate plant cover. There are severe limitations to recreational use and building site development mainly due to high angle slope, and shallow depth of bedrock. The Natural Resources Conservation Service recommends that these areas are primarily suited for native grasses and woodlands for wildlife habitat. The lower slopes of Green Ridge are dominated by stony or cobbly sandy loam Haploborolls mixed with rock outcrop. These soils have similar capabilities and limitations as those mentioned above. The Bobcat Gultch Fire in 2000 denuded the vegetation on the Green Ridge area. Subsequent rainfalls caused much erosion of the exposed soils and nearby drainages. Aerial seeding efforts of the burned area by the U.S. Forest Service have successfully created a ground cover of grasses. However, the area is still unstable and erosion potential is high. An assessment of areas with high erosion potential is needed and those areas should be stabilized to reduce soil loss. Valley Soils The soils found in the valley bottom at Bobcat Ridge display a very complex distribution. They are primarily loams of the Kirtley-Purner complex and Satanta series. Areas of Connerton-Barnum complex, Harlan and Purner fine sandy loams and other minor series are mixed throughout. Slopes range from nearly level to strongly sloping with slow to rapid runoff. Soils on the western section of the valley tend to have severe limitations that make them generally unsuited for cultivation due to the severe erosion hazard and are primarily suited to pasture and native grasses for wildlife habitat. Soils on the eastern section of the valley tend exhibit severe limitations related to erodability that restrict the choice of cultivated plants, requires special conservation practices, or both. Under irrigated conditions these soils support wheat, barley, corn, sugar beets or beans. In dryland conditions they are best suited to pasture or native grasses. DRAFT Valley soils present few limitations with regards to recreational uses, however engineering designs for trails, structures, or other improvements may need to be made to account for high, shrink-swell potential, corrosiveness and general low strength of heavy-textured soils. Hogback ridge soils Soils on the hogback on the eastern edge of Bobcat Ridge are a mixture of rock outcrop, loamy soils of the Purner series and Haplustolls or Baller soils ranging from stony sandy loam to loam in texture. Slopes are generally steep with vertical cliffs present on portions of the rock outcrop. Runoff in this area tends to be rapid exhibit a severe erosion hazard. These soils are primarily suited to native grasses and wildlife habitat. Limited grazing under a well planned grazing system that emphasizes the protection and maintenance of plant cover may be tolerated. Hogback soils present severe limitations to recreational use and building site development primarily due to slope, depth to bedrock and presence of large surface stones. Recommended Actions for Soil: • Complete a grazing plan that is directed toward maintaining adequate plant cover to limit erosion on green ridge and hogback ridge soils. • Carefully engineer trails on valley soils to account for high shrink-swell potential, corrosiveness and general low strength of heavy-textured soils. • Complete soil assessment prior to construction of public improvements • Complete soil assessment prior to restoration work. • Assess areas with high erosion potential to prevent further erosion and improve water quality. DRAFT Figure 2.1. Soil map of Bobcat Ridge. DRAFT Hydrology/Water Resources Bobcat Ridge lies within the Buckhorn Creek watershed, which in turn is nested within the larger Big Thompson River watershed. The contribution of Bobcat Ridge to Buckhorn Creek in terms of surface runoff is minimal. However, its contribution to groundwater dynamics may be more significant as there are a number of springs located on the property. The hydrologic system on Bobcat Ridge includes several springs, two ephemeral streams and a small irrigation-fed pond. The Hansen Feeder Canal, although concrete lined, may play a part in the hydrologic system at Bobcat Ridge. The known springs on Bobcat Ridge can be found in and around the Mahoney Park area. One of these, on the northeastern side of Mahoney Park, feeds a small earthen-dammed detention pond used for watering livestock. Another, on the western side of the park, feeds wetland seeps among the rock outcrops. This same spring flows underground across Mahoney Park and resurfaces on the eastern side where it is used to supply a livestock watering tank. A third, located in the major drainage just south of the park, has been excavated out of the side of the hill to create a watering area for livestock. It is unclear whether this third spring would have produced surface water historically or just manifested itself as a seep within a wetland vegetation complex. Other springs may be found on Bobcat Ridge with further investigation. There are two ephemeral stream networks on Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. The northernmost collects several drainages including those containing the known springs in and around Mahoney Park. This stream course cuts the hogback ridge forming Buffman Canyon before continuing on to Buckhorn Creek. The southernmost stream network collects two major drainages and a handful of smaller ones before cutting the hogback to form Brooks Canyon and continuing on to join Buckhorn Creek. Surface water is present in this stream course in Brooks Canyon; however, it is unclear as to whether this water is the result of a naturally occurring spring, spillover from a irrigation pipe fed by a siphon off the Hansen Feeder Canal, or seepage coming directly from the canal. A small retention pond exists on the western edge of the valley just north of the Powerline Road. This pond is primarily fed with irrigation water pumped over from the Hansen Feeder Canal, leased to the ranchers (lessee of the city). The pond would also capture surface runoff from three minor drainages during heavy precipitation events or during the spring melt. The pond lies within the Buffman Canyon stream network although its role in the overall hydrology is unclear since there is no surface flow coming out of it. The Hansen Feeder Canal is a concrete lined ditch that is part of the Horsetooth Reservoir supply network. The canal is owned and operated by the Northern Colorado Water Conservancy District. Water from this canal is used to supply the retention pond mentioned above as well as a stock tank located west of the head of Brooks Canyon. Although it is lined some leakage may occur and contribute to the hydrology of Bobcat Ridge. The location(s) and extent of this contribution are uncertain at this time. Recommended Actions for Hydrologic Resources: • Assess the hydrologic systems to better understand sources of wetlands and drainages. DRAFT • Restore dammed drainages to ensure continued and natural hydrology of wetlands and drainages. • Rehabilitate eroded drainages that were damaged by heavy rains following the 2000 Bobcat Gulch Fire. Establish sufficient ground cover over the burned areas for greater infiltration and reduction of sediment laden runoff. • Design trails to keep people away from canal and post signs that canal area is closed to public. DRAFT Scenic Resources This area serves as a scenic resource for visitors to the area. Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is clearly visible from the top of Horsetooth Mountain and many of the other surrounding ridges (mostly privately owned). Not only does Bobcat Ridge serve to preserve a continuous scenic landscape when viewed from afar, but the varied topography, geology and plant communities found on the property provide a scenic and aesthetic resource for visitors to the natural area (Figure 2.2). Currently, a private small aircraft landing strip at the crest of the hogback on neighboring property and the Denver International Airport flight path over the property can affect the peaceful, scenic resource at times. Wildfires, residential development and expanded quarrying operations are all potential future negative impacts to the scenic and aesthetic values of this natural area. Recommended Actions for Scenic Resources: • Limit vehicle travel on site in order to reduce noise and improve air quality. • Achieve state and local air quality standards during any management actions such as prescribed burning for long-term air quality and visibility of scenic resources. • Investigate burying the power line through the grassland/meadow area of the natural area. • Design trail to provide scenic vistas of the unbroken landscape within the natural area. Chapter References Braddock, W. A., R. H. Calvert, S. J. Gawarecki, and P. Nutalaya 1970. Geologic map of the Masonville quadrangle, Larimer County, Colorado. U. S. Geologic Survey, Washington D.C. Moreland, Donald C. 1980. Soil survey of Larimer County area, Colorado. U. S. Dept of Agriculture, Washington D.C. Figure 2.2. Looking northeast toward Horsetooth Mountain (left) and east toward Milner Mountain (right). DRAFT Chapter 3. Vegetation Resources In this chapter we describe the various plant and vegetation resources found at Bobcat Ridge. This includes a discussion of plant communities, rare plants, and system factors including ecological processes that give rise to the vegetation composition and distribution within the natural area. In the summer of 2004, the Colorado Natural Heritage Program (CNHP) was contracted to conduct a biological survey of Bobcat Ridge Natural Area for the purpose of identifying native plant communities and ecosystems present that are of conservation concern. Much of the following section is adapted from their report (Doyle 2004). Plant Communities and Ecosystems Ecosystems are defined as dynamic assemblages of plant and animal communities that occur together on the landscape. They are unified by similar ecological processes such as climate moderated by elevation, natural disturbance processes and/or underlying abiotic factors and gradients such as bedrock geology and hydrology. Native plant communities at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area occur within five ecosystems as shown in Figure 3.1 and Table 3.1. There is one wetland ecosystem: Lower Montane Riparian Woodland; and four upland ecosystems: Ponderosa Pine Woodland, Ponderosa Pine Savanna, Lower Montane-Foothills Shrubland, and Foothills Grassland. In each of these ecosystems several native plant community associations occur. Rare communities within these ecosystems are listed in Table 3.2. The Ponderosa Pine Woodland ecosystem is located at the highest elevations on the slopes and high points along Green Ridge in the western part of the property. This area was severely altered by the Bobcat Gulch wildfire in 2000 that burned 1,000 acres of forest within Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. At lower elevations on the east- and south-facing slopes of Green Ridge, the Ponderosa Pine Woodland grades into the Ponderosa Pine Savanna, a mosaic of shrubs, grasses and scattered trees. The valley between Green Ridge and the hogbacks to the east has remnants of a Foothills Grassland ecosystem. The majority of this ecosystem has been converted to agricultural land use or has been degraded by grazing. The Lower Montane-Foothills Shrubland ecosystem is found on the sandstone hogbacks that run along the east side of Bobcat Ridge. The Lower Montane Riparian Woodland ecosystem is located along stream drainages, some of which have intermittent surface flow. Figure 3.1. Map of plant communities and ecosystems at Bobcat Ridge. Table 3.1. Rare plant communities at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area Upland Plant Ecosystems Rare Plant Communities CNHP State Ranking Ponderosa Pine Woodland Pinus ponderosa/Leucopoa kingii Ponderosa pine/spike fescue Vulnerable Ponderosa Pine Savanna Pinus ponderosa/ Cercocarpus montanus/ Andropogon gerardii P. pine/mountain mahogany/big blue stem Imperiled * Cercocarpus montanus/ Stipa scribneri Mountain mahogany/scribner needlegrass Lower Montane-Foothills Vulnerable* Shrubland Cercocarpus montanus/ Stipa neomexicana Mountain mahogany/New Mexico feathergrass Imperiled/vulnerable* Foothills Grassland Stipa comata/Bouteloua gracilis Needle-and-thread/blue gramma Imperiled/vulnerable Riparian Plant Ecosystems Lower Montane Riparian Woodland Populus angustifolia /Prunus virginiana Narrow-leaved cotoonwood/American plum Critically imperiled *Plant community was found to be intact and cover a significant enough area to be considered an element occurrence by the CNHP. See the 2004 Inventory of Larimer County by the Colorado Natural Heritage Program for more details. Woodland and Savanna Woodland and Savannas occupy about 70% of the land area at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. The Bobcat Gulch Fire of 2000 burned approximately two-thirds of the forested area on the property. The forest consists mostly of ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa) with some Rocky Mountain maple (Acer glabrum). The burned area contains a mix of well-established native grasses and patches dominated by various weedy species (Figure 3.2). In the areas with an open canopy (savannas), a large part of the understory consists of cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum). However, pockets of mountain mahogany (Cercocarpus montanus) and big bluestem (Andropogon gerardii) in the understory of ponderosa pine comprise a plant community ranked as globally imperiled by the Colorado Natural Heritage Program. Ponderosa Pine Woodland The Ponderosa Pine Woodland ecosystem is the most common found in the foothills and montane elevations (6,000-9,000 feet) along the Front Range. Ponderosa pine grows on warm dry slopes, is intolerant of shade, and grows well in full sun from bare mineral soil. These trees are the dominant species on dry slopes, but they are interspersed with Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii) on moister, north-facing slopes. Historically, these ecosystems likely sustained frequent, low intensity fires and sporadic catastrophic (i.e. stand-replacing) burns (Huckaby et al. 2003, Shinneman and Baker 1997). Figure 3.2. Burned area of Woodland at Bobcat Ridge. The Bobcat Gulch Fire was one such catastrophic, large natural disturbance in the Ponderosa Pine Woodland ecosystem on Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. Most of the trees in this ecosystem were killed by the severe crown fire, even in usually protected steep drainages and north-facing slopes. A site visit made on August 13, 2004 with US Forest Service researcher Laurie Huckaby revealed that widespread surface fire had occurred at least two times at Bobcat Ridge during the last 200 years. The majority of tree mortality occurred in what is likely a single stand of ponderosa pine dating to the early 1900’s. This suggests that, historically, the current Ponderosa Pine Woodland was more characteristically a Ponderosa Pine Savanna. Unusual climatic events (perhaps an extended wet period) likely promoted the regeneration and growth of ponderosa pine across Bobcat Ridge into a more closed-canopy forest condition. In the 2000 fire, much of the understory was consumed or lost to erosion following denudation. Understory regeneration may have been suppressed by emergence of early successional weeds (e.g. mullein (Verbascum thapsus)) or plants from post-fire seeding measures undertaken by the US Forest Service. Aerial seeding of the area included species such as slender wheatgrass (Elymus trachycaulus), sandberg bluegrass (Poa secunda), milk vetch (Astragulus spp.), mountain brome (Bromus marginatus), mountain muhly (Muhlenbergia montana), Arizona fescue (Festuca arizonica), and Parry’s oats (Danthonia parryi). Only small vestiges of what was likely present prior to the fire are recognizable. Ponderosa pine and spike fescue (Leucopoa kingii) occupy several ridgetops at higher elevations. Spike fescue is considered an indicator of late successional forest stands within this ecosystem (Tirmenstein 1987). Pockets of spike fescue have survived on several ridgetops and slopes at the outer edges of the fire at the north end of the property. These areas are currently threatened by the invasion of cheatgrass, especially notable as monotypic circles around trees that burned. It is difficult to assess whether spike fescue occurred on adjacent ridges to the south in the severely burned area. Otherwise, the Ponderosa Pine Woodland ecosystem can be seen to have a typical species composition, with Geyer’s sedge (Carex geyeri) locally abundant in areas of the understory where it is not out-competed by cheatgrass. North-facing slopes are co-dominated by ponderosa pine and Douglas fir forming relatively dense, closed canopy forests. No ponderosa pine seedlings were noted in the severe burn area during the 2004 inventory. However, seedlings were seen in the less severely burned areas. Ponderosa pine seed germination is reduced by moisture stress, such as that from the drought conditions that have persisted since the fire. Competing vegetation also decreases germination (Burns and Honkala 1990). Future fire management at Bobcat Ridge is being addressed as part of the comprehensive restoration plan (prescribed fire). Wildfire operations falls under the jurisdiction of the Loveland Rural Fire District. All wildfires at Bobcat Ridge will be suppressed. Conservation Target Ponderosa Pine Woodland Objectives Allow natural regenerative processes to restore portions of the forest while aggressively controlling invasive weeds and undertaking proactive restoration efforts to reduce erosion and enhance the native character. Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions High frequency – mixed severity fire is the dominant ecological process. Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) • High intensity rainstorms leading to severe erosion. • Introduction and establishment of weeds, especially cheatgrass. • Additional high intensity wildfires due to unnatural surface fuel buildup (invasion of cheatgrass together with downed woody material). Strategy/Action • Stabilize eroding soils. • Prevent the introduction and spread of invasive weeds. • Develop prescribed fire management plan to reduce probability of high intensity surface fires; contain the spread should one ignite. • Enhance wildlife habitat Measure of Success Successful mitigation of eroded areas. Reduced area of invasive species. Conservation Plan • Complete a site restoration plan. • Inventory severe erosion locations and implement management measures to reduce soil loss. • Aggressively control invasive species. Monitor routinely to detect new invasions. • Prevent further catastrophic fire from post-fire fuel buildups. • Determine historic range of variability of forest density and disturbance regime. • Create patches of meadows to attract native browsers. • Determine utilization of burned area by woodpeckers, flickers, nuthatch and similar species for cavity nesting, feeding, etc. • Monitor re-establishment of ponderosa pine seedlings. Ponderosa Pine Savanna The Ponderosa Pine Savanna ecosystem consists of widely spaced ponderosa pine trees with grassland parks or shrublands. It occurs at relatively lower elevations and on somewhat rockier substrates, making this ecosystem moderately drier than the Ponderosa Pine Woodland ecosystem. The main plants associated with this ecosystem are ponderosa pine, mountain mahogany and big bluestem. This plant association is found at the ecotone between forests on higher slopes and grasslands in valley bottoms, combining elements of each. Unique in this association is the presence of big bluestem, a species that abundantly occurs in the tallgrass prairie of the Plains states to the east, but is much less common in the Foothills. Patches of big bluestem are scattered throughout the savanna approximately between 5,960 and 6,440 feet on the east-facing slopes of Green Ridge. At higher elevations in this range, this association tends to occur on more south-facing aspects. Much of the savanna sustained low intensity surface fire during 2000. Some trees were torched and shrubs and grasses were top-killed by the fire. Mountain mahogany is resprouting from root bases and several native grasses are abundant. Big bluestem, like many native grasses, is well-adapted to fire (Uchytil 1988). There is an abundance of fringed sage (Artemisia frigida) following the 2000 fire. This species and certain other early successional colonizers (e.g. mullein) will likely decrease in abundance over time. However, cheatgrass is abundant and dominant in many areas and may persist and expand if not addressed. Conservation Target Ponderosa Pine Savanna Objectives Enhance habitat value and native character through restoration efforts designed to eradicate weeds and maintain the system through periodic natural disturbance. Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Seasonal grazing and periodic fire and drought are natural processes that sustain native grasslands. A June 2004 wildfire on 10 acres of grassland and woodland resulted in the conversion of non-native ground cover to native grasses and forbs. Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) • Invasion by non-native like cheatgrass and Canada thistle. • Lack of natural disturbance. Strategy/Action • Locate remnant grassland patches to determine restoration targets including species diversity and abundance. • Use a combination of targeted cool-season and dormant season grazing, prescribed fire, and enhancement seeding to convert non-native areas to native. Measure of Success Reduced areas of non native species and increase of native species, specifically the ponderosa pine, mountain mahogany, big bluestem plant community. Conservation Plan • Complete a site restoration plan. • Monitor vegetation recovery from the 2004 burn; implement early season prescribed burning if area continues to demonstrate native plant recovery. • Use prescriptive grazing to reduce cool season, non native species like cheatgrass. • Introduce small scale prescribed burns to reduce the abundance of widespread non-native species. • Once desired condition is achieved, reintroduce periodic natural disturbance processes (i.e. grazing, fire). Shrubland The hogback area at Bobcat Ridge is covered in shrubs with exposed cliff faces and comprises about 5% of the area (Figure 3.3). Shrublands are also found in the transition between woodlands and grasslands on the west side of the valley. Shrubs across the site are mostly native and include mountain mahogany, rabbitbrush (Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus), three-leaf sumac (Rhus trilobata), and plum thickets (Prunus americana). Lower Montane-Foothills Shrubland The Lower Montane-Foothills Shrubland ecosystem occupies the sandstone hogback that extends along the east side of the property. The expression of this ecosystem on Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is a mosaic of mountain mahogany with Scribner needlegrass (Stipa scribneri) and New Mexico feathergrass (Stipa neomexicana). Shrublands with New Mexico feathergrass form sizable patches within the more common Scribner needlegrass at this site. Native grasses are diverse and dominant in the understory beneath mountain mahogany, including Indian ricegrass (Achnatherum hymenoides), purple threeawn (Aristida purpurea), side-oats grama (Bouteloua curtipendula), blue grama (Bouteloua gracilis) and sand dropseed (Sporobolus cryptandrus). The rare Bell’s twinpod (Physaria bellii) occurs throughout this shrubland ecosystem. Cheatgrass is problematic within this extensive stretch of habitat. It is creeping up from the pasture and hayfields below as well as colonizing patches at higher elevations just below the cliffs where rocks have fallen from the eroding bluffs causing localized disturbance. Conservation Target Foothills Shrubland Objectives Enhance habitat value and native character by restoration of native plant understory (grasses and forbs) through aggressive weed control. Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Grazing, drought and fire historically interacted to form the shrubland and its grassland understory. While the shrub communitiy is intact, the understory has been severely altered by non-native cheatgrass. Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) • Non prescriptive grazing. • Weed invasion. Strategy/Action • Use grazing to help eliminate cheatgrass problems. • Aggressive weed control. Measure of Success Increase in percent coverage and in diversity of understory native species. Conservation Plan • Complete a restoration plan. • Target early spring cattle grazing to eliminate non native and Figure 3.3. Shrubland on hogback ridge. invasive species such as cheatgrass and Canada thistle. • Use of herbicides and other methods must not impact the native shrubs. • Attempt to control cheatgrass with fall herbicide treatments of 2 oz/acre application of Plateau. • Once established, routine grazing or periodic fire may be used to maintain disturbance regime and health of the ecosystem. Grasslands and Croplands Grasslands and croplands comprise about 25% of the acreage at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. The valley portion of Bobcat Ridge harbors a mix of native grassland remnants and areas that have been modified by agricultural practices. Alfalfa (Medicago sativa) and wheat have been actively cropped for decades; perhaps a century or more. Today, many of the fields are irrigated with NCWCD water allowing the ranchers (who lease water rights) to complete an average of two rotations of hay per year. Much of the grassland and cropland area is threatened by undesirable species such as smooth brome (Bromus inermis), Canada thistle (Cirsium canadensis) and cheatgrass. Montane grasslands interspersed with ponderosa pine in the area of Mahoney Park were once in crop production, which has reverted to cheatgrass and will require aggressive weed control (Figure 3.4). Foothills Grassland The Foothills Grassland ecosystem occupies the deeper soils over siltstone and fine-grained sandstones in the valley bottom of Bobcat Ridge Natural Area (Figure 3.5). It is also found in Mahoney Park. The Foothills Grassland is one of the most severely altered ecosystems in the Southern Rocky Mountains ecoregion (Rondeau 2001). Prior to conversion to agriculture and construction of the canal, the valley was probably fully occupied by a mix of mid- and tallgrass plants, remnants of which are now relegated to shrubland, mountain parks and edges of the ponderosa pine forest. Patches of this ecosystem Figure 3.4. Montane grassland in Mahoney Park. Figure 3.5. Foothills grassland in valley bottom. still exist in the valley on rocky knolls that were likely too difficult to plow. The deeper soils of the swales and rolling hills were plowed and planted in hay crops and pasture grasses like crested wheatgrass (Agropyron cristatum), quackgrass (Elytrigia repens), and alfalfa. The remnant patches of native species have a vastly different composition dominated by blue grama, needle-and-thread (Stipa comata), sand dropseed, and fringed sage. Other diverse forbs also occur. These patches of native species are not without weeds like cheatgrass, but native species are dominant. Conservation Target Foothills Grassland Objective Enhance habitat value and native character through restoration efforts designed to eradicate weeds and convert hay crop and pasture grasses to native grasses. Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Seasonal grazing, periodic fire and drought are natural processes that sustain native grasslands. Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) • Active haying operations/ a century of agriculture. • Non-native and invasive species like cheatgrass and Canada thistle. • Lack of natural disturbances. Strategy/Action • Locate remnant grassland patches to determine restoration targets including species diversity and abundance. • Use a combination of targeted cool-season and dormant season grazing, prescribed fire and enhancement seeding to convert non-native areas to native. Measure of Success Increase in percent of area converted from pasture to native grasses Conservation Plan • Complete site restoration plan • Aggressive management action will be required to convert agricultural areas for feeding cattle to native grasses more compatible with wildlife values. • Using remnant grassland patches as a target, a combination of grazing, prescribed fire and enhancement seeding will be used. • It is possible that multiple restoration treatments might be used on an experimental basis to determine the most effective means to achieve the grassland restoration. • Cease most crop agriculture activities with one exception: the 18 acre alfalfa pasture where the grasshopper sparrows are nesting. Delay first cutting of alfalfa until mid August to accommodate fledging and foraging. • Target cool-season or dormant-season grazing to reduce cool- season no-native species like cheatgrass. • Introduce small-scale prescribed burns to reduce abundance of widespread non-native species. • Once desired conditions are attained, proactively manage to mimic natural disturbances. Riparian/Wetlands Riparian areas and wetlands comprise only 1% of the land area on Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. As in most places in the west, wet areas are extremely valuable to native plants and wildlife. Riparian and wetland areas on Bobcat Ridge predominately occupy hillside drainages and seeps that support diverse plant communities and the wildlife that depend on them. There are no known year-round springs on the valley sections; however, three springs exist on the mountain section. Brooks Canyon has a small ephemeral spring feeding the creek that runs out to County Road 27(Figure 3.6). In this narrow canyon, a mature cottonwood gallery consisting of three species of native cottonwoods combines with an understory of native plants to comprise one of the highest quality habitats on the natural area. Hillside drainages also support communities of rare butterflies. Two artificial ponds were created on the site by small dams. These block and drain the water into stock tanks. One is at the eastern edge of Mahoney Park just north of the Powerline Road. Wetland plants such as Nebraska sedge (Carex nebrascensis), spikerush (Eleocharis spp.) and duckweed (Lemna spp.) are growing at the edge of this pond. The second, larger pond is between Powerline Road and the North Road further downhill and to the east. Lower Montane Riparian Woodland The Lower Montane Riparian Woodland ecosystem occupies the immediate area adjacent to stream drainages throughout Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. Skunkbush sumac, willows (Salix spp.) and cherries (Prunus spp.) are common at the higher elevations coming down from Green Ridge. Where there is sufficient water flow at lower elevations, narrow-leaved cottonwoods (Populus angustifolia) emerge in the draws. This ecosystem is best expressed along Brooks Creek, an ephemeral stream, as it flows through the canyon and cliffs that form a break in the hogback chain on the east side of the property. Stately cottonwood galleries consisting of three species: plains (Populus deltoides), lanceleaf (P. x acuminata) and narrowleaf (P. lanceolatum), line a good portion of this stream reach. Chokecherry (Prunus virginiana) and American plum (P. americana) form shrub groves in the understory. The herbaceous layer throughout the various drainages on Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is strongly dominated by weedy perennials with very little of the native flora expected in undisturbed riparian corridors. Canada thistle and smooth brome are the biggest threats. Smooth brome is strongly dominant along Brooks Creek. In some places within the Front Range foothills this is a result of planting. However, altered hydrology (usually a lowered water table) Figure 3.6. Riparian area in canyon through combined with heavy grazing pressure, compromises the competitive edge of native species and allows smooth brome to invade from adjacent pastures (Carsey et al. 2003). There are numerous drainages that run from west to east providing water to this community. The riparian corridor in the Brook’s Canyon drainage may also be fed by an irrigation outlet. This needs to be further investigated to determine the source of the water. Stock water tanks located in the upper reaches of these drainages back-up water cutting off the natural supply to the drainage area below. These require further investigation. Restoration of the hydrology will need to occur parallel with aggressive weed control. Of particular concern is Dalmatian toadflax (Linaria dalmatica) which was observed during the site inventory. Cattle grazing in these areas add additional pressure on this ecosystem which, due to weed content, has already lost some resiliency. For this reason it is recommend that cattle grazing be carefully managed in the lower elevation riparian corridors. Conservation Target Lower Montane Riparian Woodland Objectives Maintain and enhance vegetative quality of this natural community through restoration of natural hydrology and weed eradication. Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Hydrology is the sustaining function in this ecosystem. Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) • Non-native and invasive species (Canada thistle and smooth brome) • Inappropriate cattle grazing • Compromised hydrology such as stopped drainages and water tanks Strategy/Action • Pursue aggressive control of Canada thistle and smooth brome. • Identify the source of the hydrology and restore natural flows. • Carefully manage cattle grazing in this community. Measure of Success Improved quality of the vegetation condition. Conservation Plan • Complete restoration plan. • Pursue aggressive weed control of Canada thistle and smooth brome. • Monitor for invasion of Dalmation toadflax and eradicate. • Investigate the source of the water for Brook’s Canyon and restore hydrology. • Evaluate impact of stock tanks and possibility of restoring natural water flow to lower elevation riparian areas. • Carefully manage cattle grazing from riparian areas throughout site; use wildlife friendly fencing. • Explore other opportunities to restructure the pasture layout within the landscape. Bell’s twinpod (Physaria bellii) Bell’s twinpod, a globally imperiled plant, grows at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area (Figure 3.7 and for locations see Figure 3.1). This small, yellow-flowered mustard occurs on sparsely vegetated red sandstone outcrops of the Fountain and Ingleside Formations found on the western slopes of the hogbacks. The Fountain Formation consists of red and minor gray, coarse-grained sandstone with lenses and layers of siltstone and fine-grained sandstone and the Ingleside Formation is comprised of red calcareous fine- to medium-grained, well-sorted, cross-bedded sandstone (Braddock et al 1970). Bell’s twinpod is known only from the foothills of the Front Range of Colorado (Larimer, Boulder, and Jefferson counties) and has been documented primarily on the limestone and shale of the Niobrara Formation. Recent work has verified that this rare plant also occurs on the Fountain and Ingleside Formations. Other nearby properties with outcrops of these formations that support Bell’s twinpod populations include Devil’s Backbone Open Space, and Horsetooth Mountain Park. The dominant community on the hogbacks is mountain mahogany shrubland with a variety of native grasses. Bell’s twinpod is most abundant where the vegetation is sparse at the top of the slope and in ephemeral drainage channels. The meadows at the base of the slopes are dominated by non-native grasses including smooth brome and cheatgrass. These non-native grasses occupy the lower portions of the hogback slope, likely decreasing the potential habitat for Bell’s twinpod. Conservation Target Bell’s Twinpod Objectives Maintain and enhance existing population. Enhance conditions that perpetuate this species. Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Plant is most abundant where vegetation is sparse at the top of hogback slopes and in ephemeral drainage channels. Figure 3.7. Bell’s twinpod (Physaria bellii) (left) and habitat (right) - hogbacks of red sandstone of the Ingleside Formation. Colorado Natural Heritage Program photos by Georgia Doyle Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) • Non-native and invasive species like cheatgrass, smooth brome, and Canada thistle. • Effects of cattle grazing on this species are not understood. Strategy/Action • Aggressive weed control around known occurrences. • Remove cattle grazing from and enhance Bell’s Twinpod habitat. • Maintain and enhance population of Bell’s Twinpod. Measure of Success Self-sustaining population with successful recruitment. Conservation Plan • Control weeds aggressively around known occurrences to reduce the threats from non native and invasive species like cheatgrass, smooth brome, and Canada thistle. • Maintain the ephemeral drainages. • Limit cattle grazing in these areas until it can be determined what effect grazing has on the species. • Monitor populations every 3-5 years and provide periodic updates to CNHP’s element occurrence tracking system. Weed Management Weed management at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area will follow current City of Fort Collins Natural Areas Program Vegetation Management Guidelines. This includes an integrated pest management approach to noxious and invasive plant species. In accordance with the Colorado Noxious Weed Act, plants will be managed as specified by their placement in one of three categories on the Colorado Noxious Weed List. Plants in category “A” are managed for eradication, category “B” plants are managed to contain the spread of infestations, and “C” category plants are managed where deemed appropriate by county weed districts. No species from category “A” occur at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. Monitoring for these species is a priority and will continue on an ongoing basis. If any species from category “A” are found at Bobcat Ridge, management objectives and strategies will orient toward eradication. In addition to the species listed below, the Natural Areas Program will monitor and manage smooth brome and crack willow as undesirable species. Colorado Noxious Weeds found on Bobcat Ridge Category “B” species Category “C” species Bull thistle Cirsium vulgare Common mullein Verbascum thapsus Canada thistle Cirsium arvense Cheatgrass Bromus tectorum Dalmatian toadflax Linaria dalmatica Field bindweed Convolvulus arvensis Leafy spurge Euphorbia esula Common burdock Arctium minus Musk thistle Carduus nutans Scotch thistle Onopordum acanthium Chapter References Braddock, W.A., R.H. Calvert, S.J. Gawarecki, and P. Nutalaya. 1970. Geologic Map of the Masonville Quadrangle, Larimer County, Colorado. 1:24,000. GQ-832. U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D.C. Burns, Russell M., and Barbara H. Honkala, tech. coords. 1990. Silvics of North America: 1. Conifers; 2. Hardwoods. Agriculture Handbook 654. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Washington, DC. vol.2, 877 p. Carsey, K., G. Kittel, K. Decker, D. J. Cooper, and D. Culver. 2003. Field guide to the wetland and riparian plant associations of Colorado. Fort Collins, CO: Colorado Natural Heritage Program. Doyle, Georgia, Stephanie Neid, and Renee Rondeau. 2004. Bobcat Ridge Natural Area Invetory: Preliminary Results of Larimer County Inventory. Fort Collins, CO: Colorado Natural Heritage Program. Huckaby, L.S., M.R. Kaufmann, P.J. Fornwalt, J.M. Stoker, and C. Dennis. 2003. Identification and ecology of old ponderosa pine trees in the Colorado Front Range. Gen. Tech. Rep. RMRS-GTR-110. Fort Collins, CO: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Rocky Mountain Research Station. 47pp. Rondeau, R.J. 2001. Ecoecosystem viability specifications for Southern Rocky Mountain ecoregion. Colorado Natural Heritage Program. Fort Collins, CO. (Available at http://www.cnhp.colostate.edu/reports.html). Shinneman, D.J. and W.L. Baker. 1997. Nonequilibrium dynamics between catastrophic disturbances and old-growth forests in ponderosa pine landscapes of the Black Hills. Conservation Biology 11(6): 1276-1288. Tirmenstein, D.A. 1987. Leucopoa kingii. In: Fire Effects Information Ecosystem, [Online]. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Rocky Mountain Research Station, Fire Sciences Laboratory. Available: http://www.fs.fed.us/database/feis/ [2004, August 13]. Uchytil, Ronald J. 1988. Andropogon gerardii var. gerardii. In: Fire Effects Information Ecosystem, [Online]. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Rocky Mountain Research Station, Fire Sciences Laboratory (Producer). Available: http://www.fs.fed.us/database/feis/ [2004, August 13]. DRAFT Chapter 4. Wildlife Bobcat Ridge Natural Area has several habitat types characteristic of the Colorado Front Range foothills which in turn supports a diversity of wildlife. Examples of significant species that are known to occupy Bobcat Ridge include: elk, deer, black bear, mountain lion, black-tailed prairie dog, golden eagle, grasshopper sparrow, and black-chinned hummingbird. The Moss’s elfin butterfly and Townsend’s big-eared bat are state-listed species of concern that are found at Bobcat Ridge. The natural area is also potential habitat for dusted skipper and rhesus skipper butterflies, tracked by the Colorado Natural Heritage Program, and federally threatened Preble’s meadow jumping mouse. Maintaining and enhancing the diversity of wildlife requires careful management especially as the site is managed for visitor use. Bobcat Ridge provides important winter forage for elk, mule deer and wild turkey. The natural area also supports black bears and mountain lions which raises the potential for human-wildlife conflicts. It is imperative to carefully balance the location and timing of recreation in order to limit interactions. Another possible management decision that will impact wildlife is grazing. Consideration will be given to fence and stock tank design to help minimize injury or loss of wildlife. The location and design of fences will be adjusted to accommodate wildlife movement if necessary. Rescue ladders will be placed in all water stock tanks to assist small mammals and birds that may not otherwise be able to escape the tank. The following sections provide specific conservation and management strategies for Bobcat Ridge’s wildlife. Mammals There are a wide variety of mammals present in Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. Significant species known to be present on the site are listed in Table 4.1 below. Other species that may possibly occur in the natural area, based on their habitat requirements and the habitats present, are listed in Table 4.2. While these tables are not comprehensive, knowledge of the presence or likelihood of these species will assist in management decisions. A complete list of mammal species at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is in appendix IV. Table 4.1. Significant mammalian species present Common Name Scientific Name Habitat Types* Elevation Range (ft) CDOW Status American Elk Cervus elaphus 2 - 6 6,000 –13,000 Big-Game Mule Deer Odocoilus hemionus 2 – 6 3,000 – 13,000 Big-Game Coyote Canis latrans 1 – 7 3,000 – 14,500 Furbearer DRAFT Common Name Scientific Name Habitat Types* Elevation Range (ft) CDOW Status Red Fox Vulpes vulpes 1 – 2 4 – 6 3,000 – 14,500 Non-Native Furbearer Black Bear Ursus americanus 2, 4 – 7 4,500 – 11,500 Big-Game Mountain Lion Puma concolor 2 – 6 3,000 – 12,500 Big-Game Bobcat Lynx rufus 2 – 7 3,000 – 14,500 Furbearer Black-tailed Prairie Dog Cynomys ludovicianus 1, 3 – 4 3,000 – 6,500 State Species of Concern Townsend’s Big-eared Bat Corynorhimus townsendii pallescens 1,2,4,5 3,000 – 9,500 State Species of Concern *Habitat Types: 1. Urban and Croplands 2. Riparian/ Wetlands 3. Grasslands 4. Shrublands 5. Forestlands 6. Tundra 7. Unvegetated, Exposed-Rock Table 4.2. Significant mammalian species of possible occurrence Common Name Scientific Name Habitat Types* Elevation Range (ft) CDOW Status Gray Fox Urosycon cinereoargenteus 2–5 & 7 5,500 – 13,000 Not-Listed Western Spotted Skunk Spilogale gracilis 4–5 & 7 4,000 – 8,000 Not-Listed White-tailed Deer Odocoileus virginianus 2–5 3,000 – 12,000 Big-Game Yellow-Bellied Marmot Marmota flaviventris 2 & 4–7 5,400 – 14,500 Small-Game American Badger Taxidea taxus 2–6 4,500 – 14,500 Furbearer Preble’s Meadow Jumping Mouse Zapus hadsonius preblei 1-3 4,000-8,500 Federal and State Threatened * Habitat Types: see footnote for Table 4.1. DRAFT Ungulates Deer and elk routinely occupy most areas within Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. However, their specific densities, critical range and movement corridors require further investigation. Vegetative indicators of plant health need to be established to help monitor plant and community response to grazing by deer, elk and domesticated cattle. Similarly, conservation targets such as native grassland remnants should be actively monitored for the purpose of maintaining or improving health and condition. Hunting and grazing may play a role in the management of resources at Bobcat Ridge. The interplay of grassland and forage resources, grazing by wild and domestic ungulates, and management actions will require more specialized planning, inventory, and monitoring to ensure proper stewardship of both the wildlife and habitat resources. Conservation Target Elk and Deer Objectives Optimize habitat value and protect critical range(s). Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Species will prosper through reproduction, recruitment, and ability to disperse. Naturally occurring in a healthy ecosystem. The combined effect of regional habitat loss, reduced natural predation and increased competition and grazing intensity with domestic grazers act to negatively impact habitats. Threats & Stresses (Sources of Stress) • Chronic Wasting Disease (CWD). • Competition for vegetative and water resources with cattle. • Disturbance from humans during critical times (e.g., calving season). • Migration corridors can become impeded by inappropriate or unnecessary fences, roads, or canals. • The absence of predation may stress the biological community through increased competition and grazing pressure from native species. Figure 4.1. Elk at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area (photo courtesy of Rob Meining). DRAFT Strategy/ Action • Become familiar with CWD and its impacts. Research and inter- agency cooperation will be employed. • Manage both native and domestic grazing activities to ensure health of grassland and forage resources. Implement sound grazing practices to prevent overgrazing and protect water resources. • Identify and protect critical areas from unnecessary disturbance. Designate seasonal off-limit or limited-access areas where appropriate. • Identify and take informed corrective measures to avoid impeding animal movement. • Evaluate the relationship between cattle grazing and perpetuating healthy grassland and riparian plant communities. • Identify indicators for population threshold to best maintain a diverse and sustainable system. Measure of Success To be determined by estimating annual population densities, vegetative analysis, and hydrology disturbance. Conservation Plan • Monitor for animals exhibiting symptoms of CWD; work with CDOW to mitigate any outbreaks. • Determine the densities, distribution, and critical range of deer and elk. • Establish a monitoring plan to identify the dynamics of the ecosystem response to management decisions. • Implement corrective measures to protect habitat (e.g., riparian areas, remnant grasslands) before or as soon as degradation occurs. • Employ management measures to prevent disturbance during mating and calving seasons. • Identify movement/migration throughout the natural area. Remove unnecessary fencing to minimize species movement. • Identify critical indicators that would trigger the need to reduce herd number. • Enhance habitat condition by creating “patches” of grasslands (5 acres in size) within the burned forest matrix. Black-tailed Prairie Dog Recently, the black-tailed prairie dog was removed from the US Fish and Wildlife Service’s Federally Threatened Species candidate list. Despite its removal from the federal list this species remains on the Colorado State Species of Special Concern list. Prairie dogs are a prey and habitat base for a suite of grassland wildlife. Educational information regarding these benefits should be part of the human experience when interacting with nature at this site. Location of trails or other activities should not interfere with opportunities for a healthy predator/prey relationship. The identified prairie dog colonies at Bobcat Ridge are shown in Figure 4.5 (at the end of this chapter). DRAFT Conservation Target Black-tailed Prairie Dogs Objectives Maintain stable populations that are balanced with other conservation targets. Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Species will prosper through reproduction, recruitment, and ability to disperse. Naturally occurring in a healthy ecosystem. The combined effect of habitat loss, reduced natural predation and increased competition and grazing intensity with domestic grazers reduces habitat quality. Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) • Increase in animal densities and distribution could reduce available resources. • Bubonic plague, an introduced disease from Europe. • Poisoning or translocation resulting from human conflict. • Lack of native predators to help maintain stable population densities. Strategy/ Action • Maintain stable populations through management of prairie dog population densities. • Identify locations of concern and monitor for unusual fluctuations in population density. • Educate people regarding the benefits of prairie dogs to the ecosystem. • Encourage or influence natural predation. Measure of Success To be determined by estimating annual population densities. Analysis of vegetative resource health would also help establish a benchmark from which to measure the level of success. Conservation Plan • Determine sustainable prairie dog densities and implement a plan to maintain the recommended numbers. • Determine intervention measures to be taken in the event of a plague epizootic. • Install educational interpretation regarding the benefits of prairie dogs to their environment. • Reduce disturbance and fragmentation of habitat and place predator enhancements where needed to encourage a balanced predator/ prey relationship. Preble’s meadow jumping mouse Portions of the Bobcat Ridge Natural Area fall within the Colorado Natural Heritage Program’s Big Thompson River Potential Conservation Area (PCA). The Big Thompson River PCA identifies potential habitat for the Preble’s meadow jumping mouse (Zapus hudsonius preblei), a member of the Federally Threatened Species List. Although not currently documented at Bobcat Ridge, Preble’s meadow jumping mice have been documented in nearby riparian areas at elevations from 5,085 to 7,400 feet (see appendix IV for a detailed description of the Big Thompson River PCA). DRAFT Habitat for this species consists of riparian vegetation dominated by willow (Salix spp.) with scattered stands of cottonwood (Populus spp.). Also found in these mesic habitats are snowberry (Symphoricarpos occidentalis), wild rose (Rosa woodsii), and mountain mahogany (Cercocarpus montanus). Stream banks have native sedges (Carex spp.) and rushes (Juncus spp.). Surrounding uplands are generally mid-grass prairie with stands of ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa). This habitat has been identified at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area (Figure 4.5). In August 2004, the City’s Natural Areas Program contracted with Jan Peterson, Ph.D. to conduct a trapping survey on city-owned portions of Buffum Canyon. From August 24 to August 28, 175 traps were laid out in two transects, one on each side of the stream. During the total of 700 trap-nights, 135 rodents were captured; 10 long-tailed voles (Microtus longicaudus), 18 Mexican woodrats (Neotoma mexicana), 97 deer mice (Peromyscus maniculatus), and 10 Northern rock mice (P. nasutus). No Preble’s meadow jumping mice were detected at this site, however, the survey was limited to the immediate vicinity of CR 32C in Buffum Canyon, at the entrance and parking lot area of the site. The results are not applicable to any other area of Bobcat Ridge (see appendix IV for the full survey report). Surveys of the potential habitats on the interior parts of Bobcat Ridge will need to be conducted. The Colorado Natural Heritage Program has identified urban/rural development, recreational use, and management of water resources as the most likely threats to this species. Recreational use is heavy throughout the Big Thompson River PCA, and such impacts to riparian and upland grassland habitats could reduce jumping mouse abundance. The Preble’s meadow jumping mouse has been shown to tolerate low levels of recreational use (hiking trails) in riparian communities, but such impacts should be mitigated to improve riparian shrubland and herbaceous cover. In areas where creeks and streams no longer flow at historic levels the riparian habitat is reduced in size and density. Such water flow impacts can jeopardize the persistence of jumping mice by decreasing the amount of available riparian habitat. Maintaining historic flows or increasing the water table in such areas can restore the riparian vegetation and maintain jumping mouse abundance. Conservation of riparian areas in Bobcat Ridge will include restoring historic flows (removing stock tanks and other such impacts), as well as dealing with erosion from the burned area and cattle grazing in the riparian areas. To ensure the persistence of jumping mouse populations, it is essential that development in and around riparian corridors provide both riparian and upland habitat for jumping mice. Jumping mice have been documented using upland habitats. It is possible that habitats lacking adjacent upland grassland are insufficient for local survival of the jumping mouse. Minimizing the extent to which riparian areas and adjacent upland habitats in Bobcat Ridge are impacted will ensure a suitable habitat remains available for the jumping mice should they return to the area. Management strategies restricting impacts such as excessive grazing and compaction of soils near riparian systems will likely increase the possibility of jumping mouse populations. DRAFT Grazing can restrict the expanse of riparian shrub communities, and thus, restrict the ability for Preble’s meadow jumping mice to utilize the area. However, mild grazing pressure may not affect a population. Conservation Target Preble’s meadow jumping mouse (Zapus hudsonius preblei) Objectives Optimize habitat quality of riparian areas and adjunct grasslands to encourage the establishment of native jumping mice. Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Species will prosper through reproduction, recruitment, and ability to disperse. Naturally functioning hydrology is essential in riparian areas. Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) • Artificial manipulation of hydrology and/or overgrazing in these areas can expose a site to invasion by opportunistic weedy species. • Soil erosion and/or increased runoff from severely burned areas can negatively alter water quality and decrease bank stability. Strategy/Action • Restore natural hydrology to all drainages. This could include removal of stock tanks and implementing soil erosion prevention practices. • Eliminate grazing from riparian areas and buffer 100 feet back to provide for adjacent grassland. This may require some form of fencing to exclude cattle while the grazing lease is active. • Advance soil protection measures to ensure severely burned areas are not sediment loading drainages or eroding stream banks. Measure of Success Colonization of the area by Preble’s meadow jumping mice would indicate success, though there are likely off-site factors (proximity to existing population, lack of migratory corridors, etc.) that may impede success of colonization. DRAFT Conservation Plan • Determine the presence of jumping mice at interior locations of Bobcat Ridge. If not found, determine whether known mice populations would be able to colonize portions of Bobcat Ridge. • If occurrences of Preble’s are documented or if migration corridors exist that would connect Bobcat Ridge with locations of known populations, investigate the functioning condition of riparian areas and adjacent grasslands on the property. • Inventory and examine the sources of hydrology (overland runoff, springs and seeps) to determine the extent of impacts that may be related to cattle grazing. Determine sources of erosion and erosion damage along drainages and stream banks. • If populations exist or are able to access Bobcat Ridge, restore natural hydrology to drainages, restrict grazing from riparian and adjacent grassland areas, and implement soil protection measures. • If a population were to become established, monitor and coordinate with the US Fish and Wildlife Service. Carnivores Coyotes, black bear, red fox, mountain lion and other species have been sited at Bobcat Ridge. It is highly probable that most of these species use Bobcat Ridge and adjacent areas as they have large home ranges. There are no known dens or other critical habitat features; however it is likely that some exist. Sensitive habitat such as these will surveyed to ensure protection of the sites from human disturbance. An example of one possible site is a rocky outcrop near Mahoney Park that is referred to by locals as the “cat box.” Seasonal wildlife closures of identified areas accompanied by buffer zones that protect predators, prey and visitors should be implemented. Education and enforcement of closure areas by staff rangers will be essential for the protection of wildlife and prevention of human conflicts. Conservation Target Carnivores Objectives Optimize and protect habitat (e.g. den sites). Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Species will prosper through reproduction, recruitment and the ability to capture prey Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) • Unnecessary disturbance from human activities (e.g., recreation). • Habituation to human activities (e.g., trash). • Conflictive encounters with humans. • Absence of other native carnivores. • Reduction of available prey. DRAFT Strategy/ Action • Identify den sites and other sensitive areas. • Restrict or minimize human activities that could potentially lend themselves to habituation. • Inform recreational users and staff of potential for encounters with predators. • Identify prey species and protect their availability and accessibility for predators. Measure of Success May be determined by estimating annual population densities and analysis of behavioral response to increased human activities. Conservation Plan • Identify sensitive habitat and ensure its protection. • Strictly enforce regulations regarding “Leave No Trace.” • Educate through interpretation (e.g., signage and pamphlets). • Allow and manage for returning predators to return. • Establish buffer zones and avoid fragmentation of areas where prey is abundant. Bats Townsend’s big-eared bat (Corynorhimus townsendii pallescens) has been observed on the property and is a species of special concern at the state and federal level. Other bats are likely to occur and hunt in the area. Roost and possible hibernation sites should be identified and protected, as all bats are considered species of concern. Working with other agencies, like the US Geological Survey (USGS), Colorado Bat Society (CBS) and Bat Conservation International (BCI) will assist in our efforts to protect sensitive habitat for these species. Conservation Target Bats (Corynorhimus townsendii pallescens) Objectives Optimize habitat value. Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Species will prosper through reproduction and ability to hibernate and migrate and are naturally occurring in a healthy ecosystem. Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) Disturbance to roost sites from human activity. Strategy/ Action • Become familiar with species that occupy the area, their habits and roost sites. • Protect existing and potential roost and hibernation sites Measure of Success May be determined by estimating annual population and species diversity. Conservation Plan • Work with the USGS, CBS and BCI to determine species and roost sites. • Identify and protect existing and potential roost and hibernation sites. DRAFT Birds Bird surveys conducted between June and December 2004, found 91 species of birds at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area (see Appendix IV for the complete list. Note: the current list does not include spring migrants) indicating a wide variety of bird species. This may be attributed to the diverse habitats found at Bobcat Ridge. Each plant community playing a critical role in supplying breeding, nesting, and feeding grounds, or migration stop-over point. Additionally, specific areas within each plant community may have special importance to known species or serve as potential habitat for new species. For example, the alfalfa field in the southeast corner of Bobcat Ridge supported a large number of grasshopper sparrows (figure 2) which are likely nesting in the area. Likewise, the burn area of the 2000 Bobcat Gulch Fire produced a large number of standing-dead trees, supplying important habitat for primary and secondary cavity nesters. This area also has the potential to draw three-toed woodpeckers, a species considered “uncommon to rare” by expert ornithologists. The mountain shrub community found provides important habitat for a number of resident migratory species including bushtits, sage thrashers, and Wilson’s warbler. Riparian corridors provide important nectar sources during the spring and fall migration of species like black-chinned and broad-tailed hummingbird (Selasphorus platycercus). The cliff faces around the site serve as potential nesting habitat for white-throated swifts (Aeronautes saxatalis), cliff swallows (Petrochelidon pyrrhonota) and a variety of raptors like golden eagles, red-tailed hawks, and prairie falcons. A list of noteworthy bird species (locally common species not shown) found at Bobcat Ridge is shown in Table 3. Table 4 provides a list of significant birds that may occur. Both lists are presented for consideration as management decisions are made and actions implemented. It is important to understand that these lists are not comprehensive and will be added to as further observations are made. Figure 4.2. Grasshopper sparrow. DRAFT Table 4.3. Noteworthy bird species at Bobcat Ridge (not a complete list) Group Common Name Scientific Name Habitat Types* Elevation (ft)/ Range Nesting Preference American Vultures Turkey Vulture Cathartes aura 1 - 7 3,000 – 9,000 Breeding Cliff Ledge Kites, Eagles Golden Eagle Aquila chrysaetos 1 – 7 3,000 – 14,000 Year-round Cliffs and Trees Accipiters Sharp-shinned Hawk Accipiter striatus 1 - 6 3,000 – 11,500 Year-round Forest Cooper’s Hawk Accipiter cooperii 1 – 7 3,000 – 10,000 Migrant & Winter Forest Buteos Red-tailed Hawk Buteo jamaicensis 1 – 7 3,000 – 13,500 Year-round Cliff Falcons and Caracara Prairie Falcon Falco mexicanus 1 - 7 3,000 – 14,000 Year-round Cliff Grouse & Turkey DRAFT Table 4.4. Significant bird species of possible occurrence Group Common Name Scientific Name Habitat Types* Elevation (ft)/ Range Nesting Preference Kites, Eagles Bald Eagle Haliaeelus leucocephalus 1 - 6 3,000 – 8,000 Winter Cliffs and Trees Buteos Swainson’s Hawk Buteo swainsoni 1 - 7 3,000 – 10,000 Breeding Trees Rough-legged Hawk Bueto lagopus 1 - 6 3,000 – 9,500 Winter Trees Ferruginous Hawk Buteo regalis 1 – 7 3,000 – 9,000 Year-round Trees Owls Burrowing Owl Athene cunicularia 1 – 4, 6, 7 3,000 – 9,000 Summer Underground burrows Woodpeckers Three-toed Woodpecker Picoides tridactylus dorsalis 2, 5 8,000 – 11,500 Year-round Cavity *Habitat Types: See footnote for Table 4.3. Conservation of bird species (on-site) will likely depend on restoration efforts to enhance existing habitats In addition, threats such as West Nile Virus will require monitoring such that management action may be taken to mitigate negative impacts. Measures will be taken to avoid the use of insecticides as broad-spectrum chemicals may negatively the prey base for insectivorous birds. Figure 4.3. Lewis’ woodpecker DRAFT Conservation Target Birds Objectives Optimize habitat value and protect breeding, migration, summer, winter and year-round ranges. Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Species will prosper through reproductive success and ability to forage, migrate or over-winter. Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) • West Nile Virus. • Human and domestic animal disturbance. • Habitat loss or change (i.e. alfalfa field, burn area, riparian areas, neighboring developments). Strategy/ Action • Monitor health of species and become familiar with measures to protect or avoid exposure to infection. • Identify sensitive areas and implement seasonal or annual closures to reduce potential disturbance. • Manage to maintain or increase important habitat. • Prohibit dog walking at Bobcat Ridge. Measure of Success May be determined by continuing surveys for estimating diversity and densities. Analysis of behavioral response to human activity. Conservation Plan • Monitor for presence of mosquito-borne virus or other diseases. • Establish buffer zones and close sensitive areas in need of protection. • Maintain and monitor agricultural field in southeast corner for Grasshopper sparrow habitat. • Manage burned areas to provide standing dead trees for primary and secondary cavity nesters. • Maintain or restore the mountain shrub communities to provide for resident and migratory species. • Manage for increasing nectar sources for resident and migrating hummingbirds. • Maintain or restore the riparian corridor communities to provide for resident and migratory species. • Install wildlife “escape ladders” in water stock tanks. DRAFT Moths and Butterflies As part of the biological survey done by Colorado Natural Heritage Program (CNHP) in the summer of 2004, an inventory of moths, butterflies and their habitats was conducted (Drummond 2004). The Colorado Front Range is the fourth richest butterfly region in the United States (Opler 1994; Opler and Krizek 1984). This is likely due to the variety of environmental conditions at the convergence of the Rocky Mountains and Great Plains, including moist and arid zones, mountain and plains habitats and forest and grassland communities. Table 5 summarizes the major butterfly habitat types in Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. Table 4.5 Major butterfly habitat types at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area Habitat Types Notes Rating (1 = low, 5 = high) 1. Foothills canyons, with water present Sections of east-draining canyons with steep granite walls, running water, plunge pools; with stonecrop [Sedum lanceolatum] for Moss’s Elfin and wild hops [Humulus lupulus] for Hops Azure. [Note: Sedum was present, but Humulus was not seen.] 3 2. Native short-grass and mixed grass prairies None seen 1 3. Grassy openings in coniferous forests On upper ridges between east-draining canyons and along the upper North road and upper Power Line Road (leading to Mahoney Park.) 3 4. Old fields, pastures, roadsides, power-line cuts Areas west of the Hanson Feeder Canal in the southern portion, with better examples further north to the west of the historic cabin. These are very disturbed with little native vegetation. 2 5. Rocky outcrops, serpentine areas Extreme NE corner of property, to the ENE of the historic cabin, has good sandstone outcrops culminating in a tiny plateau rich in wildflowers, especially Asteraceae, and with some native grasses. 4 6. Wet meadows, bogs, fens, marshes and stream sides Mahoney Park has extensive wet meadows with representative wetland vegetation. Brooks Canyon is very disturbed riparian. 3 Bobcat Ridge Natural Area was surveyed for butterflies on April 16, 2004, and on May 21, 2004. A total of 19 species of butterflies were recorded from 11 hours of observation (Table 4.6). This is a very low number of species to be observed for a spring survey in the Colorado foothills. No single species was very common, and fully a third of the recorded species were represented by a single observation. DRAFT Table 4.6. Butterfly species observed in April and May in Bobcat Ridge Natural Area Common Name Scientific Name Habitat Types* Number observed 4/16 5/21 Anise Swallowtail Papilio zelicaon 6 1 0 Colorado Marble Euchloe ausonides coloradensis 1,6 6 9 Colorado White Pontia sisymbrii elivata 4 3 0 Painted Lady Vanessa cardui 4 0 1 Mourning Cloak Nymphalis antiopa 1,6 11 0 Milbert's Tortoise Shell Nymphalis milberti 1,6 1 0 Hoary Comma Polygonia gracilis 1,6 10 0 Aphrodite Fritillary Speyeria Aphrodite 3,4 0 8 Gorgone Checkerspot Chlosyne gorgone 3 0 12 Field Crescent Phyciodes campestris 4,5 0 3 Silvery Blue Glaucopsyche lygdamus 20 Sheridan's Green Hairstreak Callophrys sheridanii sheridanii 1 1 0 Western Pine Elfin Callophrys eryphon eryphon 1 4 0 Moss's Elfin Callophrys mossi schryveri 1 4 0 Melissa Blue Lycaeides melissa 3 0 2 Boisduval’s Blue Plebejus icariodes 6 0 1 Persius Duskywing Skipper Erynnis persius 6 0 1 Taxiles Skipper Poanes taxiles 6 0 1 Common Checkered Skipper Pyrgus communis 6 0 1 *Habitat Types: see Table 4.5. CNHP is currently tracking 15 butterfly species known from Larimer County that occur in low- to mid-elevation habitats, such as those being studied in this year’s Larimer County Inventory (Table 4.7). Of these, nine are normally active as adults within the period of mid- April to the end of May over the range of habitats encompassed by Bobcat Ridge. Only one of these tracked species was found; the additional 13 species encountered are neither rare nor sufficiently unique in their habitat requirements to warrant monitoring or tracking. DRAFT Table 4.7. Butterflies tracked by CNHP that could be expected to fly in April and May in Bobcat Ridge. Common Name Scientific Name Habitat Type* Expected Flight Period APRIL MAY Moss's Elfin Callophrys mossi schryveri 1 Hops Azure Celestrina humulus 1 Sandhill Fritillary Boloria selene sabulocollis 6 Mottled Dusky Wing Skipper Erynnis martialis 2,3 Simius Roadside Skipper Amblyscirtes simius 2,3 Dusted Skipper Atrytonopsis hianna 2,4 Cross-line Skipper Polites origines 2,4 Rhesus Skipper Polites rhesus 2 Arrowhead Skipper Singa morrisoni 3,5 *Habitat Types: see Table 5 However, Moss’s elfin (Callophrys mossii schryveri), a globally vulnerable subspecies was documented during the April site visit (Figure 4.4). Moss’s elfin flies in April and occurs in foothills canyons with its host plant stonecrop (Sedum lanceolatum). At Bobcat Ridge, the butterfly and its host plant were found in two canyon locations within the Ponderosa Pine Savanna system (Figure 4.5). It is likely that similar canyons nearby may also host the butterfly. A characterization abstract for the butterfly is attached (see Appendix IV). Poor habitat quality, adverse climatic factors, and/or sampling factors are possible explanations for the low numbers of butterflies observed. Climatic factors are the most likely reason: 1. Butterfly species throughout Colorado have suffered from the past several years of prolonged drought. 2. A mild spring may have resulted in the early emergence of many butterfly species, advancing the flight season by about two weeks in 2004. 3. Erratic weather patterns due to a mild spring likely increased butterfly mortality whose immature stages are susceptible to viral and bacterial infections during cold rainy periods, and whose adults experience high mortality during hot dry windy conditions. Spring 2004 had both in alternating abundance this year. As a result, butterfly species diversity and population sizes are down throughout Larimer County. Figure 4.4. Moss’s elfin Photo by Paul Opler DRAFT In fact, the variety of habitat types within the Bobcat Ridge boundaries would suggest that butterfly diversity should be fairly high --- as many as 100 to 120 species could be expected in the area. The two-day survey produced less than 20% of this total, although the total fauna would be spread out over a flight season of nearly six months, not all flying at once. The two sample dates chosen should encompass active adult seasons of at least 50% of the butterfly fauna of the area. Thus, the 19 species recorded represent almost a third of the number of species expected to be present. Butterfly conservation at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area should focus on creating quality habitat suitable for individual species. This may include enhancing or expanding the extent of intact native plant communities and ensure the preponderance of larval host plants and nectar sources. Species characterization abstracts will help identify essential habitat elements or ecological processes that sustain the species. DRAFT Figure 4.5. Map of Wildlife Habitats DRAFT Conservation Target Moths & Butterflies Objectives Maintain occurrences of documented rare butterfly species and provide for habitat requirements of those species listed as possible occurrences. Natural Processes/ Functions/ Interactions Presence of the proper microclimate, interactions with larval host plants, nectar sources and other habitat features are all critical to the life cycle of moths and butterflies. Threats & Stresses (Source of Stress) • Extended drought and/or erratic weather patterns. • Improper use of insecticides (mosquito control). • Artificial manipulation of hydrology and/or overgrazing in riparian areas. • Replacement of native plants by opportunistic weedy species. Strategy/Action • Determine habitat requirements for rare butterfly species. • Restore natural hydrology to all drainages. This may include removal of stock tanks, and implementing soil erosion prevention practices. • Eliminate grazing from riparian areas, and buffer these areas 100 feet back as to provide for adjacent grassland. This may require some form of fencing while grazing lease is active. Measure of Success Persistence of Moss’s Elfin and re-colonization of Bobcat Ridge by species that are expected to be there. Conservation Plan • Ensure that larval host plants and nectar sources are available. • Investigate the life cycle requirements of the butterfly species tracked by CNHP that could be expected at Bobcat Ridge. • Evaluate whether those habitat requirements are physically represented at Bobcat Ridge. • Continue surveying and monitoring for species and habitat elements. • Restore habitat areas suitable for colonization and migratory stopover. Chapter References Drummond, Boyce A. 2004. Bobcat Ridge Natural Area Inventory: Preliminary Results of Larimer County Inventory. Fort Collins, CO: Colorado Natural Heritage Program. Opler, P.A. 1994. Conservation and management of butterfly diversity in the United States. Office of Information Transfer. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fort Collins, Colorado. Opler, P.A. and G.O. Krizek. 1984. Butterflies East of the Great Plains: an illustrated natural history. Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore. DRAFT Chapter 5. Cultural Resources Introduction Bobcat Ridge Natural Area hosts a variety of historical buildings, artifacts, and other cultural resources which are representative of the settlement era in this area of Larimer County. Evidence of early Native American use of Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is recorded in the number of artifacts found in and around Bobcat Ridge including the possible tipi ring east of the powerline road. Parts of the property have been a working ranch since the late 19th century when the area was first homesteaded in the late 1800’s. Numerous buildings associated with the property’s homestead and ranching history still exist on the site including the ranchstead with its associated buildings located at the head of Buffum Canyon. In early August 2004, Tatanka Historical Associates Inc., a Fort Collins-based historic documentation and preservation consulting firm was contracted to conduct preliminary research and historic analysis of the historic and archaeological history of Bobcat Ridge. This study collected information regarding the site’s general history, additional data on specific, known, historic and archaeological features, and provided general management recommendations. Much of this chapter is adapted from that report dated September 9, 2004. Findings The historical and archaeological features identified by the City were located and observed. Figure 5.1 shows a map detailing the locations of these features. The following presents their field analysis of these features: DRAFT Isolated Cabin – This log cabin (Figure 5.2) is located in the northeast quarter of Section 16 and is hidden behind a low hill on the west that obscures it from view. Rising above the cabin to the east is a steep north-south ridge. The building is surrounded by large trees to the northwest, west and southwest that were probably planted over a century ago to serve as a wind and snow break. To the north and south the open ground is covered with a mix of native and pasture grass. The cabin, which most likely dates from the period between the 1870s and 1890s, rests upon a stone foundation and is constructed of hewn logs with concrete chinking and saddle-notched corners. While the walls are original and the building appears to have been constructed at one time, the roof along with the door and window frames were reconstructed decades ago. All of the windows and doors are missing. Incised into the concrete chinking on the east exterior of the house are the words “Smith Bros.” and what appears to be the date “1924.” This date may be when the alterations to the cabin took place, and certainly presents an idea of who owned the building at that time and when the logs were last chinked. The hipped roof is finished with wood shingles and tin segmental ridge caps, all features that are consistent with a 1920s replacement date. Inside the cabin are remnants of some of its original or early finishes and furnishings, all of which clearly date from between the late 1800s and the 1930s. Although the flooring is mostly deteriorated, enough is present to indicate that it was finished with pine. The now-deteriorated ceiling was finished with tongue-in-groove bead boards. In the northwest corner is an old cast-iron kitchen stove that contains the following information: “Hot Closet, No. 20, Pat. Dec. 14, 1886.” Outside of the cabin are several features of historic interest. On the ground to the north a short distance is the rusting body of what appears to be an old Model T Ford. Northwest DRAFT of the cabin is a water well or cistern that is lined with stone. To the south are an old water pump and a stock tank. The water pump is marked “Dempster Mill Mfg. Co.” It is mounted on top of two railroad ties that also contain numerous projecting bolts and large nails that appear to have held down additional equipment. Lying on the ground next to the pump is an approximately 8’ length of riveted metal water pipe. The stock tank is farther to the south and does not appear to be as old as the cabin or pump. Although the cabin is in deteriorating condition, it is intact enough to be stabilized. At minimum, this will require work on the roof, re-chinking of the log walls, and closure of the now open windows and doors to seal out the weather. The interior flooring and ceiling could also be reconstructed. Other Homesteads/Cabins – There are at least two other homestead/cabin sites on Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. The cabin located in the Mahoney Park area (Figure 5.3) burned down at some point; however, the root cellar is still visible (Figure 5.4). There is some discrepancy concerning when this cabin was destroyed. One account has it being destroyed by fire “years ago” (Sladek and Brechtel 2004 pg 18), while another account reported it being burned down in the 2000 Bobcat Fire (Steeves et al. 2004). There is also no consensus as to when the cabin was built or who may have built it. The second cabin site is located approximately 1/3 to ½ mile up Green Ridge, west of the ranchstead. This site was also reportedly destroyed in the 2000 Bobcat Fire. Further research is necessary to determine the history of these sites and to discover if there are yet more historic cabin sites on the natural area. DRAFT Ranchstead – The ranchstead (Figure 5.5) is located on the east-central edge of the Bobcat Ridge Natural Area where the county road enters the property (8429 County Rd. 32C). It consists of a collection of historic buildings and developed features, all of them related to the operation of a cattle ranch in the area. Straddling the north and south sides of County Rd. 32C, these buildings and structures appear to date from the 1880s through the 1950s. While the ranchstead evidently started with the late 1880s pioneer house, the chicken house and the barn, its growth and evolution over the following decades into the mid-1900s is part of the story that is told by this complex. Farm House (Figure 5.6) is an L-shaped, 1½-story, wood-framed home that is typical of the 19th-Century pioneer era, probably dating from the late 1880s or 1890s. Resting upon a stone foundation, the building exhibits evidence of modest expansion toward the rear (to the west) many decades ago. Research indicates that this addition took place around 1948. The home is finished with red painted siding dating from recent decades, along with white painted trim and window and door surrounds. Underneath this siding is reportedly an earlier layer of horizontal drop siding, possibly the original. Windows are a combination of original double-hung sashes, circa 1960 double-hung sashes (with springs rather than ropes and weights), and original wood casements. DRAFT The steeply-pitched, asphalt-shingled roof consists of two intersecting gables with a central wall dormer on the front. Projecting from the front of the home is a small raised open stoop with a shed roof above, supported by two square posts. Inside the house, which has been extensively remodeled, are some original materials and a number of modern finishes. Included among the historic features are wood panel doors, original trimwork, and plaster walls hidden behind circa 1960s paneling. The original, or early, layout of rooms is also apparent. In general, however, the interior has a mostly modern appearance with the historic features present but in the background. The grounds around the house have been landscaped with grass, concrete sidewalks, bushes, and mature trees. Many of these features appear to be quite old. Behind the house is a modern shed. West and southwest of the house and calving barn is a flat area with a sudden rise along its western perimeter. The top of this rise is reported to contain two infant burials dating from the late 19th century. One archival source checked states that these graves are actually to the west of the south end of the calving barn and are marked by stones. In general, the historic house and its surroundings have retained much of their late-19th century character. Changes to the residence have occurred, however these did not significantly alter the general layout, appearance and integrity of the building. Railroad Boxcar (Figure 5.7) rests to the south of the house between the residence and the calving barn to the south. This car appears to date from the early 1900s and was DRAFT reportedly placed on the site to be used for grain storage in the early 1960s. Resting upon concrete and railroad tie piers, the car has wood sidewalls made of vertical planks, metal endwalls, and an arched roof. Large sliding doors are found on the east and west sides of the car. Projecting from the lower portion of the north endwall is a metal pipe that appears to have been used for on- or off-loading of grain. Although deteriorating from exposure and lack of maintenance, the boxcar could be rehabilitated. It is an excellent example of the resourceful creation of storage space in a ranch setting. Calving Barn (Figure 5.8), located to the south of the boxcar, was constructed in the mid- to late-1940s. It is finished with board and batten walls and a shed-roof with exposed rafter ends. The east wall at the northeast and southeast corners is open to interior stalls. Hanging from the northeast opening is an old garage door. A swinging board and batten door allows for access to the structure from the north. Small window openings are found along the east wall. In general, this structure is in deteriorating but restorable condition. Without attention, it will eventually be lost due to age, weather, and deferred maintenance. Hayshed (Figure 5.9), located to the east of the calving barn, was constructed in the mid- to late-1940s. It is a large rectangular open structure with a shed roof covered with metal. This allowed easy access to the hay while providing overhead protection from the DRAFT weather. The structure is generally in good condition, although it may require some attention. Pens and Corral constructed in the mid- to late-1940s, which complete this area of the ranchstead. These consist of open dirt areas bordered by heavy wood fences and gates. Stock tanks and troughs are located in this area for the watering and feeding of the animals. A raised wooden chute is also present on the east for the loading and off- loading of stock. All of the items among the pens and corral appear to be in relatively good condition yet will require the normal maintenance expected of ranch features used for the containment of large animals. Chicken House (Figure 5.10) is a small south-facing log building with a rear wall that is partially built into the dirt slope that rises behind the structure. This building reportedly dates from around 1888, when the Hyatt family arrived in the area. It is clearly one of the DRAFT oldest buildings in the ranchstead complex. The structure consists of hewn squared log walls with dovetail notching at the corners. The front door is made of vertical planks and an unusually large four-space window (with no glass) is located to the right of the entrance. This window was reportedly expanded from the original. The front-gabled roof is finished with wood shingles and a wood plank gable wall. This significant building is in seriously deteriorated condition, having collapsed a number of years ago toward the rear. The front wall remains upright, however, and the structure’s original features are easily distinguishable. Restoration is possible and would allow the chicken house to stand for many decades to come. Without attention in the near future, it is likely to be completely lost. Pioneer Barn (Figure 5.11) is located adjacent to the chicken house to the southeast and reportedly dates from the 1888 arrival of the Hyatt family in the area. This structure has no foundation and is constructed of wood posts and beams. It is open to the south and closed with vertical plank walls on the north, east and west. Relatively small for a barn, the side-gabled building has a dirt floor and a full-width front shed-roof projection. The main roof is finished with wood shingles and a tin ridge cap, and the projection is covered with metal. On the east and west elevations are vertical wood plank doors. This building is in relatively good condition; however it will require ongoing maintenance and some restoration work to keep it standing. Equipment Shed (Figure 5.12), located adjacent to the chicken house to the northwest, dates from the early 1950s. This small building is wood-framed and finished on the entire exterior with corrugated metal siding. It has a shed roof with an overhanging full- width metal hood on the south that is supported by poles. The south elevation is largely taken up by two pair of large swinging doors, in front of which is a sloped concrete apron. DRAFT Poultry Shed (Figure 5.13), located adjacent to the equipment shed to the northwest, dates from the late 1940s. This long rectangular building, which faces toward the southwest, rests upon a raised sandstone foundation and is constructed of cinder blocks. Wood plank doors are present on the east, west and south elevations, and the front of the building contains numerous screened window spaces with wood surrounds. The poultry shed is finished with a sloped shed roof covered with corrugated metal. DRAFT Grave Sites – There are two grave sites marked with rocks known to exist on the property (Figure 5.14). They are located on a low hilltop near the ranchstead southeast of the farm house. The graves belong to two children, but there are differing accounts as to which family they belong and when they were buried. According to one interview (Steeves et al. 2004) they were the Griffith families babies and were buried circa the 1930s. However, another account (Sladek and Brechtel 2004) suggests they were part of the Hyatt family and may have died sometime in the 1890s. Further research is warranted to determine who these children are and when they died. Archeological Resources Archaeological reconnaissance of Bobcat Ridge Natural Area was limited. It took place about 1½ miles west of Masonville, near the center of Section 16. The area of this study is a small saddle on a low ridge at the eastern base of a series of foothill slopes which rise westerly towards Green Ridge. This saddle is about 150’ north of a small, east-flowing stream. At least one tipi ring was known to the City at this location. Surface investigation of this area was conducted to ascertain the possible presence of significant archaeological remains such as tipi rings, campfires, and man-made stone alignments or configurations. It was also inspected for artifacts such as arrow points and grinding/milling stones. No ground was broken and only superficial evidence was noted. Pedestrian transects were used for this investigation. This method is sufficient to detect the presence of any prominent archaeological remains. Approximately 2 acres around the tipi circle was investigated. Tipi Ring Area: A single stone circle or tipi ring (Figure 5.15) was observed in this area. The feature is a circular alignment of stones approximately 14 ft. in diameter. It is comprised of a single course of some 75-100 stones, mostly in the range of about 2-5 lbs. each. These stones are mostly granitic and are native to the area. They are well embedded into the soil to an average depth of 5-8 inches. DRAFT Stone alignments of this type are most frequently interpreted as tipi rings, presumably used to anchor the edges of hide-covered tipis. However, other interpretations are possible. For example, contemporary Native Americans have suggested that features of this type may also have been made for traditional spiritual/ceremonial uses such as prayer circles. Stone circles are a common and widespread prehistoric site type throughout the entire Rocky Mountains/Central Plains region, undoubtedly numbering in the multi-thousands and likely into the hundreds of thousands. Stone ring sites typically retain very few or no associated artifacts or datable materials, such as charcoal on the surface (although such materials are sometimes recovered through archaeological excavation). Thus, while accurate dating of these sites is generally difficult to impossible based on surface observations alone, excavations at some sites in this region have produced tipi ring dates as old as 4,000 years. Since the Ute and Arapaho, being the most recent local tribes, were removed from this portion of Colorado to reservations during the 1860s and 1870s, the tipi ring could reasonably be assumed to have a minimum age of 130 years. Considering the embedded depth of the individual stones, it could also be several hundred years old. It is not possible to identify with certainty the specific tribal affiliation of this tipi ring. Records of the Colorado State Historic Preservation Office do contain documentation of at least three additional tipi ring sites, some containing multiple rings, within a 3-mile radius of this feature at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. Several other smaller, partially ring-like stone configurations were observed in the vicinity of the complete ring. Small features of this type have been interpreted as the possible remains of conical structures such as sweat lodges. However in this case, these partial rings lack sufficient definition to be positively identified as cultural (i.e. man- made) features. At this time, they can only be identified as possible cultural features. DRAFT The ground surface in the area around the tipi ring is generally rocky, and includes some fairly large boulders. A few of these boulders appear to possibly form one or two roughly circular enclosures, although the individual boulders are mostly too large to have been easily moved by hand. These are consequently interpreted as natural, random configurations, although some contemporary Native Americans have suggested that such naturally occurring enclosures were occasionally used as prayer circles. At this time, it appears that with the exception of the single tipi ring described above, none of the stone configurations in the surrounding area can be conclusively interpreted as man-made. Thompson Family Artifact Collection: This small collection consists of four stone projectile points found in the Green Ridge/Buckhorn Valley area by the Dwain and Phyllis Thompson family. Three of these artifacts appear to be arrow points, one of which was collected on Green Ridge itself. The fourth artifact is a somewhat larger stone blade which appears to have possibly been used as a drill or perforator. Among other uses, such perforators may have been used to cut holes in various materials including hides and leather. The basal portion of this artifact has been broken off, thus it may actually have been remade from a formerly larger blade tool of some type. The three arrow points are all small, triangular, corner-notched types, generally within the size range of about ½” x 1”. All four of the artifacts are made of chert and other flint-like stone which occurs in natural outcrops along the Front Range foothills. Arrow points of this type are not uncommon in this area. These appear to be most likely associated with the Late Prehistoric Stage and possibly the subsequent Protohistoric Stage. The Late Prehistoric Stage is dated between about 150 and 1,500 A.D., while the Protohistoric Stage dates from around 1,550 to 1,850 A.D. It is not possible to associate these artifacts with a specific commonly known tribe in this area, such as the Ute or Arapaho. Recommended Actions for Historical Resources • Research who built and occupied the cabins on Green Ridge and in Mahoney Park. Leave cabin remnants as is; possibly interpret the history of these. • Further research the settlement history and previous ownership of parcels within Bobcat Ridge Natural Area for interpretation purposes. • Research who is buried in the graves near the ranchstead farmhouse. • Pursue grant funding for historic structure assessment and stabilize buildings in need of attention. • Preserve and restore the cabin at northeast part of the property. Interpret daily life of that era and possibly specific family history. • Remove the boxcar, poultry shed, equipment shed, pens, corral and hayshed. • Leave the chicken house and barn as is for interpretation purposes. Recommended Actions for Archaeological Resources • Conduct archaeological reconnaissance in advance of any ground-disturbing projects. • Consult the Colorado State Historic Preservation Office and the State Archaeologist before publicizing and developing archaeological sites for interpretive purposes. DRAFT • Erect permanent fencing around the tipi ring and surrounding area to protect potential archaeological data until more conclusive examination can be completed. • Develop interpretation materials concerning use by Native Americans if warranted by further investigation. • As the need arises or as funding becomes available, conduct additional surface reconnaissance especially focusing upon selected areas whose natural topography is known to have high potential for archaeological resources such as rock cliff faces, ledges, overhangs, hogback ridges and their east-facing slopes, as well as ravines, springs, and creeks. Management Recommendations for Historical Features Feature Location Action Isolated cabin Northeast portion Restore and interpret Root cellar Mahoney Park Leave as is Cabin remnants Green Ridge Leave as is Farm house Main road Improve or evaluate to replace Boxcar Ranchstead Remove Calving barn Ranchstead Remove Hayshed Ranchstead Remove Pens and corral Ranchstead Remove Chicken house Ranchstead east of road Leave as is and interpret Pioneer barn Ranchstead east of road Leave as is Equipment shed Ranchstead east of road Remove Poultry shed Ranchstead east of road Remove Gravesites Near ranchstead Preserve Tipi rings Lower powerline trail Preserve Artifacts Various Preserve Chapter References Sladek, Ron and James Brechtel 2004. Historical / archaeological planning report, Bobcat Ridge Natural Area, Masonville vicinity, Larimer County, Colorado. Tatanka Historical Associates, Inc. Fort Collins, CO. Steeves, R., Sue Kenney, and Anastasia Patterson 2004. Personal interview with Dwain and Phyllis Thompson family. April 26, 2004. DRAFT Chapter 6. Visitor Use Goal for Visitor Use at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area: Provide a variety of recreational opportunities for people of all ages and abilities consistent with the Natural Areas Program’s mission, carrying capacity of the site, and the program’s capacity to deliver a safe, high quality visitor experience. Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is the first large, regional natural area that has been acquired by the City of Fort Collins Natural Areas Program. It is the Natural Areas Program’s goal at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area to provide a high quality visitor and recreation experience while simultaneously protecting the site’s significant ecological and cultural resources. The concept of carrying capacity includes not only the number of visitors, but also the desired condition of the site’s natural, cultural, and scenic resources and a visitor experience consistent with overall management objectives for the site. The concept is aligned with the portion of the Natural Areas Program’s mission statement excerpted below: “…Protection of natural habitats and features is the highest priority, while providing opportunities for education and appropriate recreation for the Fort Collins community.” In the following sections, appropriate recreation uses for Bobcat Ridge are determined through several analyses. The chapter also recommends a conceptual design for a trail system as well as methods for visitor management. All recreational uses are evaluated in a context of providing and balancing a high quality visitor experience, the Natural Areas Program’s capacity to manage the recreational uses, and the ability to protect the site’s resources. Visitor uses and recreation will be monitored and adapted to changing conditions over time as necessary. A. Determining Recreation Uses 1. Public Input Staff conducted twelve public tours to Bobcat Ridge in the summer and fall of 2004. While each of the several field trips had different itineraries, the same management issues were discussed and evaluated through a participant feedback questionnaire. This “non-scientific survey” was completed by 130 field tour participants as well as an additional 40 questionnaires completed by attendees to three separate public open houses. The results were as follows: What types of recreational uses would you like to see here? The types of recreation uses in order of percentage of times mentioned were: hiking (36%), horseback riding (15%), mountain biking (11%), camping (6%), picnicking (6%) and bird watching (6%). Several other uses were mentioned including tours and nature walks (4%), education (2%) and hunting (<1%). During the course of a year, how many times are you likely to visit Bobcat Ridge? Respondents indicated they would visit Bobcat Ridge Natural Area on average five or six times per year. DRAFT Are you likely to bring children under age 10? Only 28% of the respondents indicated they would bring children under the age of 10. Would you prefer multi-use trails or separate trails for biking, hiking and horseback riding? More than 71% of the respondents indicated they would prefer separated use trails. Most expressed a desire to separate hikers and bikers. Many respondents preferred some hiking- only areas. Are there certain biological or historical features you think should be protected? The most commonly mentioned features included the homestead cabin (21%), tipi rings (18%), bird habitat (8%) streams (5%), and Brooks Canyon (4%). Is grazing by domesticated cattle an appropriate use at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area when used for vegetation management goals? More than 70% of the respondents indicated that grazing by domesticated cattle is appropriate when used for the purposes of meeting vegetation management goals. Is grazing by domesticated cattle an appropriate use at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area to maintain a ranching tradition? 49% responded favorably, while 44% responded negatively. This suggests that there is substantial public support for maintaining a ranching tradition. What topics would you like to see on education and interpretation signs? The most requested education topics included plants (22%), birds and other wildlife (21%), geology (13%), historical features (15%), cultural heritage (8%), and fire history (6%). Should there be designated “wilderness areas” of the natural area that would have no or very limited public access? More than 65% or respondents were in favor of designated wilderness areas with limited or no public access, while 29% were not. Some respondents suggested having off-trail access for foot traffic only. Conversely, there was some support for on-trail only use, but this was not quantified. What did you find most interesting on the field trip? Participants found the general landscape (23%), the birds and wildlife (13%) and tipi rings (10%) to be most interesting on the field trips. The cabin and cultural history, flora, geology, and the burned area were all mentioned but each by less than 10% of the respondents. This feedback suggests that visitors will be interested in guided nature walks, especially to Brooks Canyon, and interpretive information on the ecology, geology and cultural history of the site. What part of the field trip was the least interesting? Response to this question was overwhelmingly “not applicable” or no response (65%). People are positive about the area with no real negative issues. Other primary specified DRAFT responses received were a disinterest in the cattle and ranching operation (12%) and in man- made features such as the fencing and roads (7%). Is reconstruction or preservation of historic and prehistoric features an appropriate use of natural area funds at Bobcat Ridge? More than 83% responded favorably to this question while only 12% responded negatively. This suggests that respondents do feel these resources are important to preserve and they would not object to Natural Areas funds being used in the pursuit of this goal at Bobcat Ridge. 2.Regional Analysis of Recreation Opportunities A survey of regional recreation availability looked at the combined opportunities offered by federal, state, and county parks and open lands, and city natural areas, parks and trails. The purpose was to determine which types of recreation are either widely available or not available or have limited availability on a regional basis. Recreational offerings at Bobcat Ridge could add additional opportunities when the recreation type is consistent with protection of the resources and management objectives for Bobcat Ridge. The summary table is shown below. Regional Recreation Destinations and Activities Hiking Dog Walking Mountain Biking Horseback Bird/wildlife Watching Nature Walk ADA Compliant Trails ADA Compliant Facilities Picnic Fishing Rock Climbing Hunting Backcountry Camping Campground Federal Rocky Mountain NP X X X X X X X X X X X Roosevelt NF X X X X X X X X X X X X State Lory State Park X X X X X X X X X X X Boyd Lake SP X X X X X X X X X X County Horsetooth Mtn. Park X X X X X X X X X Horsetooth Reservoir X X X X X X X Devil’s Backbone OS X X X X X X X Rimrock Open Space X X X X City of Fort Collins Coyote Ridge NA X X X X X X X X Foothills NAs X X X X X X X City Parks and Trails X X X X X X X X TOTALS 10 8 9 8 11 7 5 7 8 6 4 3 4 4 This survey indicates that hiking, dog walking, mountain biking and horseback riding are widely available on a regional basis. Fishing, picnicking, nature walks and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) compliant trails and facilities are somewhat available, while rock DRAFT climbing, backcountry and campground camping, and hunting opportunities are less available. 3. Specific Visitor Use Goals for Bobcat Ridge Natural Area In summary, recommended visitor uses at Bobcat Ridge include: hiking, walking, running, mountain biking, and horseback riding, wildlife viewing, interpretive walks, an ADA compliant trail, picnicking and backcountry camping on a trial basis. Hunting and rock climbing need further investigation to determine their feasibility at this site. Fishing, campground/car camping, and dog walking are activities not allowed on Bobcat Ridge. The following tables examine in detail each of these visitor use opportunities, constraints, potentials for a high quality visitor experience, impacts to ecological resources, the Natural Areas Program’s capacity to manage the use, and recommended actions. Trails Goal: Provide a sustainable trail system to a variety of users while maintaining a high quality visitor experience and protecting the natural and cultural resources. • Employ best management practices and designs that offer scenic vistas, and that are sustainable. • Design trails to minimize interactions between trail users. Separate pedestrian and horse use from mountain bike use where possible. • Design trail layout to access scenic vistas at Mahoney Park. • Develop a trail system that provides opportunities for solitude. • Develop the trail to include a “Valley Loop” and a property-wide “Mountain Loop”. • Design trails to minimize the opportunity for visitors to create unwanted social trails. • Create an accessible (American Disabilities Act compliant) trail opportunity with scenic views, interpretive features and an interesting destination. Picnic Areas Goal: Create opportunities for picnicking. • Establish wayside areas along trails for picnics. • Locate and build picnic shelter(s) to include tables and benches. Prohibit use of barbeques and camp stoves to limit the risk of wildfire. • Minimize trash-wildlife interactions by highlighting Leave No Trace ethics such as “pack it in, pack it out” and using bear-proof trash cans. Wildlife Watching Goal: Provide ample wildlife watching opportunities. • Manage all plant communities to enhance wildlife habitat and diversity. • Provide regular guided wildlife watching field trips. • Provide wildlife viewing destinations as appropriate. • Provide wildlife viewing information in education products. Interpretive Walks Goal: Provide a variety of meaningful educational experiences for all visitors. • Establish a regular schedule of guided public field trips with a wide variety of themes and topics. DRAFT • Provide self-guided learning experiences through a variety of educational products. Rock Climbing Goal: Provide rock climbing opportunities if ecological and safety considerations can be met. • Determine feasibility of rock climbing areas existing on the property and evaluate management issues related to climbing access. Hunting Goal: Manage wildlife to prevent overbrowsing and overgrazing and provide a recreational opportunity that is historic to the area. • Establish early indicators of overbrowsing and overgrazing to determine when and if hunting would be used as a management tool. • Determine the feasibility of mixing limited hunting with other recreation and management goals, such as grazing. Backcountry Camping Goal: Provide designated backcountry camping opportunities on a trial-basis and as institutional capacity allows. • Determine feasibility by identifying management issues and potential campsites. • Determine feasibility of a primitive group campground. Campground/Car Camping Not recommended at Bobcat Ridge. Fishing Resource does not exist at Bobcat Ridge. DRAFT 4. Analysis of Each Recreation Use Trails - Hiking, Walking, Running Pedestrian use on natural areas is a staple recreation. Many of natural areas are designated for “on-trail only” use. With more than 2,600 acres, Bobcat Ridge provides an opportunity to increase visitor enjoyment by permitting dispersed recreational use of the site. However, use of designated trails will be strongly encouraged for the purpose of protecting habitat, reducing erosion, limiting disturbance of wildlife and for visitor safety. If an unacceptable level of damage is being caused by the dispersed use, dispersed use will be limited or eliminated and the entire site will become on-trail only. Additionally, certain areas may have limited or no access or be seasonally designated as closed or “on-trail only” as deemed appropriate by Natural Areas Program managers. Opportunities Both valley and mountain areas offer ample opportunities for hiking, walking and running. An existing road network is in place that could become part of the trails. Constraints Existing roads in the mountain areas are in poor condition and are eroding. These require erosion control if they remain open or restoration if they are closed. High Quality Visitor Experience Bobcat Ridge may provide diverse terrain, trail types, and levels of difficulty. Combined with numerous scenic vistas and destination sites, this natural area offers a premier trail experience. Managing visitor behavior through “share the trail” and “trail yield” etiquette, and routine patrol should limit the number of negative interactions. Ability to Protect Resources Managed on-trail and off-trail use that avoids sensitive ecological areas can ensure a high level of resource protection. Trail layout must be designed to minimize impacts to target plant communities. The location, amount and timing of trail use must be evaluated to protect nesting raptors and songbirds, calving deer and elk, important wintering areas, moth and butterfly habitat, and other similar conservation targets. Off-trail use must be limited to areas that are not ecologically or culturally sensitive. Capacity to Manage Pedestrian use on an established trail system with anticipated level of compliance offers little enforcement challenge to ranger staff. Recommended Action • Designate portions of Bobcat Ridge for off-trail foot use. Areas including, but not limited to ecologically sensitive areas, hazardous areas, and working ranch areas will be designated for on-trail only. • Remove dead and standing trees on 30 to 40 feet of either side of trails within burned forested areas to ensure user safety. • Design trail system to avoid the area of the Hansen Feeder Canal for visitor safety. • Design methods to integrate trail system within existing cattle pastures. This may include using cattle guards, spring-loaded pedestrian gates, or separated uses temporally. Interpretive signs could assist. DRAFT Trails - Leashed Dog Walking Dog walking is one of the most popular types of recreational use in city natural areas, especially within the urban area. With limited exceptions, most natural areas and trails are available for leashed dog walking. There are 41 natural areas that allow leashed dog walking out of the 44 open to the public. Out of approximately 33 miles of trail the natural areas program manages, 29 miles are available for leashed dog walking. Unfortunately, dogs off leash remain the program’s number one visitor compliance issue. Conflicts between dogs and other visitors are a continual source of citizen complaints. Opportunities Both valley and mountain areas offer ample opportunities for dog walking. An existing road network is in place that could form a basis for portions of the trail layout. Constraints There is an active grazing lease on site; potential dog/cattle interactions could occur. Rangers have limited ability to comprehensively enforce on-leash regulations, especially in backcountry areas. Enforcing the leash law has been problematic system-wide. Dogs off leash are a threat to the natural resources being protected and the quality of other visitor’s experiences. Wildlife is a threat or a hazard to off leashed dogs. High Quality Visitor Experience Natural areas regulations and city code require that dogs be leashed in all natural areas. A limited ability to patrol the entire property would result in low levels of compliance especially in areas out of visual range of the valley. Dogs off leash have caused negative dog/human interactions in other natural areas. Resource Protection Limited or prohibited dog use of the area would ensure protection of sensitive biological resources (deer, elk, etc.). Dog waste degrades resources and is a human health hazard. It is currently a problem in many other natural areas. Capacity to Manage Ranger staff has limited ability to enforce leash code on this property. Recommended Action Prohibit dogs at this sensitive natural area. DRAFT Trails - Mountain Biking Mountain biking is one of the more popular recreational activities in the City’s natural areas. Opportunities Both valley and mountain areas offer ample opportunity. Constraints Existing roads in the mountain areas are in poor condition and are eroding. Mountain biking considerably increases erosion. Mountain bikes present more safety issues (speed, lack of control, etc.) than other trail uses. Separating users (i.e. multi-use trail and pedestrian/horse only trail) decreases the potential for user conflicts and increases visitor safety. High Quality Visitor Experience Bobcat Ridge has a diverse areas terrain, trail types, and levels of difficulty. Combined with numerous scenic vistas and destination sites, this natural area offers a premier mountain biking experience. Managing visitor behavior through “share the trail” and “trail yield” etiquette, and routine patrol should limit the number of negative interactions. Ability to Protect Resources Managed on-trail mountain biking on a planned trail system that avoids sensitive ecological areas can achieve a high level of resource protection. The location, amount and timing of trail use must be evaluated to protect nesting raptors and songbirds, calving deer and elk, important wildlife wintering areas, moth and butterfly habitat, and other similar conservation targets. Capacity to Manage Mountain biking on an established trail system with a high level of compliance offers little enforcement challenge to ranger staff. It is anticipated that some illegal, downhill use will occur and require enforcement action. Routine trail maintenance will be required. Recommended Action Mountain biking will be designated as an on-trail only activity to increase user safety and prevent resource damage. DRAFT Trails - Horseback Riding Horseback riding is available on many of the City’s natural areas although few areas receive heavy use. Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is likely to become a destination for local horse riding enthusiasts. As with most trail systems, horse riders will need to share the trail with pedestrians and mountain bikers unless separate, designated trails can be developed. Opportunities Both valley and mountain areas offer ample opportunities. Constraints The number of parking spaces available for horse trailer parking will limit the number of horse riders. Access to the site for the local community along county roads is limited. High Quality Visitor Experience Bobcat Ridge may provide diverse terrain, trail types, and levels of difficulty. Combined with numerous scenic vistas and destination sites, this natural area offers a premier horseback riding experience. Managing visitor behavior through “share the trail” and “trail yield” etiquette, and routine patrol should limit the number of negative interactions. Ability to Protect Resources Managed on-trail use on a planned trail system that avoids sensitive ecological areas can achieve a high level of resource protection. Trail layout must be designed to minimize impacts to target plant communities. The location, amount and timing of trail use must be evaluated to protect nesting raptors and songbirds, calving deer and elk, important wildlife wintering areas, moth and butterfly habitat, and other similar conservation targets. The distribution of weed seed may increase due to horse manure on and along trails. Capacity to Manage Use on an established trail system with anticipated level of compliance offers little enforcement challenge to ranger staff. Recommended Action Horseback riding will be designated as on or within 10 feet of the trail only in order to prevent resource damage. If pack animals are allowed in backcountry camping sites, campers will be required to use certified weed-free hay. DRAFT Trails – Americans with Disabilities Act compliant The Natural Areas Program is committed to providing a high quality appropriate recreation experience for visitors of varying abilities. System-wide, the Natural Areas Program offers diverse trails of varying surfaces and difficulty. Opportunities The valley at Bobcat Ridge provides good opportunity for an all- access trail with scenic views, varied terrain, and interesting destinations. Constraints The mountain area has extremely steep slopes; grades would not meet Americans with Disabilities Act requirements. The best location for an all-access trail is between the parking lot and the cabin. High Quality Visitor Experience Proper design, with the cabin as an interesting destination, along with ample scenic vistas combine to provide an all-access trail that delivers a high quality visitor experience. Ability to Protect Resources Managed on-trail use on a planned all-access trail that avoids sensitive ecological areas can achieve a high level of resource protection. Trail layout must be designed to minimize impacts to target plant communities. The proposed location of an all-access trail has little impact on nesting raptors and songbirds, calving deer and elk, important wildlife wintering areas, moth and butterfly habitat, and other similar conservation targets. Capacity to Manage An all-access trail needs to be carefully designed to ensure ADA compliance. Recommended Action Build an all-access portion of the trail from the parking lot along the north valley loop to the cabin. Trail features could include a picnic area and self-guided interpretive features. DRAFT Picnic Areas Many of the responses and comments that were received as part of public outreach efforts indicated a desire to create picnic opportunities at Bobcat Ridge. Typically the City’s Parks department has constructed and maintained picnic shelters. However, as the number of regional natural areas expands and these sites become destinations, it may be feasible to develop picnic shelter near the parking lot and picnic waysides along the trail system. Opportunities Opportunities to develop wayside areas along trails for picnicking are abundant. Waysides could consist of a short spur off the main trail to a seating area (fabricated benches, or made of rocks, logs or natural materials), and appropriate signage. There is limited area for a picnic shelter in proximity to the parking area or along the all-access trail. Constraints Shelter and table will require routine maintenance. High Quality Visitor Experience Wayside areas along trails and a picnic shelter will provide a high quality visitor experience including for visitors that cannot walk into the mountainous areas. Design, capacity, and level of maintenance will strongly influence the visitor experience in the picnic shelter area. Ability to Protect Resources Any picnic area will need to be monitored to ensure litter and food scraps do not attract wildlife. Careful consideration must be given to placement of the picnic shelter so that it doesn’t impact scenic views. Social trails in and around the picnic areas may occur. Capacity to Manage Ranger and maintenance staff would monitor wayside picnic areas and the picnic shelter. Routine cleaning and trash removal would be required at the shelter. Recommended Action Plan and build wayside picnic areas in trail design. Include “Leave No Trace” information in education efforts. Use wildlife safe trash receptacles. Determine location of picnic shelter in proximity to the parking lot or along the handicap accessible trail. DRAFT Wildlife Watching Birdwatching and wildlife viewing are a staple recreation activity on City natural areas. Although there is abundant opportunity for this activity in the region, public feedback indicated that Bobcat Ridge Natural Area would be a choice destination for this activity. Opportunities Staff and volunteers have documented a large variety of wildlife including deer, elk, wild turkey, mountain lion, black bear, nesting raptors, and over 90 species of birds. Constraints The extent of access and level of visitor use is the main constraint. A trail system accessing a variety of habitats throughout the property will permit enhanced viewing opportunities. Heavy visitor use during elk mating season and songbird nesting season could however have the potential to disturb wildlife unless managed through establishing safe viewing locations, limiting times, or imposing seasonal closures. High Quality Visitor Experience The size of the property, when considered with adjoining protected land and the variety of ecotones present, provide for a high quality wildlife watching experience. Ability to Protect Resources Wildlife viewing and birdwatching are recreation activities at the core of the Natural Areas Program’s mission. These activities are anticipated to have minimal impact on biological resources at normal levels of use. Modifying the times and locations wildlife can be viewed will be strong tools to ensure that wildlife and plant communities are not disturbed. Existing Natural Areas regulations protects against disturbing wildlife. Wildlife watching must be restricted to open areas, except on guided interpretive walks. Capacity to Manage Wildlife viewing is a generally safe activity. Additional ranger patrols may be required during times of seasonal closures, songbird migration, or elk mating season to ensure resources protection. Recommended Action Provide regular guided wildlife watching field trips, including to areas not open to the public. Provide wildlife watching educational products. DRAFT Interpretive Walks Education is a primary focus of the Natural Areas program. The program has an active Master Naturalist Program in addition to staff led interpretive programs. Bobcat Ridge Natural Area abounds with opportunities for both natural and cultural history walks. Opportunities The Natural Areas Program has an active education staff and more than 75 volunteer Master Naturalists. The wide diversity of wildlife and plant communities, combined with interesting topography, geology, scenery, and human history of the site provide a variety of themes and topics for interpretive walks and educational activities. Constraints The site’s topography may limit the ability to accommodate a parking lot suitable for school bus parking, which may limit the number of school programs offered. High Quality Visitor Experience The diversity of natural and cultural history features together with a well-designed trail system provides the highest quality visitor experience. Ability to Protect Resources Interpretive walks will occur on the same trails available for wildlife viewing. Interpretive walks are anticipated to have minimal impact on biological resources at normal levels of use. Modifying the times and locations that wildlife can be viewed will ensure wildlife and plant communities are not disturbed. Natural Areas regulations protect against disturbing or harassing wildlife. Capacity to Manage Education staff has the capacity to plan, advertise and deliver programming at this site. The availability of Master Naturalists may be limited during the spring as program demand is high at this time. However, the desire to lead field trips at Bobcat Ridge is high. Recommended Action Conduct regular guided wildlife watching field trips, including to areas closed to the public. Provide self-guided learning experiences through a variety of educational products. DRAFT Rock Climbing For several years, the Natural Areas Program has received a growing number of requests to open portions of some natural areas for the purposes of rock climbing and bouldering. The regional recreation analysis shows that the number of areas open for rock climbing is limited and declining. Although Bobcat Ridge is geologically limited as a climbing resource, the inclusion of this activity in this management plan is intended to evaluate what resources exist and determine the feasibility for the area to support this use. Opportunities There are no known rock-climbing sites at Bobcat Ridge. Constraints There has not been a complete inventory; however, the geology at Bobcat Ridge is limited for rock climbing. Sandstone deposits along hogbacks in the valley are not suitable for rock climbing. They are also sensitive habitat for raptors, birds, snakes and mammals. At the bases are rare and sensitive plants. The mountain area of the site has some climbable rock outcrops, but ledge faces are limited and degree of difficulty is low. High Quality Visitor Experience Sites are not high quality (pitch, hardness of rock, suitable anchors, etc.) and access to potential sites is difficult or lengthy. Ability to Protect Resources Hogback areas should be considered off-limits to rock climbing since significant biological resources (nesting raptors and rare plants) have been documented for these areas. Capacity to Manage Ranger staff have not been trained or equipped to deal with managing rock climbing areas. Recommended Actions Prohibit rock climbing on hogback ridges to protect sensitive ecological resources. Conduct an inventory in mountain area for potential climbing areas. If prospective locations exist, provide opportunities based on ecological and safety considerations. DRAFT Hunting Any hunting that is considered for Bobcat Ridge needs to contribute to and be compatible with the ecological and recreation objectives for the property. Opportunities Game species such as deer, elk, and wild turkey inhabit Bobcat Ridge. Bobcat Ridge is adjacent to Roosevelt National Forest which permits hunting. The Colorado Division of Wildlife has recommended hunting here to avoid overbrowsing, overgrazing and unnatural concentrations of wildlife. Constraints Natural Areas regulations prohibit hunting. The likelihood of hunters trespassing onto Bobcat Ridge from adjacent US Forest Service property is high and has been documented during the 2004 season. Rangers are not armed and would be at a disadvantage in an enforcement situation. Hunting on neighboring property may require temporary closures of Bobcat Ridge trails to ensure visitor safety. High Quality Visitor Experience Game species are common at Bobcat Ridge. There has been active hunting on the property in the past by neighbors and a professional outfitter. Resource Protection Hunting as a sport is generally a low impact activity with the exception of hunting camps. However, hunting does destroy native wildlife that the Natural Areas Program seeks to protect. Hunting can be used as a tool to manage herd numbers when overuse occurs or diseased animals are found. Capacity to Manage Rangers are unarmed. Enforcement activities or field situations would pose a threat to officer safety and place the rangers at a serious disadvantage. The Natural Areas Program has not previously managed hunting on any of its natural areas. Recommended Actions Analyze and consider possibilities for recreational hunting in the future. Hunting at this site may be an appropriate recreation and/or ecosystem management tool. Any consideration of hunting will strongly emphasize wildlife and vegetation management, visitor safety, the safety of the city’s rangers, and the city’s ability to enforce hunting regulations. DRAFT Backcountry Camping Public feedback indicates a desire for backcountry camping. Opportunities for backcountry camping are regionally limited to federal lands and Lory State Park. Opportunities Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is well suited for designated backcountry camping. The mountain area of the site has a variety of suitable areas. Constraints Infrastructure, regulations and a permit system needs to be developed. Human waste is a major issue. Attracting wildlife such as bears could become an issue. High Quality Visitor Experience Bobcat Ridge offers opportunities for overnight getaways close to urban areas. Ability to Protect Resources Designated camping sites need to be in areas that do not impact protected resources. Open fires would not be permitted. For visitor safety reasons, campsite should be closed during fire bans and during hunting season due to the close proximity of the national forest where hunting is permitted. Camping sites require close monitoring to ensure that regulations are adhered to and so that garbage does not accumulate and attract wildlife. Capacity to Manage The Natural Areas Program has not permitted or managed this use previously. A permit system needs to be administered. Designated camping sites need to include tent platforms and a plan for dealing with human waste. Natural sources of water for use by campers are limited in the mountain area and would require purification. Recommended Action Complete a feasibility plan to address management issues and identify potential campsites. DRAFT Campground/Car Camping This recreation activity was limited on a regional basis to local federal lands and county parks such as Horsetooth Mountain Park. Opportunities Limited to valley area of Bobcat Ridge. Constraints Even a small campground would dominate the valley of Bobcat Ridge. Most valley locations would conflict with existing cattle grazing leases and adjacent neighbors. Substantial road construction would be required. Campground camping would require expand working hours and for staff to be routinely on call. High Quality Visitor Experience Interior locations would be best for a high quality visitor experience, but requires roads which severely impact ecological resources. Locations in the periphery of the property would impact neighboring properties. Resource Protection Impact of the footprint of the campground, roads, necessary water sources and restrooms would impact terrain, wildlife, and visual resources. Capacity to Manage Daily maintenance would be required. At this time ranger staff is not permitted by policy to work after dark. Recommended Action Eliminate this recreation activity from consideration as a potential use at Bobcat Ridge. DRAFT B. Trail System It is the intent of the Natural Areas Program to provide a high quality visitor experience while protecting the natural and cultural resources. Currently, Bobcat Ridge Natural Area has several two-track roads in use for the ranching and previous logging operations. Portions of these may serve as trails. Portions that are not suitable as trails will be closed and restored. It is suggested that for every mile of new trail, one mile of existing roads not planned for use be restored, so there is no net gain (i.e. no gain in site disturbance). Citizens indicated they would like a trail system with wayside picnic areas with scenic views of the undeveloped valley, hogback cliffs and the mountains. They also said that trails through different ecotones and a diversity of habitats would be popular. Participants enjoyed visits to the tipi rings and cabin, and expressed a desire that these be destinations in the trail system. Finally, there was strong support for separate-use trails (hiking and biking on different trails). The recommended trail layout is shown in Figure 6.1. There is no public trail access east of the Hansen Feeder Canal. The canal poses an extreme public safety concern. The trail layout is designed to avoid views or access to the canal so that visitors are not tempted to venture off trail to investigate the area. Brooks Canyon and the hogback cliffs are sensitive habitats and are closed to general public use. Guided nature walks to Brooks Canyon during the appropriate seasons will be allowed. Trails that cross drainages will be designed to minimize impacts to the habitat (i.e. limiting stream flow, or creating erosion). A spur trail will lead visitors to the historic cabin and will provide scenic views of the hogback cliffs; however it will also respect the buffer distances needed for the nesting raptors. Three separate phases of construction providing continued expansion are recommended and outlined below. Throughout all phases of construction, a primary consideration will be the utilization of current trail building techniques that will reflect the different trail uses intended for sections, (i.e., ADA, pedestrian, mountain biking, and equestrian).The appropriate trail layout and use of measures such as grade dips, switchbacks, and tread armoring will be utilized to minimize the disturbance created and alleviate erosion problems to the greatest extent possible. Due to the high level of use expected by the various user groups, it is anticipated that the level of tread compaction and displacement from public use will be elevated, and the associated maintenance costs will rise proportionately. Phase I – Valley Loop (construct prior to opening) Phase I trails (delineated in red) are multi-use trails through the valley avoiding the canal area. These trails will give the public an introduction to the site, including access to cultural and natural features. Hiking, horseback riding and mountain biking will be accommodated on Phase 1 trails. The trail segment between the parking lot and the cabin will be an ADA compliant trail. A self-guided nature walk will be installed along this segment. Natural Areas Program staff will work with ranchers to locate trails in existing cattle pastures. Installation of cattle guards, spring-loaded pedestrian gates and other features to mitigate impacts to grazing operations will also take place during this phase. DRAFT Phase II – Mahoney Park and Green Ridge Segment (construct within 1 – 3 years) Phase II trail segment (shown in blue) will provide multi-use access to Mahoney Park and the high point on Green Ridge. Phase III – Mountain Loop (construct within 3 – 5 years) Phase III trail segment (shown in green) will complete the Mountain Loop. The northern part of the Mountain Loop will be designated as a hiking and equestrian trial (no mountain biking); the southern part will be a multi-use trail. Both segments will connect in Mahoney Park. Eden Valley Access A possible second access trail is shown in yellow. This multi-use trail would provide access to the neighborhood south of Bobcat Ridge. This would be walk-in only (no parking lot) and may be constructed during one of the phases mentioned above. DRAFT DRAFT C. Managing Visitor Use Seasonal closures and limited recreation areas may be necessary for reducing the impact of recreation on certain wildlife species. The Natural Areas Program will monitor the amount and locations of visitor use, timing issues, visitor behavior, types of uses and visitor expectations. The trail system and designated visitor use areas are located to ensure the safe use and high quality visitor experience while ensuring sustainability of the resources. Some trails may cross or come near areas identified as sensitive or potentially sensitive. Best management practices will be used to ensure the sustainability of long-term recreational use without damage to the resources. For instance, some trails may have seasonal closures and some trails will be designated for certain uses only such as foot traffic. Law Enforcement Law enforcement actions adhere to guidelines and objectives established in the Natural Areas and Trails Ranger Manual. Natural Areas and Trails Ranger personnel will provide primary law enforcement responsibilities. Rangers’ primary responsibilities at Bobcat Ridge will include patrolling, educating the public about rules, regulations and resource management, issuing warnings and/or citations, monitoring site conditions for misuse and maintenance needs and calling for assistance in situations requiring emergency response. Rangers have a limited commission to enforce Natural Areas regulations and City of Fort Collins code. Rangers are unarmed and are not equipped to deal with certain situations. In situations involving criminal activities, rangers will call for appropriate back up. Colorado Division of Wildlife will handle situations involving illegal hunting. All other criminal activities will be handled by Larimer County Sheriffs Office. The on-site ranger will be responsible for the primary patrol and enforcement responsibilities at Bobcat Ridge. All other Natural Areas and Trails Ranger personnel will provide a secondary role in enforcement activities. Ranger trucks and all-terrain-vehicles will not be used to patrol the site, but may be used only for maintenance and in emergency situation (see below). A horse mounted patrol program based at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is currently under consideration and may be implemented in the future. The mounted patrol program would include a facility and horses to be maintained by the on-site ranger. The intent of the mounted patrol is to provide an effective means to patrol the area while providing a soft, approachable image to the public appropriate to the site. Emergency Response Plan Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is the first natural area in the City of Fort Collins system that has extensive backcountry. This, combined with the property’s relatively large size and remote location, warrant an emergency response plan to ensure visitor safety and site protection. Emergency response may involve several agencies and fire protection districts. For all emergencies, 911 will be the primary contact number. Emergency dispatch will send the DRAFT appropriate response, as determined by the nature of the emergency. Callers should provide the physical address for Bobcat Ridge Natural Area as 8281 West County Road 32C. The main entrance gate is one mile west of County Road 27. A list of responding agencies is provided below: AMBULANCE / FIRE / POLICE Any Emergency 911 Larimer County Sheriffs Office (LCSO) 970-416-1985 Fort Collins Police Services 970-221-6545 Larimer County Emergency Services (LCES) 970-498-5301 Natural Areas and Trails Rangers 970-416-2147 Thompson Valley EMS 970-669-1235 FIRE Any Fire 911 Loveland Fire Department 970-962-2537 Poudre Fire Authority (PFA) (station 9) 970-221-6570 WILDLIFE and NATURAL RESOURCES Colorado Division of Wildlife 970-461-4003 Aimee Ryel (law enforcement) Fort Collins Natural Areas Program 970-416-2815 Larimer County Parks and Open Space 970-679-4570 United States Forest Service 970-498-1360 Lenora Arevalos (law enforcement) HAZARDOUS MATERIALS Emergency 911 Larimer County Health Department 970-498-6775 Rich Grossman City of Fort Collins Natural Resource Dept 970-224-6179 Margit Hentschel HOSPITALS Mckee Medical Center (Loveland) 970-669-4640 Poudre Valley Hospital (Ft. Collins) 970-495-7000 Future fire management at Bobcat Ridge is being addressed as part of the comprehensive restoration plan (prescribed fire). Vehicle Access There are two vehicle entrances into Bobcat Ridge. The north entrance address is 8281 West County Road 32C. The south entrance can be accessed by driving west onto CR 29 from CR 27. CR 29 runs through Eden Valley Ranch and ends at the canal road and gate. DRAFT Bobcat Ridge is able to accommodate air and vehicle evacuations should medical emergencies arise. Responding agencies may include LCSO, LCES, Loveland Fire, PFA, Thompson Valley EMS and Natural Areas Rangers. Medical supplies and equipment will be cached in a storage area located near the entrance or parking lot. The storage area will be available to Natural Areas employees and emergency crews. The power line service road that provides accesses to Mahoney Park will serve as the primary vehicular access road leading to the westernmost ridgeline. The emergency accesses will be marked appropriately to guide emergency response crews. Wildfire Wildfire operations falls under the jurisdiction of the Loveland Rural Fire District (LRFD). All wildfires at Bobcat Ridge will be suppressed. A memorandum of understanding is being developed with Loveland Rural Fire District which states that shall provide initial attack and response. Natural Areas Fire Crew and Poudre Fire Authority may provide assistance as requested and directed by LRFD. Air Support (Flight for Life and Helitack) Bobcat Ridge will have emergency accesses from the air that will be suited for air operations related to medical evacuations (Flight for Life) and wildland fire operations (Helitack). All valley portions of Bobcat Ridge are currently accessible by air transport and two landing zones will be located close to the top of the westernmost ridge in the areas near Mahoney Park and in the upper reaches of what is currently referred to as the Ginny Trail. Landing zone (helibase) pads will require periodic maintenance to clear debris, downed trees and anything material, natural or unnatural that could become airborne and hit the helicopter’s rotors. Natural Areas Ranger staff will be responsible to ensure this condition is maintained. No ground disturbance will be necessary as native ground cover seals loose dirt and prevents formation of dust clouds during take off and landing. The helibase will require 100 feet diameter clearance for the rotors. Existing areas currently meet these specifications. DRAFT Chapter 7. Education and Outreach Educational and outreach opportunities are many and varied at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. The variation in terrain, diversity in habitat, open vistas, unique geology and bountiful cultural history provides endless subject matter for presentations by volunteer and staff naturalists as well as permanent interpretive displays and features. The mission of the City of Fort Collins Natural Areas Education Program is to increase the public’s awareness of natural areas; promote understanding of natural systems, and foster each individual’s realization of the importance and meaning natural places add to our lives. The education program accomplishes this by providing diverse materials on a variety of topics concerning natural areas; by actively providing experiential and participatory learning situations; and by personal outreach by trained volunteer naturalists. The education program integrates education with appropriate recreation in natural areas to further promote awareness. Bird watching, plant identification, reflecting, looking at scenery, attending a guided nature walk, hiking, horseback riding and biking allows all citizens to explore and discover natural areas in a relaxed setting. At Bobcat Ridge, field tour surveys (summer 2004) asked visitors “What topics would you like to see on education and interpretation signs?” The most requested education topics at Bobcat Ridge included plants (22%), birds and wildlife (21%), geology (13%), historical features (15%), cultural heritage (8%), and fire history (6%). Thus, both presentations and interpretive materials will feature these themes. The Natural Areas Program takes an interpretive approach to all educational products and activities including presentations, brochures, signage, and displays. This means taking technical concepts and language of the natural and cultural sciences and making it meaningful to non-scientists - even those who may not necessarily be very interested. It is our goal to arouse people’s interest, make this information as accurate as possible and relevant to our audiences, to encourage participation, and reveal meanings and relationships in our natural and cultural heritages. Interpretive features, print material and personal communication by interpreters via guided field trip and presentations, will help citizens understand the complexity Bobcat’s ecology, the long cultural history of the area, and some of the challenging management issues. The management issues to be addressed may include on-going ranching activities, management of grazing by domestic and wild animals, hunting, and prescribed burning. A strong emphasis in the education and outreach efforts will be placed on “Leave No Trace” ethics that help inform visitors about the impacts of their actions on the land, on wildlife, and on other users. These will help the visitor learn to recreate on the land in a sustainable low-impact fashion. DRAFT Initial Interpretive Plan Overall Theme “Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is a land of surprising diversity in its landscapes, history, plants and wildlife.” Objectives Through interpretive panels, brochures, waysides, and other educational features, programs, presentations and personal contacts with education personnel, visitors to Bobcat Ridge Natural Area should: • Recognize that this area is managed to conserve the natural resources and provide appropriate recreation opportunities. • Be oriented on the site and easily recognize designated trails and closed areas. • Know and follow the regulations for use, and understand the reasons for these (including why dogs are not allowed). • Understand the potential risks of visiting this natural area (e.g. rattlesnakes, steep rocky trails, exposure to weather extremes). • Be aware of the some of the management issues at the site. • Have an increased awareness of the rarity, vulnerability, and diversity of prairies and foothills in general. • Feel a sense of responsibility and stewardship toward Bobcat Ridge Natural Area in particular. • Feel a sense of wonder and fascination from having the seen the landscape in a new way. • Willingly conduct themselves so that the resource is not damaged. • Seek out other learning opportunities about nature. • Have an understanding of previous and ongoing research projects at this site. • Learn about the ecology of the mountain shrub and ponderosa pine communities of these foothills and their associated riparian areas. • Explore different habitat types and realize their significance. • Identify some of the common plants of the mountain shrub community. • Learn some of the common and rare animals of this area. • Anticipate seasonal changes in the wildlife community. • Appreciate the role fire has in the ponderosa pine forest. • Discover some of the geology of the area. • Learn about the history of this site. • Understand the role of grazing in vegetation management. • Understand the ethics of “Leave No Trace” and demonstrate appropriate behavior. Proposed Education Products Interpretive panels and features - These will be designed and placed to fit into the landscape, yet allow the visitor to fully learn and appreciate the amenities of Bobcat Ridge. Interpretive features will be designed to be unobtrusive and fit into the landscape. DRAFT This objective will be balanced with the goal of providing visitors with a clear orientation to the site and the regulations for use. The interpretive features will be presented in dynamic, accurate, and engaging ways, and will balance the aesthetics of the site while providing fun interpretive experiences for the visitors. The interpretive features will be designed to engage a wide range of visitor ages and abilities, and enable visitors to use many different senses and preferential learning styles. Interpretive features will be interactive where possible. Exhibits will be inviting, drawing in visitors with dynamic illustrations, easy-to-read active voice text, and three dimensions as appropriate, and will allow visitors to learn through exploration. Self-guided interpretive walk with brochure - This may involve numbered posts or other unobtrusive structures that allow the visitor to learn more in-depth material about Bobcat Ridge. This type of brochure is can be updated and changed over time, to provide repeat visitors new material. Kiosk with orientation panel, bulletin board and brochure racks - This structure will be located at the trailhead parking lot in a manner that requires all visitors to pass by it and have the opportunity to read the information, become oriented to the site, and learn more about the Natural Areas Program. The kiosk will house an interpretive panel that welcomes and orients visitors to the site and informs them of the regulations. The kiosk will also house a bulletin board for staff to inform visitors of upcoming programs and events, wildlife sightings, additional safety information, or other topical subjects. The brochure holders will have information concerning the Natural Areas Program, pertinent topics to this site and general information of interest to the visitors. Site-specific brochure - This will incorporate a trail map, distances, elevation gain and major landscape features. This will be designed so the visitor can carry it with them and refer to it while visiting the site. Animals species lists - These will be developed over a period of several years as more surveys are completed, but will initially include birds and mammals. Eventually butterfly, amphibian and reptile lists will be developed. These lists enable some visitors to more fully explore the diversity of wildlife at Bobcat Ridge and more fully appreciate the dwindling habitat of this type along the Front Range. Plant species lists - This will also be developed over a period of several years as more surveys are completed. Proposed categories will be trees, shrubs, grasses, vines and forbs (herbaceous flowering plants). Plant lists help the visitor learn what to expect at the site and to appreciate the large diversity of plants and their habitats at Bobcat Ridge. Suggested Education and Interpretive Topics Ecology of the Red Sandstone Cliffs - The red sandstone cliffs are a major feature of Bobcat Ridge and their spectacular beauty is highly visible from many vantage points at DRAFT Bobcat Ridge. Although not all the cliff sides are a part of the natural area owned by the City of Fort Collins, they should be a major topic of interpretation because of their visibility. The geology of their formation as well as the plants and animals that inhabit them are of interest. Animals that use the cliffs include a variety of raptors, turkey vultures, ravens and crows, white-throated swifts, cliff swallows, rock pigeons, rock wrens, canyon wrens, rattlesnakes and rock squirrels. Ecology of the Mountain Shrub Community - This plant community, along with its associated drainages, is important in Colorado’s landscape. The dominate plants include mountain mahogany, three-leaf sumac, winter fat, American plum, chokecherry, and several currants. The importance of this habitat type will be one focus of the education efforts. Ecology of the Ponderosa Pine Community - Most of the site is dominated by this plant community. Adaptations of the ponderosa pine to dry conditions and fire, regeneration and plant succession following a fire, the fire regime and wildlife associated with mature forest and post-burn forests are topics to interpret. Helping visitors understand forest fire ecology along the Front Range and why a prescribed fire may be a good management tool in an already burned forest may also be a main topic. Cultural History - Staff will explore the possibilities and extent of interpreting the cultural use of the site. There are several remnants of cabins at Bobcat Ridge (see chapter 5 for a more complete description) and possibly tipi rings. There is opportunity for living history programs. The rings of stones may denote Native American use of this site. The lifestyle of the particular tribe, as well as the dates and seasonal use by Native Americans are of interest. Other related topics may be how tipis are constructed and used, life inside a tipi and other social dimensions. Descriptions of the use of the cabins by hunters, trappers and homesteaders could be of interest. The isolated cabin will be a major destination spot with an accessible trail to this point. Details and anecdotes of daily life of that era, as well as specific family history will be explored and presented via signage and personal communication. Because ranching activities will continue for the immediate near future at Bobcat Ridge, explanations about this (including grazing rotations, haying operations, equipment and machinery, fencing, etc) may need to be explained to the public. This could be handled via flyers, fact sheets and personal communication by Master Naturalists and Natural Areas Program staff. DRAFT Chapter 8. Site Administration Bobcat Ridge is the first “regional”, and largest property to date that will be managed and operated by the City of Fort Collins Natural Area Program. Staff immediately began assessing initial needs of the site following the acquisition of the property in December 2003. This including posting the area as closed, managing the boundaries, and completing an inventory of existing roads, structures, and other features of importance. The intent in this chapter is to layout other property management considerations related to infrastructure, access, administration, roles, and restrictions of easements and leases, and costs for planned public improvements. Existing Easements and Leases Lease of the Farmhouse At the time of acquisition, the farmhouse at the entrance of Bobcat Ridge (8429 West County Road 32C) was rented to an individual, though there was no formal rental lease between the Pulliam Trust and the tenant. After the City purchased Bobcat Ridge, a rental lease agreement was signed with the occupant for a period of twenty-four (24) months commencing on December 17, 2003 and terminating at midnight on December 16, 2005. At this time, it is the intention of the Natural Areas Program to allow the lease to expire, remodel the interior, and station an on- site ranger to occupy the quarters and be responsible for the overall operation of Bobcat Ridge. Lease for Cattle grazing The formal grazing lease between the Pulliam Trust and the Meining Cattle Company LLC was (upon the City’s acquisition) transferred to the City and extended from December 17, 2003 and terminating on December 16, 2005. The Lease states, a rental rate of $12.00 per cow/calf pair per month (AUM) for the grazing seasons, June through October. Cattle are permitted to remain on site between grazing seasons but are fenced and hay-fed during that time. The Meining Cattle Company is also permitted to grow and cut hay and other crops and to pasture and graze up to 150 cow/calf pairs, and up to six horses at any one time. During the time of the lease, the Cattle Company is also responsible for weed control in the valley portions of Bobcat Ridge and all aspects of irrigation related to crops. Power Line Road & REA Road Easement Rural Electric Authority has an easement to check the power lines that run from east to west through Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. They gain access through a lock they keep on the gate at the end of 32C to check a breaker box near the large stock pond between the Powerline Road and the North Road on a monthly basis. Once every four years REA uses the Powerline road to limb trees for the purposes of protecting the lines. Al Hinojosa at REA may be contacted at (970) 226- 1234, ext. 403. Hansen Feeder Canal The Northern Colorado Water Conservancy District (NCWCD) operates the Hansen Feeder Canal which supplies water to private ranches and transfers water from Carter Lake to Horsetooth Reservoir in Larimer County. NCWCD uses the canal road (that runs parallel to the DRAFT canal) on a regular basis for maintenance on the canal. At this time only NCWCD the City of Fort Collins, and the Meining Cattle Company have legal access to use the canal road. In an initial scoping meeting held on December 2, 2003, NCWCD expressed concern related to any public development or access to or near the canal as it poses a safety hazard. In the past, neighbors used the road based on an informal agreement with the Pulliam family. Based on safety and liability concerns, the Natural Areas Program will strictly limit access and monitor use of the canal road to legal users. The canal road will be closed to public use. However, arrangements will be made to utilize the canal roads for the purposes of emergency access in the event of flooding of CR 32C, wildfire, or other natural emergency. The NCWCD uses the canal road on a regular basis for maintenance on the canal. The two field technicians who service this area at this time are Roger Sinden (622-2223) and Dennis Miller (622-2500). County Road 32C This road historically has washed out once or twice every five years at the mouth of Buffam Canyon where the road intersects CR 27. Neighbors indicate there are about five other areas along the road that also wash out. One (non-functioning) culvert near the Norman residence causes their basement to flood on a more frequent basis. Repair or replacement of this culvert could alleviate some of these issues, but primarily would be the responsibility of Larimer County. When this road does flood, neighbors, the on-site manager and visitors to Bobcat Ridge may be prevented from using this access. In the past, residents have used the canal road and exited via the Eden Valley road. An emergency protocol is required to address this issue in the event the road is not passable and should be made clear to neighbors and natural area visitors alike. The protocol suggested is for stranded residents or visitors to notify the county sheriff, city ranger staff, Bobcat Ridge Ranger, or the NCWCD to open the gate at the canal road and permit residents to exit via the south entrance (Eden Valley road) until the road is repaired. Local residents expressed concern with the public venturing down some of the private drives and roads along CR 32C. The Natural Areas Program could alleviate much of this concern by providing standardized signing indicating the driveways are private with no public access. Another approach will be to sign CR 32C as “local traffic only” or “Dead end”. The Bobcat Ridge site ranger should remain in contact with neighbors to monitor the situation and adapt as necessary. Shooting Range A private shooting range is located on private lands bordering the southeast boundary and is oriented toward the natural area. The range sits in a ravine and all targets are below the ridge top. Participants shoot the third Sunday of every month and they use black powder rifles. The range (shot distance) of a black powder rifle is approximately 150 to 200 yards. The area of Bobcat Ridge adjacent to this site is planned to be closed to public access as this area includes all lands east of the Hansen Canal, including Brooks Canyon which will be closed to public access other than occasional tours. DRAFT US Forest Service USFS is an adjacent property owner and has three parcels (totaling 160 acres) of inholdings on Bobcat Ridge. The following issues were discussed with USFS and are summarized below: USFS In-holding properties: The USFS currently owns 160 acres on three separate parcels within Bobcat Ridge’s boundary. These parcels and the adjacent lands are managed as part of the Cedar Park Geographic Area and managed as forest flora and fauna habitats and scenery. This management direction is consistent with the Natural Areas Program’s management for natural areas values. The Forest Service is willing to work with the City of Fort Collins in a land exchange to consolidate ownerships. Fire Management: The Forest Service is interested in developing a joint fire management plan for the area to limit the potential for catastrophic wildfire. While much of the Bobcat Ridge’s forest burned during the Bobcat Fire (~50%), there is still some potential for wildfire in existing forests and in areas heavily invaded by cheatgrass. Grazing allotments: There are not any active grazing allotments permitted on USFS lands adjacent to Bobcat Ridge. Any vacant allotments within this management area are by prescription to be eliminated. Hunting: Hunting is permitted on USFS lands during designated seasons. The USFS is aware of hunting that takes place to the west and north of the Bobcat Ridge Natural Area but is not aware of hunting on the in-holding parcels within the property. Access to federal lands from Bobcat Ridge is restricted since they are surround by non-public lands. Trail Management: There is no legal access to USFS trails/roads that cross the natural area boundary. Most trail use on adjacent lands is by hunters using ATVs. The USFS responded cautiously when asked about formalizing trail connections linking Bobcat Ridge to USFS lands since natural areas trails would be required to meet USFS standards and the concern that trail use may not be consistent with the flora, fauna, and wildlife management prescription for this area. The Forest Service is open to a trail easement agreement with the Natural Areas Program for the existing roads that cross through USFS land. Weed Control: The USFS is not actively managing weeds in the area. DRAFT Anticipated Public improvements Improvements to Farmhouse This management plan recommends an on-site ranger to provide visitor services, law enforcement and light maintenance at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. The following list was provided by City of Fort Collins Facilities Office for the necessary improvements to the farmhouse. Improvements to Farmhouse Update electrical system up to code Test well, possibly construct new well and septic leach field Major interior re-construction Kitchen, bath, laundry, and back porch floor tile Install new carpeting on second floor Install new carpeting on first floor Interior new paint Replace/update major appliances Miscellaneous Other Public Improvement The table below is a list of anticipated public improvements that are probable based on experience gained at other natural areas. At this time costs are too hard to predict and are therefore listed in this document. Features Comments Public Improvements Entrance • Engineering Design contractor costs • Road improvements Access off of County Road 23 • Entrance Gate Electric gate • Entrance/Site Sign • Parking Lot natural surface, 25 car & 6 horse trailer parking spots • Restrooms vault toilets, no water • Trailhead Kiosk Three panel style • Benches • Trashcans Need bear proof cans at parking lot and picnic area Structures and Infrastructure • Farmhouse renovations • Historic Cabin • Removal of debris/vehicles/etc. • Relocate Corrals Fencing DRAFT • Boundary marking/fencing signing and fencing • Interior fencing (Hansen canal) may not be necessary per NCWCD Trails • Phase I trail improvements depends on condition of trail/etc. • Phase I trail decommission depends on condition of road/etc. • Trail layout and trail markers • Phase 1 hazard tree removal Educational Features Maintenance Trash Removal & other labor Trail Maintenance Weed Control Enforcement On-site Ranger Resource Management Grassland restoration Weed control (beyond maintenance) fire and chemical treatment for 3 yrs Fire rehab/soil erosion management exact condition not yet understood Riparian restorations weed and erosion control Irrigated crop fields Mahoney Park Drainages and streams remove dams, restore natural flows General Site Management Below is a list of current visible concerns or needs and recommended actions. Administrative • Develop method to inform visitors that parking lot is full. This may include an adjustable sign at the intersection of CR 32C and CR 27. • Update neighbors on issues associated with CR 32C and involve them in trailhead parking design. • Update property neighbors (south end of canal road) on decisions regarding possible southern access. • Designate and make clear a road washout protocol for neighbors and visitors (CR32C). • Set up visitor use monitoring (# visitors, types of uses, measures of use impacts). • Complete renovations to Site Ranger’s house by May 2006. • Assign ranger by early 2005. Public Improvements – CR 32C Road Access • Work with Larimer County Engineering Department to make any improvements to CR 32C. • Clearly mark which private roads and route to public trailhead parking. • Install roadside directional signs and “No parking on road” signs. Public Improvements – Ranchstead Trailhead Parking • Complete design of parking lot in 2005. DRAFT • Design & install entrance sign by spring 2006. • Complete construction of parking lot and installation of Vault-toilet by spring 2006. • Install bear-proof trashcans by spring 2006. • Install welcome kiosk with regulatory & educational information (see chapter 7) prior to opening. • Install fencing and gates with locks; remove any excessive fencing and gates by fall 2005. • Locate site for phase I trailhead picnic area by September 2005. Public Improvements – Trail Construction • Construct phase I trails (as described in chapter 6). • Install trail signs. • Install interpretive signs. • Decommission and restore unnecessary roads (as described in chapter 6). DRAFT Chapter 9 Action Plan 9.1 Introduction Management of Bobcat Ridge Natural Area presents several new challenges to the Natural Areas Program including the management of livestock grazing, management of fire-prone areas, habitat management for large herds of deer and elk, and associated herd management, hunting issues, and maintaining controlled access over a large backcountry area. The Bobcat Ridge Natural Area Management Plan main purposes are to: 1) document the natural and cultural resources and outline steps to preserve and enhance these resources for the benefit of the citizens of Fort Collins in perpetuity; and 2) to identify recreation opportunities compatible with resource protection. The recommended actions listed in this chapter are based on analysis from previous chapters and present an overall management strategy for Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. This plan identifies immediate needs to open this site to the public, and necessary actions to fully steward the natural area. These actions are subject to available funding and organizational capacity. For this reason, the actions listed below have been prioritized from 1 to 5 as indicated in the table below. Numeric Ranking Action items that ... 1 • Provide public safety • Are critical to open natural area to public • Provide immediate resource protection 2 • Desirable prior to site opening • Enhance resources 3 & 4 • Are longer term resource protection projects • Investigation of other uses and management tools • Investigation needed for restoration • Restoration 5 • Desirable/ beneficial but not essential to management 9.2 Action Plan for Physical Resources The physical resources presented in Chapter Two are topography, geology, soils, hydrology, watershed and scenic resources. Prevention of erosion and rehabilitation of eroded areas are essential to protecting soil and water quality. Although maintenance of air quality is largely a regional issue and beyond the scope of this management plan, management actions such as prescribed burning should be planned carefully to meet state and local standards. Recommended Actions for Geologic Resources: • (1) Do not allow rock climbing on fragile, easily erosive rock cliffs. • (4) Assess site for potentially appropriate rock climbing area. Recommended Actions for Soils: • (1) Complete a grazing plan that is directed toward maintaining adequate plant cover to limit erosion on green ridge and hogback ridge soils. DRAFT • (1) Carefully engineer trails on valley soils to account for high shrink-swell potential, corrosiveness and general low strength of heavy-textured soils. • (1) Complete soil assessment prior to construction of public improvements • (3) Assess areas with high erosion potential and establish sufficient ground cover to prevent further erosion and improve water quality. • (4) Complete soil inventory prior to restoration work. Recommended Actions for Hydrologic Resources: • (1) Design trails to keep people away from canal and post signs that canal area is closed to public. • (2) Rehabilitate eroded drainages that were damaged by heavy rains following the 2000 Bobcat Gulch Fire. Establish sufficient ground cover over the burned areas for greater infiltration and reduction of sediment laden runoff. • (3) Assess the hydrologic systems to better understand sources of wetlands and drainages. • (3) Restore dammed drainages to ensure continued and natural hydrology of wetlands and drainages. Recommended Actions for Scenic Resources: • (2) Limit vehicle travel on site in order to reduce noise and improve air quality. • (2) Design trail to provide scenic vistas of the unbroken landscape within the natural area. • (3) Achieve state and local air quality standards during any management action such as prescribed burning for long-term air quality and visibility of scenic resources. • (5) Investigate burying a portion of the power line through the grassland/meadow portions of the site. DRAFT 9.3 Vegetation and Plant Communities Action Plan Plant Communities and ecosystems are discussed in Chapter 3. The general goals and objectives are to enhance wildlife habitat value and native character through active restoration efforts and aggressive weed control. Management recommendations for each specific plant community are listed below. Issues concerning grazing or managing a burned forest are addressed in the appropriate vegetation community section of Chapter 3. Future grazing efforts will be directed toward curtailing the threats posed by non- native plants and maintaining the integrity of the desired plant communities through periodic disturbance. Ponderosa Pine Woodland The Ponderosa Pine Woodland is the most common ecosystem type of the foothills and montane elevations (6000-9000 feet) on the Front Range and it extends into adjacent Roosevelt National Forest. Ponderosa pine grows on warm dry slopes, is intolerant of shade, and grows well in full sun from bare mineral soil for germination and establishment. The severity of impacts of the 2000 Bobcat Gulch Fire on this community ranged from moderate to high. A majority of the 1,000 burned acres exhibit high severity impacts to both forest canopy and understory vegetation. Objective: Allow natural regenerative processes to restore portions of the forest while aggressively controlling invasive weeds and undertaking proactive restoration efforts to reduce erosion and enhance the native character. Recommended Actions for Ponderosa Pine Woodland: • (1) Aggressively control weeds. Conduct routine monitoring to detect new invasions. • (1) Complete a grazing plan. • (2) Conduct inventory to determine locations of severe erosion and implement management measures designed to stabilize exposed soils and reduce soil loss. • (3) Develop prescribed fire management plan to reduce probability of high intensity surface fires and contain the spread should one ignite. • (3) Monitor re-establishment of ponderosa pine seedlings. • (3) Explore creating a patchwork mosaic of small montane meadows (5–10 acres) to attract elk, deer and other browsers to the natural area. • (3) Complete comprehensive site restoration plan. • (4) Conduct a survey of bird use in burned areas to determine utilization by woodpeckers, flickers, nuthatch and similar species for cavity nesting, feeding, etc. • (5) Conduct forest stand reconstruction to determine historic range of variability of forest density and disturbance regime. Ponderosa Pine Savanna The Ponderosa Pine Savanna system consists of widely spaced ponderosa pine trees over grassland parks or shrublands. It occurs at relatively lower elevations and on somewhat rockier substrates, making this system moderately drier than the Woodland system. The hallmark plant association of this system at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is the Ponderosa Pine - Mountain Mahogany - Big Bluestem open woodland. Objective: Enhance habitat value and native character through restoration efforts designed to eradicate weeds and maintain the system through periodic natural disturbance. DRAFT Recommended Actions for Ponderosa Pine Savanna: • (1) Complete a gazing plan. • (2) Target cool-season or dormant-season grazing to reduce cool-season, non-native species like cheatgrass. • (3) Monitor vegetation recovery on the 2004 10-acre burn. Implement early season prescribed burning if area continues to demonstrate native plant recovery. • (3) Complete comprehensive site restoration plan. Use composition and structural characteristics of existing patches of native grasslands as reference conditions for restoration goals. • (4) Introduce small-scale dormant-season prescribed burns to reduce the abundance of widespread non-native species. Ensure burn timing and fire intensity are managed such that prescribed burning occurs prior to cheatgrass setting seed and burn at a low to moderate intensity to inhibit further establishment by undesirable species. • (4) Once desired grassland composition and structure is achieved, reintroduce periodic natural disturbance processes including grazing and fire to sustain system diversity and health. Lower Montane Foothills Shrubland The Lower Montane-Foothills Shrubland system occupies the sandstone hogback that extends through the east side of the property. The expression of this system on Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is a mosaic of mountain mahogany plant associations. Cheatgrass is widespread through much of this habitat and is invading via bare soil patches that result from eroding sandstone bluffs. Objective: Enhance habitat value and native character by restoration of native plant understory (grasses and forbs) through aggressive weed control. Recommended Actions for Lower Montane Foothills Shrubland: • (1) Complete a grazing plan. • (2) Target cool-season and dormant-season (early spring) cattle grazing to eliminate non-native and invasive species like cheatgrass and Canada thistle. • (2) Attempt to control cheatgrass with fall, herbicide treatments of 2oz/acre application of Plateau. • (3) Complete comprehensive site restoration plan. Foothills Grassland The Foothills Grassland system is a strong candidate for restoration at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. Much of this area was historically converted to hay grasses resulting in a loss of natural diversity. However, patches of this system remain that can serve as reference sites for restoration goals. Objective Enhance habitat value and native character through restoration efforts designed to eradicate weeds and convert hay crop and pasture grasses to native grasses. Recommended Actions for Foothills Grassland: • (1) Cease most crop agriculture activities. One exception to this action is to continue growing alfalfa in the 18-acre pasture for the purpose of encouraging nesting populations of grasshopper sparrows. Delay first cutting of alfalfa until mid-August or later to accommodate fledging and foraging. • (1) Complete a grazing plan. • (2) Target cool-season or dormant-season grazing to reduce cool-season, non-native species like cheatgrass. DRAFT • (2) Investigate and better understand the habitat needs of grasshopper sparrows in the hay fields. • (3) Complete comprehensive site restoration plan. Use composition and structural characteristics of existing patches of native grasslands as reference conditions for restoration goals. • (4) Introduce small-scale dormant-season prescribed burns to reduce the abundance of widespread non-native species. Manage burn timing and fire intensity so that prescribed burning occurs prior to cheatgrass setting seed and burned at a low to moderate intensity to inhibit further establishment of undesirable species. • (4) Once desired grassland composition and structure is achieved, proactively manage to mimic periodic natural disturbances including grazing and fire to sustain system diversity and health. Lower Montane Riparian Woodlands The Lower Montane Riparian Woodland system occupies the immediate area adjacent to stream drainages throughout Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. Altered hydrology (usually a lowered water table) combined with heavy grazing pressure, compromises the competitive edge of native species, allowing smooth brome and Canada thistle which are well established to invade from adjacent pastures. Objective: Maintain and enhance vegetative quality of this natural community through restoration of natural hydrology and weed eradication. Recommended Actions for Lower Montane Riparian Woodlands: • (1) Pursue aggressive control of Canada thistle and smooth brome in riparian areas. • (1) Conduct weed monitoring to determine the extent of Dalmatian toadflax. If found, use accepted methods of control to conduct aggressive eradication. • (1) Carefully manage cattle grazing from riparian woodland areas through appropriate wildlife- friendly fencing. • (1) Complete a grazing plan. • (2) Identify source of hydrology at Brooks Canyon and ensure its persistence. • (2) Evaluate the impact of stock tanks located in the upper reaches of these drainages and possibility of reducing natural water flow to lower elevation riparian areas. • (2) Explore other opportunities to re-structure the pasture layout within the landscape. • (3) Complete comprehensive site restoration plan. Bell’s Twinpod (Physaria bellii) Bell’s twinpod is a globally imperiled plant that occurs on sparsely vegetated red sandstone outcrops of the Ingleside Formation (hogbacks on the eastern edge of the property) within the Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. Bell’s twinpod is most abundant where the vegetation is sparse at the top of the slope and in ephemeral drainage channels. The meadows at the base of the slopes are dominated by non-native grasses including smooth brome and cheatgrass. Objective: Maintain and enhance existing population. Enhance conditions that perpetuate this species. Recommended Actions for Bell’s Twinpod: • (1) Control weeds aggressively around known occurrences to reduce the threats from non-native and invasive species like cheatgrass and Canada thistle. • (1) Limit cattle grazing in these areas until the effects are better understood. DRAFT • (3) Monitor populations every three to five years and provide periodic updates to the Colorado Natural Heritage Program’s element occurrence tracking system. DRAFT 9.4 Action Plan for Wildlife Management Bobcat Ridge Natural Area provides habitat to diverse wildlife from insects to top carnivores. Chapter 4 discusses management issues in detail and recommendations pertaining to the resident wildlife. Habitat protection and enhancement through seasonal closures and buffer zones are the focus of wildlife management at Bobcat Ridge. Listed below are specific management recommendations by wildlife grouping: Elk and Deer Objective: Optimize habitat value and protect critical range(s). Recommended Actions for Deer and Elk: • (1) Determine the densities, distribution, critical range, and movement corridors for deer and elk. • (2) Employ best management practices related to visitor management to prevent disturbance during mating and calving seasons. • (2) Establish a monitoring plan to identify the dynamics of plant community response to management decisions related to cattle grazing, presence/absence of hunting, etc. • (2) Identify critical indicators that would trigger the need to reduce herd numbers. • (3) Monitor for animals exhibiting symptoms of Chronic Wasting Disease; work with CDOW to mitigate. • (3) Explore creating a patchwork mosaic of small montane meadows (5-10 acres) to attract elk, deer and other browsers to the natural area. • (3) Implement a corrective measure to prevent declines in health of habitat (e.g., riparian areas) prior to, or as soon as habitat degradation is detected. • (3) Evaluate location and design of fences to ensure minimal impediment to wildlife movement/migration. Black-tailed Prairie Dogs Objective: Maintain stable populations that are balanced with other conservation goals. Recommended Actions for Black-tailed Prairie Dogs: • (1) Determine intervention measures to be taken in the event of a plague epizootic. • (2) Consider predator enhancements and trail locations to encourage a balanced predator/prey relationship. • (3) Determine sustainable prairie dog densities. • (3) Install educational features describing the benefits of prairie dogs and associated species. • (3) Implement a plan to support recommended numbers. Preble’s meadow jumping mouse (Zapus hudsonius preblei) Potential habitat has already been found and mapped as a sensitive resource area. The portion of the natural area in Buffman Canyon adjacent to CR 32C was surveyed and no Preble’s meadow jumping mice were detected. Objective: Optimize habitat quality including riparian areas and adjunct grasslands to encourage the repopulation of native jumping mice. Recommended Actions for Preble’s Jumping Mouse: DRAFT • (1) Survey specific potential habitat areas to be disturbed prior to any public improvement construction. • (3) Determine the presence/absence of jumping mice on interior locations. If not found, determine whether known mice populations would be able to colonize portions of Bobcat Ridge. • (3) Conduct an assessment of the functioning condition of riparian areas and adjacent grasslands if occurrences of Preble’s are documented or if it is determined that migration corridors exist that could connect Bobcat Ridge with known populations. • (3) Inventory and examine the sources of hydrology (overland runoff, springs and seeps) to determine the extent of impact due to grazing. Initial survey will also be necessary to determine sources of erosion, and erosion damage done along drainages and stream banks. • • (4) Depending on outcome, these additional actions may be recommended: o Restore natural hydrology to drainages. This may include removal of stock tanks, and implementing soil erosion prevention practices. o Eliminate grazing from riparian areas, and buffer these areas 100 feet back as to provide for adjacent grassland. This may require some form of fencing while grazing lease is active. o Advance soil protection measures to ensure severely burned areas are not sediment loading drainages or eroding stream banks. o Monitor and coordinate with US Fish and Wildlife Services Carnivores Objective: Optimize and protect habitat. Recommended Actions for Carnivores: • (1) Identify sensitive habitat including den sites and ensure protection of the areas. • (1) Strictly enforce regulations regarding “Leave No Trace” and where recreation activity can occur. • (1) Establish buffer zones and avoid disturbance of areas where prey is abundant. • (1) Educate visitors about human–wildlife conflicts. • (4) Allow and manage for returning predator species and populations Bats Objective: Optimize habitat value. All bats are considered species of concern. Townsend’s big-eared bat Corynorhimus townsendii pallescens has been observed on the property and is a species of special concern at the State and Federal level. Other bats are likely to occur and hunt in the area. Recommended Actions for Bats: • (1) Identify and protect existing and potential roost and hibernation sites. • (2) Work with external agencies such as the US Geological Survey, Colorado Bat Society and Bat Conservation International to determine species presence on Bobcat Ridge. Birds Objective: Optimize habitat value and protect breeding, migration, summer, winter and year-round ranges. DRAFT Recommended Actions for Birds: • (1) Establish buffer zones and close sensitive areas in need of protection. • (1) Maintain and monitor agricultural field in southeast corner for grasshopper sparrow population until better understood. • (1) Install wildlife “escape ladders” in water stock tanks. • (3) Maintain or restore the riparian corridor communities to provide for resident or migratory species. • (4) Manage portions of burned areas in standing dead trees for cavity nesters. • (4) Maintain or restore mountain shrub communities to provide for resident and migratory species. • (4) Manage for increasing nectar sources for resident and migrating hummingbirds. • (5) Monitor for presence of mosquito-borne virus or other diseases Moths and Butterflies Objectives: Maintain occurrences of documented rare butterfly species and provide for habitat requirements of those species listed as possible occurrences. Recommended Actions for Moths and Butterflies: • (1) Maintain larval host plants and nectar sources are available. • (3) Enhance population of larval host plants and nectar sources. • (4) Investigate the life cycle requirements of the butterfly species tracked by CNHP that could be expected at Bobcat Ridge. • (4) Evaluate whether those habitat requirements are physically represented at Bobcat Ridge. • (4) Continue surveying and monitoring for species and habitat elements. • (4) Restore habitat areas suitable for colonization and migratory stopover. DRAFT 9.5 Cultural Resources Action Plan Bobcat Ridge Natural Area has historic and cultural resources representative of the Colorado Front Range foothills. These are categorized as historical and archaeological resources. Historical resources include the cabins and homesteads, the ranchstead and associated buildings, and two grave sites near the ranchstead farmhouse. The archaeological resources include a tipi ring and a small collection of Native American artifacts. These resources are discussed in detail in Chapter 6. Objective: Actively preserve some of the historical and archaeological resources for public benefit and interpret the significant human history of the site including the pre-settlement and settlement periods and the site’s land use history. Recommended Actions for Historical Resources: • (1) Remove the boxcar, poultry shed, equipment shed, pens, corral and hayshed. Leave the chicken house and barn as is for interpretation and aesthetic purposes. • (1) Preserve and restore the cabin at northeast part of the property. Interpret daily life of that era and possibly specific family history. • (2) Pursue grant funding for historic structure assessment and stabilize buildings in need of attention. • (5) Research who built and occupied the cabins on Green Ridge and in Mahoney Park. Leave cabin remnants as is; possibly interpret their history. • (5) Further research the settlement history and previous ownership of parcels within Bobcat Ridge Natural Area for interpretation purposes. • (5) Research who is buried in the graves near the ranchstead farmhouse. Recommended Actions for Archaeological Resources: • (1) Conduct archaeological reconnaissance prior to of any ground-disturbing projects. • (1) Consult with the Colorado State Historic Preservation Office and the State Archaeologist before publicizing and developing archaeological sites for interpretive purposes. • (1) Erect permanent fencing around the tipi ring and surrounding area to protect potential archaeological data until more conclusive examination can be completed. • (3) Develop interpretation materials concerning use by Native Americans if warranted by further investigation. • (5) As the need arises or as funding becomes available, conduct additional surface reconnaissance especially focusing upon selected areas whose natural topography is known to have high potential for archaeological resources such as rock cliff faces, ledges, overhangs, hogback ridges and their east- facing slopes, as well as ravines, springs, and creeks. DRAFT 9.6 Visitor Use Action Plan Visitor uses, including some new to the Natural Areas Program, have been analyzed in Chapter 6. A trail system that considers both visitor enjoyment and protection of the resources is being designed. The approximate layout of this trail can be seen in figure 6.X. Public improvements necessary to implement this visitor use and trail plan are budgeted for implementation in 2005. Objective: Provide a variety of recreational opportunities for people of all ages and abilities consistent with the Natural Areas Program’s mission, carrying capacity of the site, and the program’s capacity to deliver a safe, high quality visitor experience. Recommended Actions for Visitor Use: • Provide new opportunities for recreation: o (1) Provide an Americans with Disabilities Act compliant trail, picnic shelter, and wayside picnic areas. o (3) Determine the feasibility to offer “by permit-only” designated backcountry camping opportunities on a trial basis. o (3) Analyze and consider possibilities for hunting. Hunting at this site may be a necessary ecosystem management tool. Any consideration of hunting will strongly emphasize wildlife and vegetation management, visitor safety, safety of the Natural Areas and Trails rangers, and the Natural Areas Program’s ability to enforce hunting regulations. o (4) Analyze site for rock climbing and/or bouldering possibilities. If prospective locations exist, provide opportunities based on ecological and safety considerations. • Protect visitors, natural and cultural resources: o (1) Due to the sensitive nature of the resources, prohibit dog use (leashed or unleashed) on site; classify as a “sensitive” site. o (1) Manage timing and location of some recreational uses to protect critical habitats as described in Chapter 4, including the area east of canal, the hogback ridges, drainages, etc. o (1) Prohibit rock climbing on hogback areas on eastern portion of the property to protect sensitive habitat and for public safety (rock may not be safe for climbing). o (1) Do not develop car campground camping at this site due to the extensive infrastructure, management, and enforcement required. o (1) Designate portions of Bobcat Ridge as “on-trail only” use. These designations protect visitors from falling trees in burned areas, avoid interaction with cattle operations, and minimize disturbance to sensitive resources. Areas not posted as closed will be available for dispersed use for foot travel only. o (1) Bikes and equestrians will be restricted to on-trail only through-out the site. o (1) Designate the Brooks Canyon area as limited public access area and provide guided tours. o (1) Clearly mark the boundaries of Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. • Ranger Patrol and Emergency Response: o (1) Rangers will not patrol via vehicle or ATV’s. o (1) Work with the Colorado Division of Wildlife to manage hunting activities on Bobcat Ridge. DRAFT o (1) Determine the necessity of two (southern and northern) emergency access roads prior to Phase I trail construction. o (1) Determine if a southern helicopter landing zone site is needed and if so, where it should be located. o (2) Incorporate a horse stable, corral and barn for the potential future mounted patrol program into the design of the parking area. o (4) Create a mounted patrol program when determined necessary. • Education and Interpretation Related to Visitor Use: o (1) Incorporate “Leave No Trace” information in educational products. o (2) Provide regular guided birding and wildlife viewing field trips. o (2) Provide regular guided cultural history talks. o (2) Develop a guided field trip schedule for Brooks Canyon as this area is recommended for public access by guided field trip only. o (3) Create a self-guided nature/cultural walk to offer more education and outreach with less staffing time. o (3) Create educational products to assist the public understand the cattle grazing operations. Recommended Actions for Trail System Construction: • (1) Phase I – Valley Loop (construct prior to opening). Construct Valley Loop Trail. o Permit hiking, horseback riding, and mountain biking on designated Phase 1 trails. o Construct an ADA compliant trail from the trailhead parking lot to the historic cabin. o Design trails to minimize the opportunity for visitors to create unwanted social trails. o Work with ranchers to locate trail in existing cattle pastures. Install cattle guards, spring- loaded pedestrian gates and other features to mitigate potential cattle and visitor conflicts. o Design trails to minimize wildlife impacts. • (2) Phase II – Mountain Loop (construct within three years). Construct Mountain Loop and designate separate uses. o Designate the north trail for hiking and equestrians only (no mountain biking). o Remove hazardous dead trees on each side of the trails within the burned area. o Design portions of the trails specifically for biking and multiple-use interests in mind. o Design trail layout to access scenic vistas. o Determine suitable location and number of wayside picnic areas which are “pack in - pack out” areas. o Design trails to minimize wildlife impacts. • (4) Phase III – Eden Valley Extension (construct within five years). This trail provides access for the neighbors to the south. This will be walk-in only (no parking lot). o Construct trail extension to Eden Valley area. Establish a neighborhood trailhead. Recommended Actions for Future Planning: • (2) Develop baseline wildlife surveys to determine effect visitation may have. • (3) Complete a mini-plan to identify designated backcountry campsites, permit administration system, and other relevant management issues. DRAFT • (3) Evaluate hunting as a possible future management tool and determine the feasibility of mixing limited hunting with other recreation uses/visitors. • (4) Conduct inventory in mountain area for potential climbing areas. DRAFT 9.7 Education and Outreach Action Plan The educational opportunities at Bobcat Ridge are numerous. The focus of the education is on ecological processes, cultural history, and visitor management and the challenges land managing agencies face. The education will help citizens understand and better appreciate the commitment the program has to well- managed lands. Overall Interpretive Theme: Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is a land of surprising diversity in its landscapes, history, plants and wildlife. Recommended Actions for Education: • (1) Design and install interpretive panels, features, and entrance kiosk. • (1) Place strong emphasis on Leave No Trace ethics that help inform about visitor impacts and how to use the land in a sustainable fashion. • (2) Help visitors understand forest fire ecology, cultural history, diversity of flora, fauna, geology, and on-going management operations. • (2) Develop self guided interpretive walks and brochures. • (2) Provide guided birding and wildlife viewing field trips in a manner that will not disturb nesting or other sensitive wildlife activities. • (2) Create a site specific brochure including trail map and regulations. • (4) Compile species lists/brochures. DRAFT 9.8 Site Administration Action Plan Property stewardship began at Bobcat Ridge following its acquisition in December 2003. Management activities that have been completed to date include a complete inventory and mapping of existing roads, structures and other features, removal of unnecessary fencing and trash, perimeter boundary marking, and signage indicating closure of the site prior to opening. A series of administrative and public improvement measures will need to be completed prior to Bobcat Ridge’s formal opening to the public. Details of those improvements can be found in Chapter 8 of this document and are summarized below: Recommended Actions for Administration: • (1) Complete renovations or replacement of site ranger’s house. • (1) Hire and train on-site ranger in early 2005. • (1) Update neighbors on issues associated with CR 32C and inform them of trailhead parking design. • (2) Develop protocol for full parking lot. • (2) Designate and make clear a road washout protocol for neighbors and visitors (CR32C). • (2) Set up visitor use monitoring (# visitors, types of uses, measures of use impacts). • (2) Inform property neighbors (south end of canal road) on decisions regarding possible southern access. Recommended Actions for Public Improvements for CR32C Road Access: • (1) Work with Larimer County Engineering Department to make any improvements to CR32C. • (1) Clearly mark private roads and route to public trailhead parking. • (1) Install roadside directional signs and “No parking on road” signs. Recommended Actions for Public Improvements for Trailhead Parking: • (1) Construct parking lot. • (1) Design and install entrance sign. • (1) Install a vault toilet. • (1) Install bear-proof trashcans. • (1) Install welcome kiosk with regulatory and educational information. • (1) Install fencing and gates with locks; remove any excessive fencing and gates. • (2) Construct picnic shelters. Recommended Actions for Public Improvements for Trail Construction: • (1) Construct Phase I trail before site opening. • (1) Install trail signs before site opening. • (1) Install interpretive signs before site opening. • (1) Decommission and restore Phase I unnecessary roads. • (2) Design and implement trail phases II & III. DRAFT Appendix I City of Fort Collins City Council Approved Natural Areas Acquisition Considerations Pulliam Ranch, Masonville, CO On April 1, 2003, City of Fort Collins City Council adopted resolution 2003-051 that established a set of seven considerations (in no priority order) as a general guide for the Natural Areas Program in land conservation and acquisition efforts. Briefly respond to the following questions and provide additional information if necessary. 1. Is the current landowner a willing seller/donor? (choose one) a. Yes, owner is making partial / whole donation b. Yes, seller is highly motivated c. Yes, seller is willing to negotiate d. No, not willing to sell or negotiate 2. Describe the potential recreation opportunities for this property. (choose one) a. High appropriate recreation opportunity with extensive public access b. Moderate appropriate recreation opportunity with limited public access c. No recreation opportunity (explain) __________________________ 3. Describe the ecological value of this property. a. High - the property is large or native or hosts rare species/communities or is a critical wildlife corridor b. Moderate - the property has important but not unusual ecological values c. Moderate – the property has some values and needs some restoration d. Low – the property requires significant ecological restoration 4. What is the anticipated acquisition cost for this property? (state the amount) $5.5 Million 5. Estimate the long-term stewardship costs for this property? a. General Operations: $___________annually b. Public Improvements: $___________one-time cost c. Restoration: $___________annually d. Other Liabilities: $___________one-time cost e. Education: $___________one-time/annual cost 6. Describe the property’s geographic proximity to Fort Collins. a. Within City Limits b. Less than 30 minutes from the City c. 30 – 60 minutes from the City DRAFT 7. Describe the threat to the integrity of the property’s natural resource values (choose one). a. Development is imminent (includes subdivision to 35-acre parcels) b. Development is anticipated to occur within 3 years c. Development is anticipated to occur within 5 – 10 years d. Property is non-growth/low threat area Based on questions 1 – 7, in your opinion would conservation of this property be of significant public benefit to the citizens of Fort Collins? (Yes or no and please explain) Yes, because of the extensive natural resources, abundant wildlife, close proximity to Fort Collins this property would be of significant public benefit for natural, scenic and recreational resources. DRAFT Appendix I As part of the public outreach process the Natural Areas Program conducted twelve tours of Bobcat Ridge, eight of which were specifically for the public, to introduce people to the site. The tours occurred from June through October, 2004. In addition to the natural area tours, three open houses, two of which were specifically for the public, were held to provide information on staff-recommended management actions for Bobcat Ridge. The open houses took place on November 3, November 17 and December 8, 2004. The following tables summarize the feedback collected from tour and open house attendees. The first set of tables shows the percentage of respondents who gave that answer for the stated question listed in the field trip brochure. The last table provides all additional comments that did not fit into a specific category from the questionnaire. Bobcat Ridge Tour Brochure – outside cover DRAFT Bobcat Ridge Tour Brochure – inside cover Appendix I All comments from all feedback forms (181) & open house cards What types of recreational uses would you like to see here? Recreation Types Backcountry Camping 72% Biking 54 13% Birdwatching 21 5% Camping (Other) 25 6% Education 72% Hiking 136 33% Horseback 57 14% Hunting 72% Picnicking 22 5% Tours/Nature Walks 16 4% Other: (see below) 56 14% DRAFT No dogs: 14 (including extra comments below): No Dogs (some owners turn loose, not all safe - even on dog leash on narrow trails, little motivation to "pick up"), Thanks for NO DOGS! Too disturbing to wildlife Dogs-NO. I see too many off leash in leash areas & I've been 'nipped' by a leashed dog. Seems to be plenty of other areas for dog walking. Dogs would be the last allowed to use the area. Allow dogs on leash 7: (including comment below): I would like to see the property open to dogs on leash with a one strike rule. If a ranger contacts an animal owner with the animal off leash, the dog is prohibited from the park. No mountain bikers 10: (including comments below): No bikes (no appreciation of aesthetics eyes only on trail ahead, go too fast downhill, Lots of other places to take dogs, horses and bikes). I support some areas (this one?) for "non-bike use". I am a biker, however We need at least one nice place like this which keeps trail bikes out. Other comments on mountain bike use: I would like to see bicycling minimized or carefully controlled. I love to bicycle on the road and I know other love the trails, but I know that mountain bikes can really tear up a trail, especially steeper ones. Thus, I would recommend creating trails that have an easy grade. I would recommend against visible switchbacks whenever possible to minimize shortcutting. I'd like to see a lot of attention given to trail design in regards to mountain biking. Biking on service roads only If Mtn bikes allowed - enforce trail use & etiquette I'd like to see bicycle access limited due to trail erosion and need for two trail systems Mountain bikers do not follow regulations. They endanger hikers' lives by speeding and refusing to yield. I support separate trails for hikers and cyclists! The City should move away from their anti-mountain bike stance. No Horses: 4 Horses tear up turf. Horse trailers take up too much parking space. Seems to be plenty of other areas for horseback riding. Trailers rob parking space, "road apples" Other horse comments: Make horses wear the horse diapers. Control weeds by making horses wear horse diapers - people carry out their horses droppings. No motorized vehicles: 9 Patrol on Horseback (2) No ATVs. No motorized activity, except maintenance and enforcement. Motorized vehicles: 2 (including comments below) some 4-wheel drive area 1-2 roads with vehicle access for wildlife viewing areas, picnicking area near the cabin with car access Since I don't hike it would be great if I could drive (or use a shuttle) to scenic areas or wildlife viewing areas. Rock Climbing 1 No rock climbing: 4 (including comments below): Rock Climbing in not appropriate here - find other places not as sensitive. Don't like idea of rock climbing - users too noisy and ruin natural area experience. Also too damaging to resources (wildlife disturbances, habitat, plant community destruction) No Camping: 3 DRAFT Limited camping: 4 (including comments below) If camping considered - only below teepee rings and away from trails and only boy scouts and the like Allow individual backcountry camping as well as group camping. Provide latrine at backcountry camping areas so the sites won't be damaged. Camp area for hunters Hunting: 2 (including comments below) Hunting could be properly managed, as a culling tool. Would like to suggest that hunting be considered but only open for youth hunters accompanied by a mentor (Father, Uncle, Etc). How are you guys planning on managing the wildlife? What about letting the Colorado Division of Wildlife manage it and have some sort of lottery? Hunting is traditional on this property. Keep it up - even if on permit only basis No hunting: 6 (including comments below) I would be concerned to have hunting co-existing with hiking, biking and other recreational activities here. In addition to concerns for safety, it would certainly lessen my natural experience to hear gun shots or see animals being killed. I'm opposed to hunting. Too dangerous! NO recreational hunting. This is not the visitor experience I want. I'm not against hunting in general, but hunting where people are simultaneously hiking is worrisome. I strongly prefer that there be no hunting allowed. We avoid Lory State Park during hunting season - it's just not safe. No hunting until time and real studies indicates that hunting would be beneficial to the area. Other recreational uses/comments: Llama hiking (4) Cross country skiing (5) Snowshoe (2) Running Running trails - include canal pond! Wildlife Tracking Nature interpretation Passive Activities Orienteering Picnic areas accessible to elderly No Picnicking Wildflower admirers, geology studies, riparian studies…. Regional trail connections Geology of area Good to offer family-oriented activities up there to bring the younger families out that far away Eliminate noise pollution or keep all noise out. Human foot traffic only Foot trails only. The loop to the cabin was good. You could see up close the valley and rocks and see west Mtns. Then while at teepee rings you could see to the east Let people hike anywhere they want. Eliminate on-trail on designations for hikers only. I.e. Mtn biking and horses should be on-trail only everywhere. Have trails, but let people walking (only) go off trail at will. NO RVs!! Will be a very popular place - don't open it to everything. During the course of a year, how many times are you likely to visit Bobcat Ridge? Average: 6-7 Depends on management plan DRAFT For hunting only Once trails are established I plan to frequent the area. Am willing to let wildlife alone Are you likely to bring children under the age of 10? Children<10 Yes 29% No 71% Start teaching outdoors habits while they are young. If educational purposes Would you prefer multi-use trails or separate trails for biking, hiking and horseback riding? Multi-Use/ Separated Multi-Use 23% Separated 77% Both: Separated for the main one; others combined Separated except on service roads I like the idea of setting it up like Horsetooth Park trails. Probably prefer different trails, but multi-use is OK Separate if possible, Multi-use OK Primarily separated, but some trails (such as roads) could serve as both Variety of single use/multi-use trails Separate: If separate it would be for ecological purpose Separated, depending on terrain, etc Separate, unless you don't have the funding Separated, especially in the lower half of the property Single use trails resolve conflicts between hikers, bikers and equestrians yet limit what each trail offers visibility to. Austin, TX offers parallel single use trails. That seemed a good resolution. Hiking only trail: Some multi-use, a few specific for hiking Separated, Don’t want biking or horses Separate, biking and horseback can be one trail, have hiking trail for hiking only Separate, but combining bike & horse okay Separate, but prefer hiking only Separate hiking, combine bike & horses Hiking-separate, biking & horseback-together Maintain separate use classes for trails, bikes & horses separate from hiking. Destination hike only to Mahoney Park, no loop. Horse only trail: Separated for horses Separate the horses Multi, except for horses Separated for horseback Biking & Hiking-OK, Horseback-separate Separate trails for biking and hiking OK, horseback riding separate Bike only trail: Separate off bikes; horses and foot trails OK together I don't like hiking where there are bikes Biking separate, hiking & horseback OK combined Good to keep biking separate from hikers, allow llamas on regular hiking trails. We urge you to separate bike and hiking trails DRAFT Separate mountain bikers from others. It's disturbing to always have to move out of their way. All of BR should be on-trail only. Great on the accessible trail idea. I know people who would love this! Separate bike from hiking except when it doesn't make sense Keep mountain biking on valley loop trail ONLY. Keep "grand" loop for horses, people on foot, llamas only. Do not separate trail used on "grand" loop. Site should be on-trail only to protect wildlife. Multi-use: Great Project! Hope mountain biking could be integrated into all trails Multi-use or separate parallel trails Depends - if shared, trails need to be built so bikes do minimum damage Other comments concerning the trails: A loop trail would be great. A foot trail south and then east from Mahoney Park back to the parking lot would be nice Property Comments: Build & design the trails correctly and user conflicts will not be existent. Loop outer trail immediately - out & backs cause conflicts. I'm strongly in favor of a hikers-only trail. As someone who hikes on the Foothills trail in the Maxwell Natural Area four to five times per week, I see a lot of mountain bikers violating the yield rules (most don't yield to hikers nor do they give a verbal warning) and dog owners violating the leash law (even if they have their dog on a leash, they often don't have it under control - too much slack, so the dogs lunge at us and try to bite us. My partner was bitten by a dog on the Foothills Trail recently. Thanks for the opportunity to comment! Mountain High Trail Assoc. is very interested in being involved in planning consultation and construction n trails and educating riders about multi-use ethics on these new trails. It's a beautiful site and great asset to the City. I'd love to see the trail have a overlook of the spot just past Mahoney Park looking out to Longs Peak. Minimal trail improvement to retain natural look. Variety of trails (short, med or long loops, bird watching - good viewing points, riparian areas, woods, scenic, degree of difficulty). Wooded Area (part unrestored after fire, part restored/planted after fire). A prime and varied area close to urban areas - be watchful to prevent overuse destroying it naturalness (NO Starbucks at trailhead :) ) Strive for simplicity to preserve a "wilderness and natural" area. I think off trail hiking should be allowed but not encouraged. I think Horsetooth Mtn Park and Lory State Park are good models of what the public expects and how ex-ranches can be made public. One or several main trails done as loops with cutoffs for length/degree of difficulty variance. Dedicated trail to avoid County road is good. I would like to see trail routes before answering Why do humans have to be in there? Don't pave any trails Are limited, permit only, designated backcountry campsites an appropriate use here? Backcountry Camping Yes 72% No 28% Yes comments: Very limited (3) I'd want to know how "in-demand" sites @ Lory are - only do this if other sites are overcrowded On the western side Experimental As long as there is no negative impact Some cabins would be good I would like to see the park have backcountry camping but not to have developed campsites for vehicles. Permits should also be used. Like permit backcountry camp sites, but not group site. No comments: Foot travel only and day use only. It already burned. If it is possible to manage, preferably NO Don't believe the area is rugged enough to interest backpackers DRAFT I would prefer day use only. There are many campsites available nearby Maybe: (6) But why? Would have to assess impact Stoves only In more "fire resistant" sites Are there certain biological or historical features you think should be protected? Bio/Historical Protection Brooks Canyon 4% Cabin 25% Cliffs 4% Fire Area 2% Native Plants 6% Plum Tree 1% Ranch Features 4% Sensitive Bird/Wildlife Areas 9% Streams 6% Teepee 22% Other 15% Cultural Resources: Historical Protection - Yes if features are identified by surveys and found to be worthy The old cabin should be preserved as it might have looked at the turn of the century The historic building should all be retained. The cabin ruins should be interpreted (as should all the buildings and structures); the second cabin could be restored! Most of the corrals and animal sheds can be used for the public and/or the rangers horses All historical sites/features should be protected otherwise they'll be gone forever Farm houses as museums?? No matter what the age it can have something to say about the homesteading history of the area Yes and no, depends on the age and importance to time Old Stoves Yes, the buildings and corrals at the entrance and nesting areas during nesting season Don't spend much on these old buildings, corrals. It's just not worth it. Maybe restore just the cabin near NE corner - get rid of chicken house, barn. The Born site Natural Resources: All listed cultural and biological with emphasis on birds and flowers Water Features should be protected for wildlife. Can the cabin really be protected? Geology (4): Need geological feature of interest markers As well as all natural features Natural Areas A management plan that attempts to restore native fauna & flora No climbing on east rims, do not extend vehicle travel to public, only for Nix crew to work. Who ranched it and up to how the City purchased. Property should be managed with the best interests of the land and wildlife in mind. I trust the archeological assessment with regards to history. I don't know enough about what is there, but am all for preservation & protecting wildlife habitat Keep natural as natural as possible All of the biological plants and animals I feel all the resources mentioned on the yellow board should be protected, to some extent - not off limits, maybe w/interpretive signs. The least important to me is the fire b/c it is so small and fast fire that didn't seem to do extensive damage to the soil (I guess I'm just referring to the grass fire last summer), I would like some more info DRAFT on the Bobcat Ridge Fire area. Remove all dams that pond water for cattle! Keep cows out of the creek and riparian areas. Add prairie dogs - see article in Fall 04 issue of Nature...Conservancy magazine on prairie ecology and management Buck and Rail fence along irrigation to deter wildlife. Provide watering tanks near the ditch to deter wildlife from jumping the fence to get water. Please do not allow public access east of the irrigation ditch Remove existing fences to restore natural wildlife habitat. Other/everything: Yes, I think the project sounds well researched and areas needing that protection will receive it. I think the area should be "open" but with good management so use does not 'spoil' the features All available to save All mentioned on this Anything rare Not sure, if something unique needs protection Encourage trail use Leave no trace and take nothing should be highlighted Is grazing by domesticated cattle an appropriate use at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area… …when used for vegetation management goals? Grazing - Veg Yes 74% No 26% Yes comments/ Maybe: (9) Goats would be better Needs more study Bison would be better Try goats :) No Cattle, perhaps some other animal Only if staff agrees, limited Preferably no, but some limited use if appropriate Limited to low lands only Don't overgraze Questionable No comments: No. If vet manage goals require cattle you should rethink your goals No! Definitely not! No! Cattle are very destructive I like the use/introduction of natural disturbances to manage for species. I wasn't sure if grazing by cattle is considered "natural". I do agree that if done properly, grazing is a very useful management tool. …to maintain ranching tradition? Grazing - Ranch Yes 51% No 49% Yes comments/ Maybe: Partially, and if you add educational info on best management practices and sustainability you could have a nice demonstration project to show ranchers (with CSU) Yes, more! w/story of history, over grazing by the west in the past to proper management of today But not as much Only if compatible w/vet management If doesn't interfere with other activities Only if grazing is limited and kept away from drainages/riparian areas Maybe DRAFT Limited (2) As long as it does not expand Not important, however it would generate funds for use in maintenance of the site No comments: No! not Nat Res job No. ranching tradition my ass! Like this needs to be "preserved" in CO? No, I don't know much about this issue, but I don't think that cows are particularly good for the ecosystem. Again, I think it will be well researched to protect the natural area. There are other sites for this No, unless it conflicts with someone's livelihood I think it is a risk to have livestock roaming with the public, especially if the public needs to be responsible for opening and closing gates No, return to natural-native grasses No! not to allow cattle to graze for free. Cattle prevent native plants (e.g. grasses) to reproduce. Non-native plants then take over. I strongly feel cattle grazing just to keep ranching tradition is STUPID! and should only be allowed for vegetation control (or whatever would be a sound ecological reason). NO - It's not a ranch anymore, it's public land Other grazing comments in general: If not too many Both - when done properly (sustainably) ranching can be a valuable part of the ecology Yes part of Western Heritage but limit to prevent overgrazing On partial areas Yes, and horses, goats, llamas, alpaca Yes and valuable to user experience Except for bad drainage on road But fenced away from trail Keep them out of riparian and hiking trail areas We see enough cows - don't keep them here too Please do not allow cattle to graze at this natural are! I went on a hike to climb a mountain in Moab, UT and there were smelly cows and cow droppings everywhere in which I stepped in later coming back from the hike. I cannot stress enough how inconvenient and frustrating it is to have to dodge cow manure. If cows were allowed to graze then I might as well be hiking and camping in a cow field, YUCK! No, they can be too destructive No livestock at or above teepee rings. Serves no sustainable purpose here I favor eliminating grazing by phasing it out over a period years using grazing as a vegetation management tool. What topics would you like to see on education and interpretation signs? Education Topics Birds/Wildlife 21% Cultural Heritage 10% Fire Area 6% Flora/Vegetation 23% Geology 14% Historical Features 15% Other (see below) 12% Comments on signage/method of education/interpretation: Interpretive signs Not too many signs! Keep signage "natural" in keeping w/surroundings Signs lined up and what you can see - like at Coyote Ridge has DRAFT Same as Coyote Ridge Good interpretation please, include appropriate signs - good trailhead signs with interpretive, cultural, natural history. Have outreach program w/kid groups and school. Get kids there Guides, posted stations, available literature or brochures for events Ecology: Flora medicinal uses, look-out maps signs and names Ecosystem - how all elements interrelate Transition zone info, general ecology of the area Forest Ecology Signs about birds, mammals and plants, warning signs about rattlesnakes Restoration Progress Maps: Maps, altitude info A good map Miles exactly spelled out Mileage & Maps Trail maps I hope they'll provide trail maps when area is open. Fairly detailed maps to show routes to areas of special interest (show mileage, degree of difficulty, elevation) Trail Maps (Mileage, points of interest, elevation). Explanation of things to observe and respect; maps of trails (length and altitude) and info on Hansen Canal Human Impact/ Cultural Resources / Other: The ridge shows what damage & to what extent a careless campfire can do Importance of keeping the area clean The impact of humans on "so-called" natural areas. Inter-connectedness; ranching Multi-use trail etiquette (3) History of the families associated with the site; history of ranching and related contexts i.e. stone industry; geological and natural resources identified and described; native American history & the fire in 2000 Great presentation, eventually, some more recreation planning maps (i.e. trails, etc). Settlement and pre-settlement historical education plans - what are the plans for native - information/education of? I'm sure the Native peoples' decedents of the original teepee ring-makers would love to visit those sites. As a student of Natural Resources and with a love of nature I totally support Natural Areas. I am especially pleased with the plan to develop the cultural history - A project I would love to do an internship with: Names of nearby rocks Boundaries need to be marked What did you find most interesting on this field trip? Most Interesting Birds/Wildlife 13% Brooks Canyon 6% Cabin 7% Cattle/Ranch/Cowpies 1% Fire Area 5% Flora/Vegetation 7% Geology 6% Landscape 24% Mahoney Park 3% Teepee 11% Other (see below) 17% Diversity of ecosystems and topography: The whole place (2) DRAFT Just overall general trip - beautiful area! Diversity Vast, much to explore, varied terrain Diversity of terrain and ecosystems Topography The ability to see changes as we gained elevation Range of ecosystems Variety of eco systems The variety of eco-systems The transition from lowlands to mountains, and the hawks nest Wildlife: Enjoyed being in pines saw a western tanager Sighting Wildlife - 1 elk, 2 deer, 3 hawks Seeing the fledglings Cultural Resources: Historical sites That there is great history of Indian passage and future with its new owners. History of area Homestead The ranch house and building and yard, thrasher & combine & Hansen Canal Quiet/other: Unspoiled quiet Quiet & Peacefulness To hear & see the creek Riparian area Ecology, history Openness The hillside Mahoney Park Preservation Just being out on the land, enjoyed the walking The closeness and similarity to Horsetooth Mt. Park View of Long's Peak Seeing that we are taking steps to preserve land. Connections to other public areas What part of the field trip was the least interesting? Least Interesting Cabin 4% Cattle/Ranch/Cowpies 33% Fire Area 2% Flora/Vegetation 2% Man-made (fence/roads/etc) 20% Other (see below) 39% Low area hiking in road Bottom part from the start The hill The hike to Mahoney Park Open fields, farmhouse Pond (Yucky!-overgrown) Would have liked to see some animals Watching cattle impact the open space. Preservation of old, rickety buildings (demolish them) Better area mapping DRAFT Didn't get to burn area. Didn't get to top of hill Van ride/ drive (3) Pre-hike Doing this! Rock in my shoe Rain Horses Sometimes too much talking about non-related things Is reconstruction or preservation of historic and prehistoric features an appropriate use of Natural Areas funds? Preservation Yes 88% No 12% Yes comments: We don't have much of this kind of preservation. We have it. Let's preserve it. Up to 30% total funds Yes, disturb as little as possible Make it a tourist attraction Preservation only (2) Preservation only, limited to bare essentials if at all. Original is best I believe that the preservation of historic and prehistoric features is appropriate use of natural area funds but not reconstruction. Leave it as it and just provide a barrier and sign with important information if necessary that does not allow humans to trample and damage what is valuable Preservation of prehistoric features But maybe not reconstruction Yes, but to much less extent than trails & trail maintenance But invest in the trails first Yes, as part of the maintenance Perhaps not restoration, but more "dilapidation arrest" Not too much, let some of it just decay away Maybe: (3) If there are any significant natural features If features are worth it If it complements the public's use of the site If significant Limited (3) Sometimes expensive Maybe-not if impacting other acquisitions significantly Good Question - what does legislation say? Maybe not. No comments: No, but NA could seek other funding No, let historical society Use historic preservation funds That seems like a stretch Maintenance of forest and range should be done by forest and range management professionals. Should there be designated “wilderness areas” of the natural area that would have no or very limited public access? Limited Public Access Yes 68% DRAFT No 32% Yes comments: I'm a strong believer in wilderness areas as sanctuaries that should be allowed to exist on their own and not necessarily for use by humans. Not all areas should be set aside, of course, but maybe some of the landscape that has seen little use via recreation and/or extraction, grazing, etc could see very limited use Only if important for wildlife habitat and limited access Yes - for hunters only Yes, for sensitive wildlife To protect fragile areas, yes Yes, especially is needed for the ecosystem health. Yes - private tours Yes, but chosen carefully for specific reasons Only during nesting of offspring time or migratory times In sensitive areas Yes, if there was an area sensitive to wildlife For wildlife only If appropriate for preservation To prevent erosion and damage Low usage but open to the public Yes if adjoins other habitat - pretty small for real wilderness, could have seasonal habitat closures Yes. The foothill from the creek in brooks canyon and to the south of it has been a haven for many wild animals and birds for over 114 years and has not been and should not be disrupted by people. Cattle are fine as they have been there too over the years. I'm sure there are other areas I can find out about. There should be at least 2,000 acres of the 2,700 designated as wilderness areas that would have limited public access. I think this natural area needs to provide some sanctuary or wildlife refuge to animals, vegetation, and birds. The world has access to everything it seems and we tend to abuse natural entities Yes! ALL of it. That might be wise Sensitive vegetation Yes, but minimal Do what you need to in order to make it last. If necessary Limited (3) Maybe No comments: No - manage like HT Mtn Park and Lory SP - except no hunting When trails are fully developed, travel should be on them only BRNA should be "trail only" this site has no "wilderness" characteristics Limited to foot traffic Having areas w/limited trail access is fine but off trail foot access should be allowed This is the wrong definition of wilderness. Foot traffic only should always be allowed. What is point of a park w/o public access? Taxpayer bought No, full use with discretion Additional Comments Good rest room up higher would be good. Don't lump llama's with other livestock! No smoking much appreciated Keep it no smoking! Keep as much natural as possible. Leave nature alone DRAFT Humans cannot and too often won't follow legal and ethical rules and regulation. Putting aside open space should not be for human use & benefit. We are not the only creatures with the right to life. I hope development of this area will be accomplished in a reasonable time frame and that the City will provide opportunities for volunteers I call our FC Natural Areas whole program "quick, before it's gone". Strongly support the selected use of "wilderness" classification. Too much "management" by the City is bad - ex: Pineridge Natural Area It's close to town - put more resources here rather than distant areas We are residents of Masonville, very happy to see this land protected. Keep the area natural. Thanks for the opportunity to explore - it's a fine area and location, will be a valuable open lands area. Keep up the good work - looking forward to using it. The City of Fort Collins made a wise decision to purchase and preserve this site. Within a few years it would not have been available and home development would have claimed it. I am anxious to see what you plan to do with Soapstone. Need larger map of trails, need vicinity map in relation to County Open Spaces, Parks, and Lory State Park. Wonderful tour, great hiking, this is a beautiful place and I would like to see it maintained in its natural state I think it's terrific to have places like this preserved Pleased that Fort Collins is owner Very enjoyable and convenient location. Beautiful planning with lots of prospects for trails development. Good luck planning! A great addition to the City. Great Place! Can't wait to come back. Very interesting walk in a great place. So glad it has been set aside for the future enjoyment of Fort Collins citizens. Thanks for the opportunity, scheduled naturalist trips would be great Can't wait for it to open! Have birding trips to canyon! Please keep canyon open for guided birding trips Great purchase, keep brooks canyon open thanks! We have a treasure for Fort Collins and Larimer County Natural Resources is to be commended for their foresight in acquiring this and other natural areas and open space land. What a site! Great tour, excited for it to be opened to the public. I think for preserved sites, teepee, burial, cabin, etc... we should have a guided tour weekly, monthly. Great name Bobcat Ridge. Good variety of terrain. Close to town. Would like to be a part of this - I've been over all of it on horse It was a fun day and enjoyed the company with the other people. I'm glad that Fort Collins is preserving the Bobcat Ridge DRAFT Appendix IV Significant Mammalian Species Likely to be Present Common Name Scientific Name Family Habitat Types* Elevation Range (ft) CDOW Status American Elk Cervus elaphus nelsoni Cervidae 2 – 6 6,000 – 13,000 Big-Game Mule Deer Hemionus hemionus Cervidae 2 – 6 3,000 – 13,000 Big-Game Coyote Canis latrans Canidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 14,500 Furbearer Red Fox Vulpes macroura Canidae 1 – 2 4 – 6 3,000 – 14,500 Non-Native Furbearer Black Bear Americanus amblyceps Ursidae 2 4 – 7 4,500 – 11,500 Big-Game Raccoon Procyon lotor Procyonidae 1, 2, 5 3,000 – 10,000 Furbearer Striped Skunk Mephitis mephitis Mustelidae 1 3,000 – 10,000 Furbearer Mountain Lion Puma concolor Felidae 2 – 6 3,000 – 12,500 Big-Game Bobcat Lynx rufus Felidae 2 – 7 3,000 – 14,500 Furbearer Black-tailed Prairie Dog Cynomys ludovicianus Sciuridae 1, 3, 4 3,000 – 6,500 State Species of Concern Abert’s Squirrel Sciurus aberti Sciuridae 2, 4, 5 5,000 – 9,000 Small- Game Common Porcupine Erethizon dorsatum Erethizontidae 2 – 7 3,000 – 14,500 Not-Listed Rock Squirrel Variegatus grammurus Sciuridae 1 – 7 3,000 – 8,300 Not-Listed Bat spp. Chiroptera Federal or State Species of Concern *Habitat Types: 1. Urban and Croplands 2. Riparian/ Wetlands 3. Grasslands 4. Shrublands 5. Forestlands 6. Tundra 7. Unvegetated, Exposed-Rock Significant Mammalian Species of Possible Occurrence Common Name Scientific Name Family Habitat Types* Elevation Range (ft) CDOW Status Gray Fox Cinffeoargenteus scottii Canidae 2 – 5 7 5,500 – 13,000 Not-Listed Western Spotted Skunk Gracilis gracilis Mustelidae 4, 5, 7 4,000 – 8,000 Not-Listed Bighorn Sheep Ovis canadensis Bovidae 2 – 7 4,500 – 14,500 Big-Game White-tailed Deer Odocoileus virginianus Cervidae 2 – 5 3,000 – 12,000 Big-Game Yellow-Bellied Marmot Marmota flaviventris Sciuridae 2 4 – 7 5,400 – 14,500 Small- Game American Badger Taxus berlandier Mustelidae 2 – 6 4,500 – 14,500 Furbearer Preble’s meadow jumping mouse Zapus hudsonius preblei Zapodidae 1 – 3 4,000 – 8,500 Federally threatened and State Species of Special Concern * Habitat Types: see footnote for Table 1 Big Thompson River Potential Conservation Area Biodiversity Rank: B2 (Very high biodiversity significance) The Big Thompson River site supports a good (B-ranked), an average (C-ranked) and four poor (D-ranked) occurrence of the globally- and state-imperiled (G5T2 S1) Preble's meadow jumping mouse (Zapus hudsonius preblei), a subspecies designated as sensitive (Forest Service), as federally threatened, and as a species of special concern (State of Colorado). Protection Urgency Rank: P2 (High urgency) It is estimated that stresses may reduce the viability of the Preble's meadow jumping mice in the potential conservation area if protection action is not taken. Management Urgency Rank: M3 (Moderate urgency) New management actions may be needed within five years to maintain the current quality of the jumping mouse occurrences. Location: This potential conservation area eastern boundary is at the confluence of Buckhorn Creek and the Big Thompson River west of Loveland, Colorado. The western boundary extends to Glen Haven and Glen Comfort, Colorado. This conservation area can be accessed by taking Colorado Highway 34 west along the Big Thompson River Canyon and along the Devils Gulch Road through Glen Haven, Colorado. Legal Description: U.S.G.S. 7.5-minute quadrangles: Horsetooth Reservoir, Masonville, Buckhorn Mountain, Drake, Crystal Mountain, Glen Haven. T005N R069W 6,7 T005N R070W 1-12, 16-20 T005N R071W 1-3,7-9, 12, 15-19 T005N R072W 12-14, 23-24 T006N R070W 3-10, 14-20, 22, 23, 26, 27, 29, 30-32, 35, 36 T006N R071W 1-3, 10-14, 23-27, 29-35 T006N R072W 23-27 T007N R070W 19, 30, 31-33 T007N R071W 3, 4 , 7-10, 13-18 , 23-26 Size: 17,820 acres (7,210 hectares) Elevation: 5,085 – 7,400 feet (1,550 - 2,250 meters) General Description: The Big Thompson River flows west to east in southern Larimer County. This conservation area includes much of the Big Thompson River and Buckhorn Creek, plus the following major tributaries: Bear Gulch, North Fork of the Big Thompson River, and Dry Creek. The riparian vegetation is dominated by willow (Salix spp.) with scattered stands of cottonwood (Populus spp.). Also found in these mesic habitats are snowberry (Symphoricarpos occidentalis), wild rose (Rosa woodsii), and mountain mahogany (Cercocarpus montanus). Stream banks retain native graminoid vegetation in the form of sedges (Carex spp.) and rushes (Juncus spp.). Surrounding uplands are generally midgrass prairie with pine stands (Pinus ponderosa). Biodiversity Rank Comments: This potential conservation area is of high global significance because it is probably one of the best-known occurrences of a globally-rare subspecies. This may be one of the most extensive populations of Preble’s meadow jumping mice within the South Platte River drainage. This potential conservation area that incorporates the Big Thompson River and the associated tributaries provides protection from stochastic events that may affect portions of the Big Thompson River population or segments of the population within tributaries. This complex of mainstem waterway and tributaries lends a degree of protection from such stochastic events that might jeopardize a more homogenous population that is susceptible to site-specific catastrophic events. This potential conservation area includes the habitat parameters that are likely critical to Prebles’ jumping mouse persistence: dense herbaceous and shrub riparian communities and upland grassland communities free from urban impacts. Boundary Justification: The boundaries of this conservation area were defined based on the presence of Preble’s meadow jumping mice throughout the system. The boundary includes 300 meters on either side of the associated creek. This is designed to include the riparian vegetation and associated upland grass communities that have been documented as part of Preble’s meadow jumping mouse habitat. The distance of 300 meters was intended to be conservative, likely including a greater amount of upland community than most mice will utilize, but sufficient in all circumstances to ensure persistence of jumping mice. A better approximation of this potential conservation area would be the area that includes the 100- year floodplain and an additional 100 meters of adjacent upland habitat. Until these data layers are available for all areas within the conservation area, this conservation boundary should provide the persistence of the Preble’s meadow jumping mouse in this area. Table . Natural Heritage element occurrences at the Big Thompson River PCA. Element Common Name Global Rank State Rank Federal Status State Status Federal Sensitive EO* Rank Last Observed Mammals Zapus hudsonius preblei Preble's meadow jumping mouse G5T2 S1 T SC FS B 1998-08 Zapus hudsonius preblei Preble's meadow jumping mouse G5T2 S1 T SC FS C 1998-08 Zapus hudsonius preblei Preble's meadow jumping mouse G5T2 S1 T SC FS D 1998-08 Zapus hudsonius preblei Preble's meadow jumping mouse G5T2 S1 T SC FS D 1998-08 Zapus hudsonius preblei Preble's meadow jumping mouse G5T2 S1 T SC FS D 1998-08 Zapus hudsonius flows or increasing the water table in such areas can restore the riparian vegetation and maintain jumping mouse abundances. Management Rank Comments: Of the utmost importance to ensuring the persistence of the jumping mouse populations within this conservation area is the continued management of habitats within the Big Thompson River drainage. It is essential to ensure that development in and around riparian corridors provide both riparian and upland habitat for jumping mice. Jumping mice have been documented using upland habitats and it is possible that habitats that only include riparian communities will not be sufficient for jumping mouse persistence. Minimizing the extent to which riparian corridors are impacted by recreational use will ensure that jumping mice can utilize the riparian cover and vegetation. Although intensive recreational use can reduce available habitat, well-mitigated impacts can provide sufficient habitat for jumping mice. Current management strategies on ranches may be sufficient to maintain jumping mouse populations at their current level; however, restricting impacts such as excessive grazing and compaction of soils near riparian systems will likely increase jumping mouse populations. Grazing can restrict the expanse of riparian shrub communities and thus, restrict the ability for Preble’s meadow jumping mice to utilize the area. However, mild grazing pressure may not affect the population. PREBLE’S MEADOW JUMPING MOUSE SURVEY REPORT FOR THE BOBCAT NATURAL AREA PROJECT SITE IN LARIMER COUNTY, COLORADO Submitted To: Robert Zakely City of Fort Collins P. O. Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 Submitted By: Jan Peterson, Ph.D. 39234 Scenic View Court Ault, CO 80610 September 10, 2004 I. INTRODUCTION This report summarizes results from a trapping survey conducted to determine the presence or absence of Preble’s meadow jumping mouse (Zapus hudsonius preblei) at the Bobcat Natural Area project site in Larimer County, Colorado. Z. h. preblei was officially listed as a threatened species by U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service on May 13, 1998. This species has a limited range, occurring only along the Rocky Mountain Front Range in Colorado and in the southern part of Wyoming (Armstrong 1972). The area surveyed is situated approximately 0.4 mile west of the Masonville Post Office (see topographic and aerial maps in Appendices 1 and 2). The City of Fort Collins plans to construct a parking area and trailhead near the survey site. Photographs of the site are included in Appendix 3 and specific UTM coordinates for the survey site are provided in Appendix 4. All aspects of this trapping survey, including the habitat assessment, were conducted in compliance with the Revised Interim Survey Guidelines of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service (2004). The survey was restricted to the immediate vicinity of the project site, and results contained herein are not applicable to any other area. Site Description and History The survey site is located along an unnamed drainage near Buffman Canyon, southwest of Masonville, Colorado. Red sandstone cliffs run along both sides of the drainage, and in some places appear to be over 30 m high. County Road 32C parallels the drainage and in spots is within 2 m or so from the water. Overstory vegetation here is dominated by narrowleaf and Plains cottonwood (Populus angustifolia and P. deltoides), although boxelder (Acer negundo) also occurs. Smooth brome (Bromopsis inermis) is the dominant grass in the understory, although orchard grass (Dactylis glomerata), and Kentucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis L.) are also present, but uncommon. Shrubs in the area include gray rabbitbrush (Chrysothamnus nauseosus), snowberry (Symphoricarpos albus L.), skunkbrush (Rhus trilobata), mountain mahogany (Cercocarpus montanus), and wild currant (Ribes cereum). Other plant species observed at this site include flixweed (Descurainia sophia L.), stinging nettles (Urtica gracilis), several species of thistle (Cirsium spp.), common burdock (Arctium minus), marshelder (Iva xanthifolia), great mullein (Verbascum thapsus L.), silver sage (Artemisia frigida), yucca (Yucca glauca), prickly lettuce (Lactuca serriola), curly dock (Rumex crispus), watercress (Nasturtium officinale), mint (Mentha arvensis L.), hound’s tongue (Cynoglossum officinale L), and virgin’s bower (Clematis ligusticifolia). II. METHODS This survey was conducted in accordance with the Interim Survey Guidelines for Preble’s Meadow Jumping Mouse (USFWS 2004). Photographs were taken to describe and document the habitat and dominant/common plant species were recorded. Daily weather conditions, as well as those preceding the surveys were also noted. Non-folding Sherman live traps were baited with sweet feed and set each afternoon after 1700 hours and then checked each morning from 0700-0830 hours. Traps remained closed throughout the day. Precautions were taken as outlined by the Center for Disease Control for hantavirus protection, and traps were emptied and disinfected after the survey with a 10% bleach solution. All animals caught were released at point of capture. The survey began on the evening of August 24, 2004, when 175 traps were laid out and set in two transects beginning just across the road from the entrance to the natural area and running east along the south bank of the creek for approximately 0.1 mile. Transects ran along both sides of the stream and in some cases were less than 5 m apart due to the narrow drainage. Several traps were within 1 m of CR 32C. Individual traps were often placed less than 5 m of one another. The survey concluded on August 28, 2004, when traps were picked up, emptied, and subsequently disinfected. Four nights of trapping resulted in a total of 700 trap nights. Weather on the day preceding the survey was partly cloudy and mild with high temperatures in the high 70's to low 80's and lows in the 50's. Thunderstorms occurred in the afternoon. During the survey, high temperatures varied from the mid 50's to mid 70's with lows in the upper 30's and low 40's and afternoon thunderstorms each day. III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION During a total of 700 trap nights, 10 long-tailed voles (Microtus longicaudus), 18 Mexican woodrats (Neotoma mexicana), 97 deer mice (Peromyscus maniculatus), and 10 Northern rock mice (P. nasutus) were captured. The trapping success rate here was relatively high, 19.2 %, possibly the result of abundant food resources and a paucity of urban predators. IV. SUMMARY A trapping survey was conducted to determine the presence or absence of Preble’s meadow jumping mice along an unnamed drainage near Masonville in Larimer County, Colorado. During a total of 700 trapnights, 135 rodents were captured and no Preble’s meadow jumping mice were detected. Therefore, it is my recommendation that the Bobcat Natural Area project proposed for this site by the City of Fort Collins not be delayed based solely on concerns regarding this threatened species. V. LITERATURE CITED Armstrong, D. A. 1972. Distribution of mammals in Colorado. Monograph of the Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas. No. 3. 415 pp. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2004. Interim Survey Guidelines for Preble’s Meadow Jumping Mouse. Ecological Services, Colorado Field Office. Denver, CO. 15 pp. Avian species recorded as of September 18, 2004 Common Name Scientific Name Family Habitat Types* Elevation (ft)/ Range Nesting Preference Swans, Geese, Ducks Mallard Anas platyrhynchos Anatidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 11,000 Year-round Ground American Vultures Turkey Vulture Cathartes aura Cathartidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 9,000 Breeding Cliff Ledge Kites, Eagles, Harriers Golden Eagle Aquila chrysaetos Accipitridae 1 – 7 3,000 – 14,000 Year-round Cliffs and Trees Accipiters Sharp-shinned Hawk Accipiter striatus Accipitridae 1 – 6 3,000 – 11,500 Year-round Forest Cooper’s Hawk Accipitercooperii Accipitridae 1 – 6 3,000 – 11,500 Year-round Forest Buteos Red-tailed Hawk Buteo jamaicensis Accipitridae 1 – 7 3,000 – 13,500 Year-round Cliff Falcons, Caracara American Kestrel Falco tinnunculus Falconidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 10,000 Year-round Cavity Prairie Falcon Falco mexicanus Falconidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 14,000 Year-round Cliff Sandpipers Wilson’s Snipe Gallinago delicate Scolopacidae 1 – 3, 5 – 7 3,000 – 10,500 Winter/ Migration Ground Pigeons, Doves Rock Dove Columba livia Columbidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 10,000 Year-round Artificial Structures Mourning Dove Zenaida macroura Columbidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 11,500 Year-round Goatsuckers Common Nighthawk Chordeiles minor Caprimulgidae 1 – 7 5,500 – 10,000 Breeding Bare Ground Swifts White-throated Swift Aeronautes saxatalis Apodidae 1 – 7 5,500 – 10,000 Breeding Cliff Hummingbirds Black-chinned Hummingbird Archilochus alexandri Trochilidae 1 – 5, 7 5,500 – 7,000 Rare/ Migration Trees Broad-tailed Hummingbird Selasphorus platycercus Trochilidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 11,500 Breeding Trees Rufous Hummingbird Selasphorus rufus Trochilidae 1 – 6 5,500 – 12,000 Rare Trees Woodpeckers Northern Flicker Colaptes auralus Picidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 11,500 Year-round Cavity Lewis’s Woodpecker Melanerpes lewis Picidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 8,000 Breeding Cavity Downy Woodpecker Picides pubescens Picidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 11,000 Year-round Cavity Hairy Woodpecker Picoides villosus Picidae 1, 2, 4 – 6 3,000 – 11,500 Year-round Cavity Tyrant Flycatchers Western Kingbird Tyrannus verticalis Tyrannidae 1 – 7 3,000 -10,000 Breeding Trees Western Wood- Pewee Contopus sordidulus Jays, Crows, Magpies Blue Jay Cyanocitta cristata Corvidae 1, 2, 4, 5, 7 3,000 – 6,000 Year-round Trees Western Scrub-Jay Aphelocoma californica Corvidae 1 – 5 5,000 – 7,000 Year-round/ Rare Shrubs/ Trees Steller’s Jay Cyanocitta stelleri Corvidae 1 – 6 5,000 – 12,000 Year-round Trees Black-billed Magpie Pica pica Corvidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 13,000 Year-round Trees Common Raven Corvus corax Corvidae 1 – 7 5,000 – 14,000 Year-round Trees/ Cliff American Crow Corvus brachyrhynchos Corvidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 10,000 Year-round Trees Swallows Violet-green Swallow Tachycineta thalassina Hirundinidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 13,000 Breeding Hollow trees and Rock crevices Barn Swallow Riparia riparia Hirundinidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 10,000 Breeding Mud Nest Cliff Swallow Hirundo pyrrhonota Hirundinidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 10,000 Breeding Mud Nest Chickadees, Titmice Black-capped Chickadee Parus atricapilus Paridae 1 – 6 3,000 – 9,000 Year-round Secondary Cavity Mountain Chickadee Parus gambeil Paridae 1, 2, 4 – 7 5,000 – 11,500 Year-round Secondary Cavity Bushtits Dipper American Dipper Cinclus mexicanus Cinclidae 1 – 3, 5 – 7 5,000 – 11,500 Year-round Ground/ Streambank Kinglets, Old World Warblers, Gnatcatchers, Thrushes Blue-gray Gnatcatcher Polioptila caerulea Sylviidae 1, 2, 4, 5, 7 5,000 – 7,000 Rare/ Breeding Trees or Shrubs Mountain Bluebird Sialia currucoides Turdidae 1 – 7 3,000 -13,500 Breeding Secondary Cavity Townsend’s Solitaire Myadesies townsendi Turdidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 12,000 Year-round Trees or Shrubs American Robin Turdus migratorius Turdidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 11,500 Year-round Trees or Shrubs Golden-crowned Kinglet Regulus satrapa Regulidae 1, 2, 4, 5 3,000 – 11,500 Winter Trees Western Bluebird Sialia mexicana Turdidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 8,000 Summer Secondary Cavity Mockingbirds, Thrashers Sage Thrasher Oreoscoooptes montanus Mimidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 14,000 Rare/ Migration Shrubs or Ground Starlings European Starling Sturnus vulgaris Sturnidae 1 – 7 Year-round Secondary Cavity Wood-Warblers Virginia’s Warbler Vermivora virginiae Parulidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 10,000 Breeding Dense Moist Thickets/ Tangles Tanagers, Cardinals Western Tanager Piranga ludoviciana Thraupidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 10,500 Breeding Trees Black-headed Grosbeak Pheucticus melanocephalus Cardinalidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 11,500 Breeding Dense Thickets Blue Grosbeak Guiraca caerulea Cardinalidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 9,000 Breeding Dense Thickets Lazuli Bunting Passerina amoena Cardinalidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 9,500 Breeding Dense Thickets Sparrows, Towhees, Juncos, Old World Buntings Green-tailed Towhee Pipilo chlorurus Emberizidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 11,500 Migration Ground or Low Shrubs Lincoln’s Sparrow Melospiza lincolnii Emberizidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 12,000 Migration Trees or Shrubs White-crowned Sparrow Zonotrichia leucophrys Emberizidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 13,000 Winter/ Migration Ground or Low Shrubs Spotted Towhee Pipilo erythrophthalmus Emberizidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 8,000 Year-round Ground Grasshopper Sparrow Ammodramus savannarum Emberizidae 1 – 4, 6, 7 3,000 – 6,000 Breeding Ground Vesper Sparrow Pooecetes gramineus Emberizidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 13,000 Breeding Ground Song Sparrow Melospiza melodia Emberizidae 1 – 7 3,000 -10,500 Finches, Old World Sparrows Pine Siskin Carduellis pinus Fringillidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 11,500 Year-round Conifer American Goldfinch Carduelis tristis Fringillidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 9,000 Year-round Trees or Shrubs Lesser Goldfinch Carduelis psaltria Fringillidae 1 – 6 5,000 – 8,000 Breeding Trees or Shrubs House Finch Carpodacus cassinii Fringillidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 10,000 Year-round Trees or Shrubs House Sparrow Passer domesticus Passeridae 1 – 7 3,000 – 10,000 Year-round Secondary Cavity *Habitat Types: see foot note for Table 1 Avian Species of Possible Occurrence and of Concern Common Name Scientific Name Family Habitat Types* Elevation (ft) Range Nesting Preference Kites, Hawks, Eagles Bald Eagle Haliaeelus leucocephalus Accipitridae 1 - 6 3,000 – 8,000 Winter Cliffs and Trees Buteos Swainson’s Hawk Buteo swainsoni Accipitridae 1 - 7 3,000 – 10,000 Breeding Trees Rough-legged Hawk Bueto lagopus Accipitridae 1 - 6 3,000 – 9,500 Winter Trees Ferruginous Hawk Buteo regalis Accipitridae 1 – 7 3,000 – 9,000 Year-round Trees *Habitat Types: see foot note for Table 1 Characterization Abstract for Schryver’s (Moss’s) elfin Callophrys mossii schryveri Schryver's elfin Taxonomy: Class: Insecta Order: Lepidoptera Family: Lycaenidae Genus: Callophrys Taxonomic Comments: Formerly in the genus Incisalia. The mossii complex is separated from the fotis complex due to its preference for stonecrop (Sedum spp.) as a hostplant. Subspecies schryveri occurs in Colorado (Ferris and Brown 1981). C. mossii schryveri range is restricted to the Rocky Mountain region. Callophrys mossii schryveri contrasts with species C. mossii in that it is smaller, has a lighter dorsal color in the male; and more contrasting ventral hindwing markings (Scott 1986). CNHP Rank: G4T3S2S3 Distribution: Global range: The mossii complex is confined to the northwestern portion of the United States and southwestern Canada extending south to central California and to east-central Colorado (Stanford and Opler 1993, Ferris and Brown 1981). State range: Foothills and lower montane canyons between 1828 and 2438m (6000 to 8000 ft) (Ferris and Brown 1981). Known from nine counties in the Colorado Rocky Mountain region (Stanford and Opler 1993): Boulder, Clear Creek, Douglas, El Paso, Fremont, Gilpin, Jefferson, Larimer, and Pueblo. Habitat Comments: Elevational range is between 1828 and 2438m (6000 to 8000 ft). Occupies suitable habitat in Transition to lower Canadian Zone wooded canyons containing the hostplant (Scott 1986). Canyons with steep rocky slopes, mossy bare summits and ridges, brushy foothill ravines, sagebrush hillsides and flats (Pyle 1981). Photo by Paul Opler Statewide distribution of Callophrys mossii schryveri Source: Stanford and Opler 1993 Phenology: One brood. Flies from February to June depending on locality (Pyle 1981). It is one of the first non-hibernating butterflies to appear in the spring (Ferris and Brown 1981). Stays close to the hostplant, flying erratically and close to the ground, often in inaccessible areas. Males come to damp earth, perching on low shrubs or ground, females are more reclusive and remain higher up on slopes (Pyle 1981). Adults are local, moving an average of only 50m for males and 52m for females over a lifetime (Scott 1986). Males perch all day on shrubs in gulches and on slopes to await females (Scott 1986). Larval Hostplant: Stonecrop (Sedum lanceolatum). Known Threats and Management Issues: The greatest current threats are extensive urbanization and alteration of habitat. Noxious exotic plants, recreational development and water development continue to threaten lower foothill canyons (even on public lands). The absence of fire and increased tree density may negatively impact hostplant. 2309.18,0 Code Page 1 of 2 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 ZERO CODE Use this handbook to transform Forest Plan decisions into specific ground activities and facilities (FSM 2350). 02 - OBJECTIVES. See FSM 2353.02. 04 - RESPONSIBILITY. See FSM 2353.04. 05 - DEFINITIONS. 1. Difficulty Levels. The degree of challenge a trail presents to an average user's physical ability and skill. Difficulty is a function of trail condition and route location factors such as alignment, steepness of grades, gain and loss of elevation, availability of drinking water, and amount and kind of natural barriers that must be crossed. Difficulty levels apply to all the types of trails discussed in this handbook. a. Easiest. A trail requiring limited skill with little challenge to travel. b. More Difficult. A trail requiring some skill and challenge to travel. c. Most Difficult. A trail requiring high degree of skill and challenge to travel. Snow, ice, rain, and other weather conditions may increase the levels of difficulty. 2. Forest Development Trails. As defined in 36 CFR 212.1 and 261.2 (FSM 1013.4), those trails wholly or partially within, or adjacent to and serving, the National Forests and other areas administered by the Forest Service that have been included in the forest development transportation plan. 3. Four-Wheel Drive Way. A forest development road included in the forest development transportation plan and commonly used by four-wheel drive, high- clearance vehicles wider than 50 inches. 4. Waterway. A designated route over water commonly used for travel and included in the forest development transportation plan. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,0 Code EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 2 of 2 5. All-Terrain Vehicle. Any motorized, off-highway vehicle 50 inches or less in width, having a dry weight of 600 pounds or less that travels on three or more low- pressure tires with a seat designed to be straddled by the operator. Low-pressure tires are 6 inches or more in width and designed for use on wheel rim diameters of 12 inches or less, utilizing an operating pressure of 10 pounds per square inch (psi) or less as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer. 6. Standard Maintenance. Maintenance that is adequate to permit the trail to serve its established objectives. 7. Less-Than-Standard Maintenance. Maintenance under which some work items are not performed, resulting in a trail that does not fully serve established objectives. 8. Snow Trail. Trails over snow used by snow travelers. Snow trails can, by themselves, be a complete route for snow traveling, or they can be used in conjunction with other development roads or trails to provide a complete route. 9. Cross-Country Skiing. Cross-country skiing is used herein as a generic term. It includes skiing on unmarked routes or marked trails that may be packed and groomed with set tracks. 06 - REFERENCES. The following references are needed for managing a trails program: 1. FSH 2309.11, RIM Handbook. 2. FSH 7109.11, Sign Handbook. 3. FSH 7109.11a, Forest Service Catalog of Posters and Signs. 4. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service. Standard Specifications for Construction of Trails. EM 7720-102. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service. 1984. 2309.18,1 Page 1 of 11 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 CHAPTER 1 - TRAIL PLANNING 1.1 - RELATIONSHIP TO FOREST LAND MANAGEMENT PLANNING. Plan and develop trails based on decisions documented in Forest Land Management Plans. Supporting environmental analysis shall tier to the Forest Plan environmental impact statement. Design the planning process to address the full range of significant issues (FSM 1900). 1.2 - PLANNING CONCEPT. Many of the general objectives for trails are in the Forest Plan or in more detailed area implementation programs. These plans may lack the specificity needed to guide field operations. Analyze specific concerns to make decisions about standards for a specific trail or trail system, maintenance schedules, funding, management of trail use, and priorities for construction and reconstruction. Recognize the need for more detailed planning when resource conditions change, new recreation opportunities are discovered, conflicts among users arise, or new public issues emerge. Consider trail plans in the context of a logical land unit rather than a single trail by itself. Establish trail objectives and associated management requirements by examining the interaction of resource activities, opportunities present, and constraints of the area. 1.3 - RECREATION OPPORTUNITY SPECTRUM CONSIDERATIONS. Use the Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) System to help ensure that a suitable diversity of outdoor recreation opportunities are provided as a part of the natural resource benefits on National Forest lands (FSM 2310). Each management area prescription provides for one or more specific ROS classes. The location, design, and use of trails play a critical role in determining whether the physical, social, and managerial settings of a given ROS class can be maintained as intended in the prescription. (See ROS Users Guide, August 1982.) The configuration, quality, sequencing of environmental settings, and the landscape attractions are the basic attributes of a trail setting and user experience. 1.31 - Social Setting. Two conditions usually apply to trail management as it relates to the social setting of a given ROS class. 1. The type of use, specifically the mode of travel and mix of user groups. The most important consideration is the relationship between motorized and nonmotorized trail activities. 2. The volume of use, that is, the number and frequency of encounters between user groups and the impact of the amount of use on the adjacent physical setting. Provide for the appropriate types of use, such as motorized or nonmotorized, and the volume of use for the ROS class in the management prescription for each area. Design WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,1 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 2 of 11 trailhead capacities and trail structures to help achieve the intended recreation volume within the management area and to minimize potential user conflicts. 1.32 - Physical Setting. Consider the following aspects of the physical setting of trails in each ROS class. 1. The location and design of the trail prism and appendant structures, including trailhead facilities. 2. The management of the visual resource provided by the characteristic landscape through which the trail passes. 3. The visual impact of the trail as it is viewed by others from locations away from the trail. Use the Visual Management System (VMS) to resolve the potential impacts of trails on the physical setting. (FSM 2380 and Visual Management System, USDA Agriculture Handbook 462, volume 2.) For the most part, the guidelines contained in USDA Agriculture Handbook 483, volume 2, chapter 4, "Roads," can be applied to the location and design of trails; only the scale of the facilities and the speed of travel may differ as applied to trails. 1.33 - Managerial Setting. Three considerations generally apply to trail management regarding the managerial setting of a given ROS class. 1. The management of trail activities and use. The management of trail users and the various activities users engage in include the use of formal regulations, signs, and physical barriers. Often the need for and amount of direct management actions are reduced through the imaginative use of trail location and design. 2. The stewardship of the trail facility. The impression of management concern for the trail facility is reflected by the quality of construction and maintenance given to the trail and related structures. Good stewardship on the part of management usually promotes good stewardship on the part of trail users. 3. Compatibility of other resource management activities with the intended use of the trail system. The intent of the management prescription for a given area is to integrate resource management activities so as to minimize potential conflicts. Carefully thought out trail location and design often aid in resolving or preventing conflicts. The application of the visual resource management system and adherence to adopted visual quality objectives within the trail corridor usually result in minimizing many of these conflicts. The timing of resource management activities to avoid predictable periods of use or seasonal restrictions on trail use also can mitigate conflict. 1.4 - ANALYSIS PROCESS. Use the environmental analysis process (FSM 1950) for making trail system management decisions. For the purpose of trail planning, this analysis must result in a management program for an areawide trail system. The analysis also must: WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,1 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 3 of 11 1. Define objectives and criteria for design, development, and operation to meet the appropriate intended recreation experience. 2. Define issues and management situations for specific trails in the system. 3. Evaluate current conditions and projected changes and trends, public issues, and management concerns. 4. Identify recreation and resource management opportunities enhanced by trails. 5. Establish priorities for implementation. 1.5 - INFORMATION NEEDS. Typical information needed for trail system analysis includes the following: 1.51 - Goals and Objectives. 1. Is there an approved plan for the area? 2. What are the general goals of the Forest Plan as they relate to the area? 3. What specific Forest Plan management objectives and prescriptions have been designated for the area? What other resource activities are likely to take place? 4. Within those prescriptions, what standards and guidelines might affect trail system design, operation, and administration? 1.52 - Recreation Opportunity Spectrum. 1. What Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) classes are provided within the area? 2. What are the major factors influencing recreation? (Examples are attractiveness, "usable" area, capacity, season of use.) 3. What transportation and recreation facilities exist in the area (base map information updated with inventory data)? 4. What recreation opportunities is the area intended to provide? What trails and setting attributes are important or critical for these opportunities? 1.53 - Public Issues. 1. What is the relationship of the trail system and its uses to private lands? 2. What public issues (such as concerns about trespassing, littering, parking, and traffic congestion) have arisen regarding the trails? 1.54 - Opportunities and Constraints. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,1 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 4 of 11 1. Does a suitable location exist in the area to provide the proposed activity and recreation experience? Is a right-of-way needed across private property to connect public lands and offer the best travelway location? 2. Does an opportunity exist for providing supplementary facilities and appurtenances, such as trailhead parking, corrals, shelters, water and sanitation facilities, major stream crossings, registration/information and education facilities, and road and trail signs? 3. Can existing little-used or deteriorated facilities be renovated to offer the planned activity in lieu of new construction? 4. Can overuse and misuse of an existing facility be mitigated or eliminated by relocation, rehabilitation, or development of a new facility? 5. Are additional capabilities needed to enforce regulations and restrictions? 6. What are the long-range impacts of system operation and maintenance? 7. Are resources (such as funds, personnel, volunteers, and equipment) available for development and maintenance? 8. Are the necessary elements of operation (control, regulation, and maintenance) clearly defined in a trail management analysis? 9. Can stage construction methods be satisfactorily used to complement funding constraints? 10. Can impacts from the trail or other resources be tolerated or effectively mitigated? 11. What difficulty levels does the trail system offer? 12. Can a variety of recreation experiences be provided? WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,1 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 5 of 11 1.55 - Relation to Existing Facilities. 1. What is the current location, length, and condition of trails? 2. What is the current relationship between trails and other facilities, such as roads, trailheads, and campgrounds? 3. How are the trails currently operated--by regulations, barriers, signs, or information? 4. Are barrier-free trails available in the area? 5. Are interpretive trails needed within the area? 6. Do trails match the desired ROS experience objectives? 1.56 - Use Data. 1. How are the trails used--by hikers, snowmobilers, skiers? 2. How heavily are the trails used? 3. What groups use the trails (families, elderly, physically impaired, local residents, tourists)? 4. What are the past and projected trends in use (increased or decreased use, changes in use, introduction of new technologies, such as mountain bikes and all-terrain vehicles (ATVs))? 5. Do conflicts occur among travel modes? Are the conflicts increasing? 6. Is the area suitable for the intended use? 1.57 - Other Resource Data. 1. What are the relationships between trail location and trail use, and trail location and wildlife habitat? 2. Are roads, timber sales, leases, or other special uses planned or likely to occur in the area? What is the relationship of planned special uses to the existing trail system and uses? How can a planned special use be designed to complement the trail system? 3. Is special planning required to protect cultural resources, habitats of threatened or endangered species, fragile soil, or vegetation and to diminish fire hazard? 4. Are there special conditions affecting trail construction and maintenance, such as heavy rainfall, shallow soils, or riparian areas? 1.58 - Cost-Effectiveness Analysis. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,1 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 6 of 11 1. Does the facility maximize social and economic objectives, such as maximum recreation benefits and reduced administrative costs? 2. Does the facility minimize environmental damage, such as soil erosion and degraded water quality? 3. How are the trail objectives weighted in terms of importance? 4. How can cost-effectiveness be used to rank projects? 5. Does a favorable cost-benefit ratio justify development of a facility at this time? 6. Can other programs, such as timber sale roading, provide a portion of the need? 7. Are volunteers available for development and operation of the trail? 1.6 - ESTABLISHMENT OF PRIORITIES AND MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS. Consider the following items when establishing priorities and management requirements for trail projects. 1. Safety hazards to users. 2. Potential or occurrence of resource damage. 3. Intensity of trail use. 4. General location of the trail that will affect, or that will benefit from, other resource activities. 5. Preliminary cost estimates for construction or reconstruction. 6. Preliminary requirements for supplemental trailhead and other trail-related facilities needed to complement the trail system. 7. Program funding, availability of volunteer support, and scheduling of work. 8. Public desires. The combination of the above elements is important to decisions in the development of a trail management program. 1.7 - EXAMPLE OF PLANNING DECISIONS IN ONE TRAIL PLAN. The following section provides an example of a District trail plan resulting from the analysis process. Exhibit 01 illustrates the plotting of various projects on a map; Exhibit 02 shows the incorporation of a trail plan into the District trail inventory; Exhibit 03 illustrates the placement of a trail plan in the budget process. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,1 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 7 of 11 The four trails in the trail plan illustrate how safety, protection of wilderness values, availability of resources, need for preconstruction work and availability to the user influence priority, scheduling, and management requirements. 1. Big Rock Trail. This trail currently is used by motorized bikers; use is high and increasing. The lower 5 miles meet trail guide specifications except for brushing out. The upper 5 miles are less than standard and would require major reconstruction to meet the guides for motorized bike use. The difficulty level is more difficult. The area is managed for a roaded natural experience. There are limited opportunities for motorized biker trails in the area. Analysis of the situation resulted in a decision to reconstruct the trail to meet guidelines for a more difficult, high-volume, motorized bike trail consistent with the roaded natural character of the area. Preconstruction work is necessary for the reconstruction work. 2. Kawishiwi Trail. This is an established, four-wheel drive road in wilderness. The established trail use is low-volume, four-wheel driving and moderate-volume hiking. The area management goal is to eliminate illegal motorized use in this wilderness area and to naturalize sections of the four-wheel drive way. Inadequate parking at the trail- head is also a problem. An opportunity exists to use a common trailhead facility with the Moraine Trail. Analysis resulted in a decision to close the route to vehicles and allow it to revert to a moderate-volume, easiest level hiking trail. Barriers to close the route and fewer parking facilities are needed. Informational and regulatory signs are also needed. Actions are identified to hasten the return of this trail to a more primitive character. A short (1/3 mile) trail connecting the Kawishiwi Trail with the Moraine Trail is identified for construction to allow the use of a common trailhead. Planned use is consistent with the semiprimitive character and wilderness designation. 3. Moraine Trail. This trail currently is used for hiking in summer and cross- country skiing in winter. Cross-country skiing on the trail is increasing rapidly, but users complain of a 3-mile section with a rating of most difficult on a long trail that is otherwise rated more difficult. Preliminary reconnaissance indicates minor clearing of brush and small trees and marking of the trail is necessary. A local nordic club has volunteered to help on the project. This is one of few areas in this drainage where plowed roads provide winter access. Analysis of the situation resulted in a decision to reduce the difficulty of the 3-mile section and to manage the trail for moderate use at a more difficult rating. Increased maintenance of those 3 miles is required. Space is identified to expand the parking area and provide adequate parking to the shared trailhead with the Kawishiwi Trail. The desired recreation experience is consistent with the existing semiprimitive, nonmotorized character of the area. 4. Meadows Trail. The District identified a need and opportunity to construct a relatively short interpretive hiking trail to provide day hiking near a major campground. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,1 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 8 of 11 Analysis, based on estimated use, resulted in a decision to construct a high-volume, easiest level trail for hiking only. Other uses are prohibited. Planned use is consistent with the roaded natural character of the area. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,1 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 9 of 11 1.7 - Exhibit 01 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 1.7 - EXHIBIT 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,1 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 10 of 11 1.7 - Exhibit 02 EXHIBIT 02 IS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,1 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 11 of 11 1.7 - Exhibit 03 EXHIBIT 03 IS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT. 2309.18,2 Page 1 of 19 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 CHAPTER 2 - TRAIL DEVELOPMENT 2.02 - OBJECTIVES. The objective of trail development is to provide a facility that minimally affects resources, that provides opportunities for satisfying recreation experiences, that requires minimal maintenance, and that serves the intended type and level of use. 2.03 - POLICY. Because some trail facilities accommodate various types of users during the changing seasons, design them to meet the most demanding use. 2.1 - SEQUENCE OF EVENTS. After the decision is made to construct a trail within a corridor, a series of steps occur before the opening of a trail for recreational use (ex. 01). The steps involve all phases in the development of a trail project or program. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 2 of 20 2.1 - Exhibit 01 Project Level Planning Design Elements Selection Average Lead-Time Years Project Level Planning Programing 5 Design Elements Selection Preconstruction 1/ Route Investigations Preliminary Flag Lines Reconnaissance 4 Environmental Assessment Final Route Selection Commence R-O-W Acquisition Survey 2/ Preliminary Stake or Flag Location Survey 2 Classification Data Project Estimate Final Design Drawings and Contract Specifications Preparation 1 Plans-in-Hand Review Contract Award Contract Administration Construction 0 1/ The phases of trail preconstruction do not all occur separately. The most notable overlap is the design element. Design begins in reconnaissance, is further refined in location surveys, and is completed prior to developing drawings and specifications. 2/ The survey work should not be started until the environmental assessment has been completed. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 3 of 20 2.2 - GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS. The following elements should be kept in mind during the reconnaissance phase of designing a trail. 2.21 - Recreation Opportunity Spectrum. The Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) system identifies experience levels and management prescriptions to assure a diversity of recreation experiences. Trail development and uses must reflect the direction provided in the Forest Land Management Plan and, specifically, the ROS classes identified in it (FSM 2310). 2.22 - Difficulty Levels. Difficulty levels are based on trail gradients, alignment, clearing width, tread conditions, gain or loss of elevation, and other appropriate criteria outlined in the trail guide matrices on the following pages. Difficulty level has design implications and affects user expectations. For management personnel, difficulty level often indicates what presently exists on the land. Often the most difficult levels are found in the more primitive ROS settings, but difficulty is not unique to these settings. For example, a most difficult trail could be provided in a rural setting. Volume of use usually will vary by difficulty level with higher volume occurring on the easiest level trails and lower volume occurring on the most difficult level trails. 2.23 - Trailheads. 2.23a - Locations. Provide trailheads in locations to allow access to the greatest number and types of trails. Consider snow use as well as nonsnow use where appropriate, along with opportunities for using existing facilities (National Forest and other jurisdictions). Match the size of the trailhead facility to the carrying capacity of the area to be served. Other considerations include pull-through parking for vehicles with trailers, space for unloading trailers and stock trucks, and safety of vehicles while unattended. Use visual resource management principles to minimize the visual impacts of the trailhead on the trail user. 2.23b - Parking. When space is available, consider separate parking facilities for certain user groups, such as horses and hikers. Provide separate facilities within walking distance of areas of concentrated public use, such as camp-grounds. Locate the trailhead next to the trail so unlicensed vehicles (for example, trail bikes and snowmobiles) are not forced to travel on roads requiring street licensing. In most cases, a trailhead is not needed for a four-wheel drive way since this type of vehicle is street legal and users can drive from population centers in caravans. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 4 of 20 2.23c - Pack and Saddle Stock. The trailhead needs of pack and saddle animal users vary with the type of vehicles used for transportation, the number of animals being handled, and the length of stay at the trailhead. Many animals are now transported in trailers or trucks equipped with portable ramps, so unloading ramps are not needed at every trail-head. As an alternative, consider designing an earthen bank for unloading. Trailheads used primarily by day riders require less development than those used as end-of-the-road horse camps. Trailheads with a full range of facilities, such as a loading ramp, corral, water source, hitchracks, and feedbunks, may be justified if the objective is to have users bring pack and saddle animals out of the backcountry for the night. This may be especially desirable for areas with scarce forage or fragile soils. Provide toilets and fire rings when a need exists. Corrals are expensive to construct and maintain and should be considered only when animals need to be held for more than one or two nights. Many owners are reluctant to place their animals in a corral with other animals with which they are not familiar. A watering source for livestock is an important consideration. A trail to a nearby stream may suffice, but for heavy-use sites consider piping in water to a watering tank. 2.23d - Barrier-Free Design. Make the parking and toilet access characteristics compatible with the trail they serve. Locate these facilities within 350 feet of the trailhead. Provide drinking water if practical. Parking should provide 13 feet of width per vehicle. (Reference: Barrier Free Site Design, U.S. Dept. of Housing and Urban Development, and American Society of Landscape Architects Foundation, Washington, D.C., 1974) 2.23e - Snow Removal. Coordinate plowing with local highway authorities or agencies. Pave the surface of the road or parking lot if rotary plows are used. The size of the plowed parking area will provide an upper limit for trail use. Consider the following points in providing winter parking: 1. Snow Removal a. Adequate surface for snowplowed lots. b. Adequate slope for drainage and operation of appropriate equipment. c. Proximity to buildings and surface obstructions. 2. Size and Shape of Parking Lot a. Design for efficient snow removal and use. A compromise between the visual resource and efficiency of snow removal may be necessary. b. Maneuverability of necessary equipment. 3. Adequate Snow Storage WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 5 of 20 a. Removal of the same snow more than once is inefficient. b. Protection of adjacent vegetation from mechanical or chemical damage incidental to snow clearing. 4. Access Road a. Adequate width. b. Proper snow storage available. c. Reasonable distances to major access. d. Minimal curvature. e. Ideal grade is less than 3 percent. f. Sight distances for parking area or access entrances. 2.24 - Wilderness Considerations. Trails and waterways leading to and within wilderness areas become the principal management tools for achieving wilderness management objectives. The Forest Land and Resource Management Plan establishes the specific objectives of wilderness management, including appropriate levels and types of use. The transportation system serving the wilderness shall be planned and managed accordingly (FSM 2323). The criteria for locating, establishing, and maintaining trails or waterways in wildernesses are based on the management objectives outlined in the wilderness operating plan. The standards for trails and waterways within a wilderness will reflect the minimum requirements to achieve the following goals: 1. To construct and maintain the trail and necessary facilities so that they appear to be a part of the wilderness environment and not an intrusion upon it. 2. To meet and maintain the levels of acceptable use established for specific areas of the wilderness. 3. To meet the setting requirements for the ROS class established for a given area of wilderness. 4. To meet the visual quality objectives established for a given area of wilderness. 5. To protect the safety of the wilderness user consistent with the normal degree of difficulty the user would likely encounter during the main season of public use. 6. To protect and perpetuate the ecological wilderness character. 7. To construct and maintain trails or waterway facilities with nonmotorized equipment. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 6 of 20 8. To provide trail treads that do not exceed 24 inches in width. 2.3 - TRAIL CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE GUIDES. Although an assortment of trail types are discussed in this handbook, not every National Forest unit or subunit must provide all types or any specific combination of trail types. Planning should determine the specific needs. A variety of other special trail activities exists, including cave, glacier, underwater, and dogsled opportunities. Regional guides may be developed for these opportunities as needed. If a particular activity becomes common, a Service-wide Forest Service handbook guide will be developed. 2.31 - Nonmotorized Trails. 2.31a - Hiker Trail Guide. 1. Design and Location Considerations. Trails for hiking generally require less development than other travel modes and offer maximum opportunity to bring users close to nature. Tread width, clearing width and height, alignment, and structures for crossing streams normally are of a smaller scale (ex. 01). If more than one travel mode is accommodated on a hiker trail, consult the appropriate guide for the other modes to ensure adequate standards are incorporated. On hiker trails, grades leading to and away from switchbacks should not be less than 10 percent. Reduce the grade on the turn to less than 10 percent for a distance of 5 or 6 feet. The radius of switchbacks for hikers can be very tight; 2 feet to 4 feet, for example. Some method of preventing crosscutting should be used; for example, rocks, logs, or native vegetation. When hiker trails cross wet areas or streams, select routes that require the fewest structures. In designing structures to cross wet areas, the tread, whether in the form of stepping stones or flattened logs, should be at least 12 inches wide. Set stepping stones no more than 24 inches apart. Design bridges to prevent overloading, especially if they are located in areas used by pack and saddle stock. The upper limit of grade for hiking trails reaches the lowest class of mountaineering scramble trails. Trails requiring the use of nonconstructed hand and toe holes or ropes should not be included in the hiker trail category. 2.31a - EXHIBIT 01 IS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 7 of 20 2.31b - Pack and Saddle Trail Guide. 1. Design and Location Considerations. This trail type accommodates a wide variety of pack and saddle animals, including horses, mules, donkeys, burros, and others. Some trails are simple day-use bridle paths and others are built to accommodate long strings of pack animals on journeys lasting many days. The combination of shorter and longer trails affords opportunities for natural experiences for the greatest range in user ability and knowledge. Give special consideration to the care and safety of live-stock and their riders when locating pack and saddle trails. If practical, provide reasonable access to streams or lakes for stock watering at intervals not to exceed 10 miles. Inform visitors if water intervals are excessive. Avoid locations near campgrounds or other concentrated-use areas where dogs or loud noises could startle pack animals. If the trail must cross highways or railroads, select sites with adequate sight distance. Consider the use of climbing turns (exhibit 01, section 3.12c) if the terrain permits. Design switchbacks with a curve radius as long as possible, with a minimum of 5 feet. To discourage shortcutting, design grades of at least 10 percent to 15 percent for a distance of 100 feet to and from switchbacks. Consider using a rock or log barrier for a distance of 15 to 30 feet back from the turning point. Clearing needs vary depending on whether trails are designed for day rides or for pack animals. Pack clearance normally is measured at a point 30 inches above the center of the tread. Three feet on both sides of the centerline is the minimum clearance for pack trails (ex. 01). Additional widening is needed to accommodate pack clearance on trails cut through solid rock on steep sidehills. Along a precipice or other hazardous area, the trail base should be at least 48 inches to 60 inches wide to be safe for both animal and rider. Pack and saddle animals can cause severe wear and tear on the trail tread, especially when soils are wet. When possible, locate trails on stable soil types or on side-slopes where water can be drained away. Gravel surfacing, turnpiking, or puncheons may be needed on wet sections. Fords are preferred to bridges for stream crossings, provided the velocity and depth of the water is acceptable during the normal use season. Locate good natural fords and route the trail to them rather than build a ford. Generally, streams can be forded safely if the depth of water is less than 24 inches. Construction of a ford requires widening the trail base to a 36-inch minimum, removing large rocks, and leveling the stream bottom to make a relatively smooth and level crossing. Widen the streambed to reduce depth and velocity as a means of making a ford viable. Ice buildup during late fall may be an important factor to consider. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 8 of 20 If a decision is made to build a bridge for pack and saddle animals, select a bridge site with an adequate foundation for abutments and stream piers. The bridge must have a load-carrying ability equal to the maximum number of loaded animals that can occupy it at one time or the maximum anticipated snowload, whichever is greater. Design railings to prevent packs from getting caught. The minimum width of pack and saddle bridges is 48 inches. 2.31b - EXHIBIT 01 IS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT. 2.31c - Mountain Bike. Mountain bikes can utilize trails and routes constructed for other purposes. Mountain bikes can be ridden on hiker, pack and saddle, and motorized bike trails and four-wheel drive ways (ex. 01). Development of more elaborate paved bike paths is not considered a normal responsibility of Forest Service trail management, though occasional cooperative efforts with adjacent local agencies may result in a paved bike path on a National Forest. The basic design for this type of trail should follow guidance developed by numerous transportation and development agencies. 2.31c - EXHIBIT 01 IS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT. 2.31d - Cross-Country Ski Trail Guide. 1. Design and Location Considerations. Cross-country ski trails may be designated specifically for winter travel but should also be considered for use during the snow-free seasons. Opportunities to enjoy the natural setting are generally enhanced in the winter but should be considered under both winter and summer conditions. Locate or review potential trail locations during the winter months. Locate cross-country trails where reliable snow conditions exist for 2 to 3 months. Utilize topography to extend the period of snow cover. Consider aspect, prevailing wind direction, shading, and microclimate factors. Avoid avalanche hazards. Consult with people knowledgeable in local avalanche hazards before developing cross-country ski trails. Avoid hazardous stream and lake crossings. Normally, 6inches of hard blue ice is considered safe for cross-country ski trails. Avoid locating trails under dense canopies, especially in tall, old-growth stands. The canopy intercepts much of the snowfall, and when the air temperature rises, large chunks of snow fall on the trail. Trails are rated by difficulty similar to downhill ski runs: easiest, more difficult, and most difficult. Although this is a relative rating, trails designated as easiest should always be designed for novice skiers under normal snow conditions. Trails rated most difficult WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 9 of 20 should provide challenges, but no unusual difficulties, to experienced skiers. More difficult trails will fall somewhere between these two extremes (ex. 01). Provide only sweeping curves on downhill sections. Locate outruns to permit the user to slow down before turning. A check-space in midslope is desirable on long downhill runs. Alignment must be correlated with grade. Avoid sharp turns on snow trails. a. Trail Width and Tread Considerations. Cross-country ski trail widths vary depending on the terrain, steepness of the trail, sharpness of curves, amount of use, and number of tracks. On flat or gently rolling terrain (up to grades of 3 percent), single-track groomed trails are cleared to 6 to 8 feet wide; double- track trails are cleared to 10 to 12 feet wide. Steeper, uphill sections should include extra clearing width where herringbone or sidestep skiing techniques might be used. The extra clearing width should be one-half times the normal width, up to 14 feet. Downhill sections require extra widening commensurate with the speed of the hill: the lower portions and runout require the most widening, while the upper portions require less. Normally, a downhill run is cleared to 1.5 times the normal width from approximately one-third to two- thirds of the way down the hill. From two-thirds down to the bottom and through the runout, the trail is cleared to twice the normal width (ex. 02). b. Length. Accommodate user needs for different distances and degrees of challenge by providing cutoffs on a system of loop trails. Recommended Lengths Half Day Full Day Easiest Trail 3.2 mi 6.4 mi Most Difficult Trail 6.4 mi 9.5 mi c. Height. Clear overhead branches and obstructions the full width of the trail to a height of 10 feet above the average peak season snow depth. d. Bridges. The minimum width for all snow trail bridges is 6 feet. All ski trail bridges must be designed to allow skiers to stop safely before crossing and must provide adequate track width under maximum snow cover. Bridges on groomed trails must accommodate the width of grooming equipment. e. Intersections. Approaches to intersections have grades of 5 percent or less to allow for speed control. Clear intersections to a diameter twice the trail width. f. Marking Standards. Cross-country ski trails are marked so travelers unfamiliar with the trail can follow the trail during poor weather conditions, with no tracks to follow, under relatively poor light conditions. See FSH 7109.11, Sign Handbook, for guidance on marking trails. 2.31d - EXHIBIT 01 IS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 10 of 20 2.31d - Exhibit 02 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 2.31d - EXHIBIT 02. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 11 of 20 2.32 - Motorized Trails. 2.32a - Bike Trail Guide. Generally, biking on the National Forest is a trail-oriented activity with emphasis upon featuring the forest setting. 1. Design and Location Considerations. Avoid locating bike trails on forest roads where state laws require bikes to be street legal. Open suitable closed roads and employ fuel breaks for bike use, if practicable and appropriate. Fuel breaks may require some modification before use. On the easiest trails, alignment is moderate with no sharp curves combined with steep grades. Novice riders may be subjected to sharp curves, but not in combination with rough surfaces or steep grades (ex. 01). Trail alignment should exhibit increasing randomness as the rating progresses from easiest to most difficult. User needs for different distances and experiences can be accommodated by providing cutoffs on a system of loop trails. An experienced rider can ride approximately 50 miles in an average day. This travel normally includes trails ranging from easiest to most difficult. Some riders can cover over 100 miles of trail. Favor drainage dips over water bars. Use climbing turns and avoid switchbacks whenever possible. Climbing turns have a radius of more than 10 feet and have grades up to 25 percent on a large radius. Design turns to minimize excavation and cutbank exposure. For the easiest trails, locate turns on level ground or on slopes of less than 6 percent. The minimum radius of a switchback is 8 feet. Tread width is increased to 36 inches for switchbacks with a 4-foot radius. On novice and intermediate trails, provide a 4 -to 6- foot barrier on the down-hill exit side of the switchback. The radii of turns should vary depending on the speed of the motorcycle entering the turns; the trail designer can slow the speed of the motorcycle by decreasing the turning radius. The designer also may increase the length of a trail in a limited area by increasing the number of turns. Hardening of switchback or climbing turns in sensitive soils is recommended. Suggested hardening materials include concrete blocks, soil, and cement (ex. 02). Bridges should have a straight-on approach and should not change directions. Construct bridges to provide a minimum clearing of 42 inches. Special decking may be necessary to accommodate wheeled vehicles. Locate trail junctions so they are not intervisible. No more than two trails should intersect at one point. 2.32a - EXHIBIT 01 IS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 12 of 20 2.32a - Exhibit 02 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 2.32a - EXHIBIT 02. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 13 of 20 2.32b - All-Terrain Vehicles (ATV) Trail Guide. ATV use should occur on trails and routes designated for other motorized uses which fit the ATV trail guide specifications. These include bike and snowmobile trails and four-wheel drive ways. These trails and ways provide a variety of experiences with emphasis upon bringing the users into concert with the natural setting. ATV's vary in width, length, weight, height, and other characteristics. Use 36 CFR Part 261.55 as needed to control ATV use. 1. Design and Location Considerations. Include frequent elevation changes and turns appropriate for each skill level. These features slow the operator, increasing safety and providing more riding time per mile of trail (ex. 01). Minimize obstacles and the number and sharpness of turns on easiest trails. If possible, incorporate wide-radius climbing turns to ascend hills. Use switchbacks on steep slopes only for more difficult and most difficult trails. Use tread-hardening techniques for sensitive soils, wet areas, and facilities protection. 2.32b - EXHIBIT 01 IS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT. 2.32c - Four-Wheel Drive Way Guide. Four-wheel drive ways generally utilize facilities constructed for other purposes. Plan, develop, and manage four-wheel drive ways in accordance with policies and procedures in FSM 7700 and 7709.56. These ways provide a variety of experiences. The emphasis in developing and/or managing these ways is to provide a 4x4 recreation trail opportunity that is in harmony with the natural setting. 1. Design and Location Criteria. Use the established recreation trail objectives and their associated guides in exhibit 01 as the design criteria for determining the appropriate standards for the four-wheel drive way (FSH 7709.56). Degree of difficulty changes according to the size of the machine. For example, the more difficult way for a short-wheelbase (less than 100 inches) vehicle is most difficult for a long-wheelbase (greater than 100 inches) vehicle. Four-wheel drive ways have varying degrees of horizontal and vertical alignments, with safe tread for an average speed of 2 to 4 miles per hour. Mark loop roads if intersections are present. When feasible, provide spurs to viewpoints and tie existing and suitable roads to the planned system. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 14 of 20 Alignment on ways with grades of 4 percent or less should provide five lock-to-lock turns (five changes of direction of the steering wheel, from far right to far left) in the first 150 feet of the way to control the class of vehicle. The rest of the way should have two to five lock-to-lock turns depending upon vegetation, topography, and planned difficulty level (ex. 01). Trails on grades of 4 percent to 10 percent should have wider radius turns and dips and bumps as topography allows. Depending on topography, locate 10 percent or more of the way on relatively straight alignment, with a maximum side slope of 30 percent. Offer a variety of way lengths to provide trips of both short and long duration. Use bumps as topography allows with vertical alignment equal to 35 percent of the wheelbase length, depending on which class the road is designed for--shortor long- wheelbase vehicles. Identify some snow-covered system roads for four-wheel use. Plan ways that are not used for skiing, snowmobiles, or plowed for regular vehicle use. This may reduce conflicts that occasionally occur where four wheelers have damaged groomed snowmobile and cross-country ski trails. 2.32c - EXHIBIT 01 IS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT. 2.32d - Snowmobile Trail Guide. Snowmobiling is often done in large groups, so the needs of large numbers of trail users must be considered in the design and location of snowmobile facilities. Incorporate opportunities for picnicking, off-trail spaces, and trail sections of varying difficulty into the system. Also, because some snowmobiling is done at night, give special attention to posting signs and reducing hazards. 1. Design and Location Considerations. Snowmobile trails should lead to a destination of scenic or other natural interest, or connect destinations, such as recreation sites and communities. When possible, use all or parts of existing snow-covered system roads that are not planned for other users, such as wheeled-vehicle or nonmotorized use. Potential hazards need to be evaluated. Snow depth, natural light conditions, and nighttime operation add hazards to snowmobiling that are unique, especially in off-trail areas. Examples of hazards include cliffs, gates, fences, water crossings, and avalanches. Where possible avoid development of one way trails. A loop trail system should provide a half-day of snowmobiling without repeating a trail experience. Individual trails within the system are at least 5 to 10 miles long, with 15 to 30 miles a desirable median. Plan alternate, shorter routes within the main system area. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 15 of 20 A short, easy, trail approximately 1 mile in length and separate from the main system should loop to and from the trailhead. This route is for use by the novice operator receiving orientation and instruction, as well as for groups taking turns operating one machine. Variety in vertical alignment contributes to user enjoyment. Use vertical alignment in proper combination with horizontal alignment to control operating speeds for safety while enhancing the experience (ex. 01). If the topography offers no feasible location alternative, the 25-percent grade limit may be exceeded for short distances when the following two conditions are met: a. Approaches to the steeper portions (which may also include grades of less than 25 percent) can be provided as horizontally straight, gradual grade transitions. b. The resulting grade conditions do not compromise safety or the enjoyment related to ease of operation. As the season progresses, drifting snow may alter the effective grades of some portions of the trail. During the location phase, identify areas where drifting is probable and try to avoid them in the alignment. Where rerouting is not possible, limit grades to the most adverse condition anticipated. When a planned snowmobile trail will cross a public road or railroad right-of-way, contact the responsible authority at the earliest possible stage to coordinate plans. Coordinate on the final selection of the crossing point, approval of approach alignment and sight distances, sign plans for both highway and trail, and agree on respective responsibilities. Snowmobile trails frequently use existing roads and are thus constrained by the physical characteristics of the road. However, where possible, trail junctions should be layed out so only two trails intersect at one point. Crossings and T-junctions should be at right angles with particular attention to grade conditions approaching the junction. Level grades are desirable to permit users to better control approach speeds. 2.32d - EXHIBIT 01 IS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 16 of 20 2.33 - Special Trails. 2.33a - Barrier-Free Trail Guide. Barrier-free trails are designed for users with special needs: the aged, the blind or severely visually impaired; the deaf; the mentally retarded; people confined to wheelchairs or who need other apparatus to be ambulatory; and people with respiratory ailments and arthritis. 1. Design and Location Considerations. Not all trails need to be barrier-free. Consider barrier-free design for existing and future trails that meet the location criteria. When constructing or reconstructing trails for other uses, consider the suitability of barrier-free design. Design trails on side slopes of less than 40 percent. Slopes steeper than 40 percent cause user apprehension and may endanger hikers or those in wheelchairs or restricted to walking devices. Limit the lengths of barrier-free trails to 1.5 miles or less; include shorter loops. Offer varied trail conditions and lengths to challenge hikers' different levels of ability, while ensuring their safety. On more difficult trails, provide some challenges, such as steeper ground, obstacles, and rough tread. Generally, locate barrier-free trails within an hour's drive of population centers or near large National Forest sites. Make a special effort to provide access to viewpoints, activity areas, such as lakes and streams, historical sites, and other points of interest. Avoid switchbacks; if necessary, switchbacks should flatten at a turn and allow for a minimum turning radius of 4 feet. Provide access to trailhead facilities, including toilets, picnic tables, and parking lots that are constructed or modified for handicapped use. Classifying difficulty levels of barrier-free trails is difficult. Generally, however, difficulty increases with increased grade, roughness of tread, and length. Because disabilities vary greatly, it is difficult to classify a trail as most difficult and state with assurance that an individual with a given handicap could manage the trail. Use guide in exhibit 01 during the design phase to analyze the trail conditions for barrier-free trails. Post signs along the trailhead and specify the trail difficulty rating. The rating system also may be explained. Be sensitive about the use of the term "handicapped"; for example, do not identify a trail as "for the handicapped." WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 17 of 20 Notify users of the vertical distance they will climb. Signs to accommodate the partially sighted should have large print (18-point minimum or 3/16"). Signs that are 32inches above the ground are the easiest to read, and the trail adjacent to the sign should have a flat grade and be wider than normal. Supply such information as the locations of telephones, doctors, and hospitals. Trail maps, educational signs, and interpretive signs are also useful to the hiker. 2.33a - EXHIBIT 01 IS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT. 2.33b - Interpretive Trail Guide. 1. Design and Location Considerations. Interpretive trails offer access to areas with natural geologic, historical, or cultural significance. The purpose of these trails is to provide a recreation experience to enrich the visitors understanding of the environment and to achieve selective forest management objectives through interpretation. Consider providing interpretive trails in a wide range of forest settings with maximum interaction between the user and the environment. A sound interpretive plan is the basis for development of an interpretive trail. Consider the following minimum steps: a. Determine the specific audience(s) to be reached. Invite user participation in the development of the trail. b. Determine the specific objectives of the message. c. Determine the appropriate media (for example, trail signing, audio stations, brochures) that is best suited to the message and audience. d. Evaluate all sites that provide the intended message and theme. Consider population proximity, amount of expected use, adjacent facilities and services, and general desirability of the area. e. Evaluate what the area has to offer and what the visitor wants. Develop the trail message to enlarge the visitor's prior knowledge. f. Inventory the selected site to identify site limitations, opportunities, and fragile areas. This might be done by developing a grid with parallel strips representing every 50 to 100 feet. On each strip the surveyor would note in- place items of interest or map items. These strip maps then would be refined into an overall map. g. Use a multidisciplinary approach in developing an interpretive plan. Avoid critical wildlife habitats and other fragile, unusual, and sensitive areas unless they can be adequately protected; or conduct only guided walks through these areas. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 18 of 20 The standard interpretive trail is usually less than 1 mile long. Additional shorter loops can be a part of the longer section. Interpretation of special areas can be done on any trail. Locate interpretive trails near population centers or near heavily used forest developments. However, locate the trail area away from noise and distracting activities. Some distracting conditions can be corrected by a vegetation screen. Select a route with a wide range of special features or one that illustrates a single purpose sometimes known as a theme trail. The latter approach is preferred. The following design criteria apply to most interpretive trails: Design the message or theme of a trail to achieve management objectives, develop user awareness, and promote enjoyment of the area. Space stops to allow the user to absorb ideas. Plan for about 10 to 15 signs or stops per trail, with stops at least 200 feet apart. If more than 15 stops are planned, consider using brochures. Separate trailheads may be located within walking distance from concentrated public use areas such as campgrounds. Take special care in designing entry signs, registration stations, brochure distribution boxes, and other signs to present a positive image and a pleasant entrance experience. Write the language of the message at the anticipated educational and social level of the user. Indicate in the message why the item is important. Test stops and text by individual representatives of the intended audience before final development. Redesign as necessary. Do not interpret all items on the trail. Those items not interpreted can be added later to create a changing message. Consider a seasonal approach, if possible. Call attention to items to observe between stops, such as birds and animals, by noting them in signs or in brochures. 2.33c - Water Routes. 2309.18,2.31a, Ex. 01 Page 1 of 1 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 2.31a - Exhibit 01 Hiker Trail Guide Easiest More Difficult Most Difficult 1/ Grade Max. Pitch Grade 20% 30% +30% Length 100' 300' 500' Clearing 2/ Width 48" 36" to 48" 36" Height 8' 8' 8' Tread 3/ Width 18" to 24" 12" to 18" 12" Obstacle-free If needed, depending on volume and drainage Surface Spot gravel surfacing Not surfaced-- No graded tread except on leave roots, side slopes over 50% where imbedded rocks, safety or resource damage and some logs. is a problem 1/ Upper limit of grade and pitch length for most difficult trails depends on soil type, amount of rock, vegetation type, and other conditions affecting stability of the trail surface. 2/ Curve alignment to avoid cutting large trees. 3/ Increase tread width 6 inches on switchbacks or where side slopes exceed 60 percent. 2309.18,2.31b, Ex. 01 Page 1 of 2 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 2.31b - Exhibit 01 Pack and Saddle Trail Guide Easiest More Difficult Most Difficult 1/ Grade Max. Pitch Grade 15% 25% +30% Length 200' 300' 500' Clearing 2/ Width 8'; 6' between large 6' 3' to 4' wide trees. Pack clearance Pack clearance must be 3' from a point must be 3' from 30 ' above grade of tread. a point 30" above a a point 30" above grade of tread. grade of tread. Height 10' 8' Maximum 8' Tread 3/ Width 24" 24" 18" Surface Surfacing as needed Leave roots and Not graded except for stability. Reinforrce imbedded rocks. on side slopes cross drains with logs Cross drains greater than 30%. or rocks on steep permanent with gradients (greater natural roots, than 10%). Special rocks, or imbedded emphasis on puncheon logs. or turnpikes in bog holes. Construct extra trailbed width in steep terrain. 1/ Assume pack animals normally are not accommodated on most difficult trails, so less clearing width is needed. Same holds true for day-use horse trails. The upper limit for most difficult saddle animal trails depends on the soil type, amount of rock, vegetation types, and other conditions affecting stability of the trail surface. The skill of the rider and the condition of the animal also are important considerations. 2/ Along a precipice or hazardous area, the trail clearing width should be at least 48 to 60 inches to provide safety to the riders and their animals. 3/ Increase tread width 12 inches on switchbacks. Tread width on special sections, such as fords or turnpikes, should be at least 36 inches. 2309.18,2.31c, Ex. 01 Page 1 of 1 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 2.31c - Exhibit 01 Mountain Bike Trail Guide Easiest More Difficult Most Difficult1/ Grade Max. Pitch 10% 30% +30% Max. Sustained 5% 10% 15% Pitch Length 100' 300' 500' Turning Radius 6' 3' 2' Length of Trip Day 10-20 mi 20-40 mi 40-50 mi One-half Day 5-10 mi 15-20 mi 20-25 mi Clearing2/ Width 48"+ 36"-48" 36" Height 8' 8' Max. 8' Tread3/ Width 24"+ 12"-24" 12" Surface Relatively Sections of Varied--Some Smooth Relatively Portage Rough Surface Required 1/ Upper limit of grade and pitch length depends on soil type, amount of rock, vegetation type, and other conditions affecting stability of the trail surface. 2/ Curve alignment to avoid cutting large trees. 3/ Increase tread width 6 inches on switchbacks or where side slopes exceed 60 percent. 2309.18,2.31d, Ex. 01 Page 1 of 1 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 2.31d - Exhibit 01 Cross-Country Ski Trail Guide Easiest 1/ More Difficult 1/ Most Difficult 1/ Greatest Single Climb (elevation gain of single 35' 70' 140' continuous climb) Elevation Differential (lowest to highest point 100' 250' 500' on trail) Total Climb (sum of all elevation gains) 150' 400' 650' Greatest Sustained Gradient 7.5% 12% 17% (over 300' trail distance) Greatest Short Gradient 10% 20% -- (under 100' trail distance) 1/ Based on a 3-mile loop. These are maximum guides for smooth, wide, straight trails with good outruns. Correlate grade with distance to avoid excessive speed buildup. 2309.18,2.32a, Ex. 01 Page 1 of 2 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 2.32a - Exhibit 01 Motorized Bike Trail Guide Easiest More Difficult Most Difficult 1/ Grade Max. Pitch 15% 30% 50% Clearing Width Wooded Downhill Side 2' 1-1/2' 1-1/2' Uphill Side 3' 3' 3' Level 1-1/2' each side 1-1/2' each side 1-1/2' each side Open Downhill Side 2' 1-1/2' 1-1/2' Uphill Side 3' 3' 2-1/2' Level 2' 2' each side 1-1/2' each side Height 8' 8' 8' Tread Width Minimum 18" 2/ 18" 12" Maximum 30" 24" 24" Surface Relatively smooth Sections of relatively Relatively rough with throughout, no roots rough surface--some very rough short or rocks protruding loose material such as sections. Long more than 3'. Avoid sand stretches of loose rock, sand and loose sand, and mud materials. desirable where available. Obstacles None 1 to 5 small logs (up to 1 to 5 logs (up to 16" in (optional) 6" in diameter) per mile diameter) per mile on trail on flat terrain. lying flat on flat terrain. Small rock ledges (up to 16") desirable on occasion. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2.32a, Ex. 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 2 of 2 2.32a - Exhibit 01 -- continued Turns per 1/4 miles 2' 6 11 1/ Upper limit of grade and pitch length for most difficult trails depends on soil type, amount of rock, vegetation type, and other conditions affecting stability of the trail surface. 2/ Increase tread width 6 inches on switchbacks or where side slopes exceed 50 percent. 2309.18,2.32b, Ex. 01 Page 1 of 2 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 2.32b - Exhibit 01 ATV TRAIL (three-wheel/four-wheel vehicle) Guide Easiest More Difficult Most Difficult Grade Max. Sustained 15% 25% 35% Length 200' 300' 500' Max. Pitch 20% 30% 50% Clearing (One-way traffic) Wooded Downhill Side 2' 1.5'' 1.0' Uphill Side 3' 3' 3' Level 3.1' each side 2.6' each side 2.5' each side Open Downhill Side 2' 1.5' 1.0' Uphill Side 3' 3' 3' Level 3.1' each side 2.6' each side 2.4' each side Height 6' 6' 5' Tread 1/ Width Minimum 6.2' 5.2' 4.8' Maximum 7.2' 6.2' 5.8' Surface Relatively smooth, Sections of relatively Relatively rough with no roots or rocks rough surface, no roots very rough short protruding more or rocks protruding sections, no protruding than 3', tread plane more than 3", tread rocks 3", tread plain flat, sweeping curves, plane can be insloped can be insloped or no holes wider than 5% max., climbing outsloped 10% max., 24" nor deeper than turns, no holes wider switchbacks, few 6". Loose sand is than 36" nor deeper sections with holes okay. than 6". Loose sand wider than 36" and is okay. deeper than 6". Obstacles 2/ Wet xings 6" deep Wet xings 10" deep Same as More Difficult (optional) 10' long max., 25' long, waterbars except waterbars may draindips okay, no downhill okay. be uphill and downhill. waterbars. Few small logs less than 8" diameter. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2.32B, Ex. 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 2 of 2 2.32b - Exhibit 01 -- continued Exposture (Sideslope) 0% to 20% 20% to 30% 30% to 40% Length Less than 300' 300' to 500' More than 500' Traffic Flow One-way or two- One-way or two- One way or two- way with turnouts way with turnouts way with turnouts Length of Trip One-half day 3 miles 10 miles 15 miles Full day 6 miles 20 miles 30 miles Turns per 1/4 mile 2 6 11 1/ Increase tread width 6 inches on switchbacks or where side slopes exceed 30 percent. 2/ Avoid any type of sharp peaks in vertical alignment. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2.32B, Ex. 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 2 of 2 2309.18,2.32c, Ex. 01 Page 1 of 2 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 2.32c - Exhibit 01 Four-Wheel Drive Way Guide Easiest 1/ More Difficult 2/ Most Difficult Grade Max. Sustained (200-300) 20% 20% 30% Max. Pitch 20% 30% 50% Clearance Width Ample clearance 12.5' 8' for logging truck. Height Ample clearance 9' 8' for logging truck. Travel Way Width 10' 5.0' for 70" 5.0' for 70" vehicle vehicle width width (hub-to-hub). (hub-to-hub). Surface Rough, irregular. Some sections are Rough to very rough. Travel with low- relatively rough. Long sections of loose clearance vehicles Large rocks, mud rock, sand, mud. Stream is difficult. holes, loose material crossings and large Might require some boulders. Winching winching. sections. Obstacles None 1 to 5 small logs 1 to 5 logs (up to 10" (optional) (up to 6" diameter) diameter) per mile lying per mile on flat flat on terrain. Large terrain. boulders. Flow Two-way traffic Two lock-to-lock Five lock-to-lock difficult and require turns within 150'. turns within 150'. backing to pass. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2.32a, Ex. 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 2 of 2 2.32c - Exhibit 01 -- continued Travel Way Plain Level only as 20% 30% (outslope) necessary for drainage. Average Some slow-speed 4 to 10 mph 2 to 4 mph Speed sections. Length of Day Trip 30 to 40 miles 10 to 15 miles 10 miles 1/ Easiest trails usually are built for other purposes. 2/ Most difficult for long-wheelbase vehicles. Short-wheelbase vehicles have maximum hub-to-hub length of 100 inches (for example, Blazers, CJ4's, and Jeeps, which have a 90-inch length). 2309.18,2.32d, Ex. 01 Page 1 of 1 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 2.32d - Exhibit 01 Snowmobile Trail Guide Easiest More Difficult Most Difficult Length of Trip Full Day 30 to 50 mi. 50 to 75 mi. 75 to 100 mi. Half Day 15 to 25 mi. 25 to 40 mi. 40 to 50 mi. Grade Max. Sustained 8% -- 15% Max. Pitch 25% -- 35% Clearing Width One-Way 12' -- 9' Two-Way 16' -- 14' Clearing Height Minimum 7' above normal maximum snow depth or 10' above ground, whichever is greater (measured to snow-loaded branches). Groomed Width One-Way 8' -- 5' Two-Way 12' -- 10' Turning Radius 25' Surface Minimum: 4" of snow. Cross slope Maximum for over 50' 15% 30% 40% 2309.18,2.33a, Ex. 01 Page 1 of 2 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 2.33a - Exhibit 01 Barrier-Free Trail Guide Easiest More Difficult Most Difficult Width of Trail Tread and Turnouts One-way 4' Same as Easiest. 3' Two-way 8' or 4' 4' or 3' with turnouts 2' with turnouts. 1/ wide and 5' long. Length 0 to 1/2 mile 1/2 mile to 1-1/2 miles 1-1/2 miles to 5 miles Surface Concrete or asphalt Asphalt, soil cement Hard packed sandy with subgrade of very fine crushed rock loam, some rocks and rock. 2/ 3/4" (-) solidly packed roots allowed. Fill over surface. 2/ large obstructions and / in wet areas. 2/ Clearing Clear understory Clear understory Clear underbrush to 6" Width and Type brush to 1' from trail brush to 1' from trail; from trail. with slight slope no abrupt dropoffs toward trail. adjacent. Slope (grade) +1% to 3% 3/ +3% to 6% 6% to 8% and Vertical Climb Vertical climb up to Short, steep pitches Short pitches up to 80' can be handled. One-way 12% 3/ trails with continuous favorable slope over 5% should be avoided. 3/ Vertical up to 160'. Cross Slope Flat, with slight crown 1:30. Use grade dips 5' 1:20. Same as More (pitch) 4/ for drainage. to 8' long as needed. Difficult. Trail Edge Curb used where Curbs or railings only Curbs or railings only (rails, curbs) necessary for safety: for safety or in areas for safety. (Use natural rails 32" high for with side slopes greater materials when- safety. than 40%. ever possible) WO AMENMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2.33a, Ex. 01 EFFECTIV 11/8/91 Page 2 of 2 WO AMENMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,2.33a, Ex. 01 EFFECTIV 11/8/91 Page 3 of 2 2.33a - Exhibit 01--Continued Rest Stops (Use Every 100' to 150' 400' to 500' 800' natural materials Benches, sitting rocks, whenever possible; turnouts, shelters; benches 4' deep and 5' long.) 17" high. 1/ As a rule, a steeper grade requires a wider tread, but this element can change with difficulty. 2/ Bridges and boardwalks should have nonskid material, with boards perpendicular to the direction of the trail and close together to prevent crutches from lodging in cracks. 3/ On slopes greater than 5 percent for 60 feet or more, allow a 6-foot level distance for resting. 4/ Consistent pitch is important for ease of travel in wheelchair. 2309.18,3 Page 1 of 28 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 CHAPTER 3 - TRAIL PRECONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION 3.1 - PRECONSTRUCTION. Preconstruction work must begin early and be completed prior to construction. The level of detail of preconstruction work depends upon the type of facility being designed. A simple, low-standard hiker trail may require less preconstruction work than a high-standard barrier-free trail. Regardless of detail, the series of steps remains the same and begins with reconnaissance. 3.11 - Reconnaissance. The reconnaissance process includes the identification and evaluation of alternative routes and leads to final selection of the best possible routes and facility to meet the established objectives. Application of sound principles of trail location, alignment, and grade will minimize future operation and maintenance problems. Examine good contour maps of the area when available to lay out preliminary trail routes before going to the field. Examine aerial photographs, when available, to identify terrain drainage patterns and vegetation. Sketch alternative routes on the photographs before any field work is done. Oblique-type aerial photographs are valuable for giving additional perspective to possible routes. Discussions with field personnel familiar with the area are very helpful. Aerial reconnaissance may be helpful to get a "feel" for the area and to aid in identifying control points. Use office study to reduce the number of routes to consider for field review. Even with maps, photographs, and personal contacts, there is no substitute for on-the- ground examinations of potential routes. Carefully examine control points such as saddles, rock outcrops, and clearings, as well as important construction considerations, such as heavy vegetation areas, soft ground, stream crossings, unstable soils, and avalanche zones. Also review resource objective such as visual quality and wildlife. Walk each feasible route and mark the proposed alignment of each in relation to the maps and photographs. Identify the routes on the ground with different temporary markers that will be easily recognized and can be moved if necessary. A thorough and careful reconnaissance of routes will result in readily identifiable lines on the ground that can be evaluated and, after selection, staked as a trail location for construction. Record all pertinent data of physical conditions and key features that are to be regarded as principal items for consideration in route selection. Much of this data can be recorded directly on maps and photos. Photograph key features and physical conditions along the various alternative routes. These photos provide valuable information for final route selection as well as preparation of the environmental assessment. Label all photos so the areas photographed can be related to the trail sections shown on the map and in aerial photos. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 2 of 28 Numerous factors affect trail location. Carefully consider the conditions of various routes and avoid the following as much as possible: 1. Wet areas and flat areas with difficult drainage. 2. Stream bottoms subject to periodic floods, heavy seasonal runoff, or dramatic daily flow fluctuations from glacial melt. 3. Avalanche-starting zones, tracks, and runout zones. 4. Locations subject to snow drifting and late-season snowmelt. 5. Rock slides. 6. Unstable, fragile, or color-contrasting soils. 7. Steep slopes and abrupt elevation changes. 8. Bluffs, ledges, and cliffs except where featured as a scenic resource for trail users. 9. Frequent stream crossings where fording is difficult or impractical. 10. Locations requiring bridges or culverts. 11. Heavy vegetation requiring clearing and annual maintenance. 12. Extensive need for swichbacks or long tangents. 13. Fragile vegetation areas. 14. Cultural sites except where featured as a trail objective. 15. Lightning-prone areas. 16. Road or railroad crossings with limited sight distances. 17. Known habitats of threatened or endangered species of plants or animals. 18. Private land requiring a right-of-way. 19. Timbered areas prone to blowdown. 20. Adverse effects on other resources such as wildlife. 21. Fences, cables, and guy wires. Favor areas with the following features: 1. Natural stream crossings. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 3 of 28 2. Ridges. 3. Benches. 4. Natural openings. 5. Open timber. 6. Light stands of brush. 7. Scenic vistas. 8. Observation opportunities with special features. 9. Access to water, horse feed, stable camp areas, and areas protected from the weather. 10. Natural drainages offered by sloped locations. 11. Well-drained soils. 12. Differing seasonal experiences and conditions. 13. Natural contours in topography. 14. Safe and quick crossing of roads and railroads. 15. Reasonable access to other transportation modes, such as roads, railroads, airplanes, and boats. 16. Good trailhead access. After initial reconnaissance, prepare an environmental assessment for the project in accordance with FSM 1950. The environmental assessment should include alternative trail locations and the expected impacts on wet-area soils, slope soil stability, stream crossings, visual resources, cultural sites, and planned recreational opportunities, as well as other natural resources such as wildlife. Measures to be taken during the location and design phase to mitigate the impacts are also in the assessment. It is important to make a thorough economic analysis when evaluating possible routes. The cost of construction as well as the costs of long-term maintenance are important factors in the decisionmaking process. A field review of the alternative routes shall be made to validate the reconnaissance and environmental assessment information. Agree on mitigating measures to be included in the design standards. Amend the environmental assessment if necessary, to reflect changes resulting from the final field review. The assessment should document the decisions regarding route selection, economics, and mitigating measurements. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 4 of 28 After route selection, finalize the "flag line" on the ground. All alternative route markers need to be removed and obliterated so as not to confuse later location personnel and construction crews. Also after final route selection, review the analysis of capital investment cost estimates. This will ensure that estimates made 1 to 3 years earlier remain realistic. Commence formal right-of-way acquisition procedures. 3.12 - Location. The locations phase of the development process establishes on the ground the results of the planning, reconnaissance, and route selection steps. Location work should not begin until the environmental assessment is completed and the decision notice issued. How the trail is located will have considerable influence on the cost of construction and maintenance, degree of resource protection, and user experience. 3.12a - Alignment. Normally, trail alignment should follow the contours of the land and consist of a series of gently sweeping long curves. Long straight strectches (tangents) and sharp angular turns should be avoided as much as possible, although these too may add variety to the user's experience. Alignment should take advantage of natural drainage to minimize the need for major drainage modifications. Locating the trail directly up or down a slope results in little opportunity to drain water off the tread. Proper drainage is a long-term investment that pays off in reduced future maintenance and reconstruction. 3.12b - Grade. Early reconnaissance and the environmental analysis should provide the range of preferred grades for a specific trail. The location of the gradeline on the ground is the most important element of trail development; the trail grade influences the length of trail, level of difficulty, and drainage and maintenance requirements. Therefore, grade usually is the controlling factor for trail location. Avoid undulate the grade to provide natural drainage and variation and to eliminate long, steady grades, which are tiring to the user. A slight downhill grade is necessary for crossing drainages and to provide grade undulations for drainage purposes. These sections of grade must be considered and designed to avoid excessively steep sections of trail grade. In areas where there is a potential for trail erosion, roll the grade to create natural- appearing drainage dips at appropriate intervals to divert water from the trail (ex. 01). The spacing of drainage facilities to intercept water running down a trail is influenced by the soil type and grade which affects water velocity. Determine the appropriate spacing before locating the trail and establishing cross drainage provided by rolling the gradeline. Exhibit 02 shows spacing requirements for various soil types and percentage of grades. Where soil types or tread-hardening techniques provide the necessary resource protection, steeper grades may be permitted on trails designated as more difficult or most difficult. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 5 of 28 Some trails for hikers might be stepped in rock to 30 percent or more. A trail might have some short, steep pitches to take advantage of an area of hightly stable terrain that can be easily protected from erosion. Use runs of steps for certain types of trails when grades between control points would exceed either user comfort or soil stability. Avoid flat grades where possible. Trails that must be located through meadows, savannahs, and other low areas should be considered for walkways, puncheon, or tread stabilization (ex. 03). Increase grades 10 to 15 percent at approaches to switchbacks to avoid cross cutting by trail users. A level-off grade should be located at the end of steep sustained grades. A level-off grade is any grade less than the maximum preferred grade for the trail type. The length and grade of the level-off section relate to the difficulty level provided by the trail. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 6 of 28 3.12b - Exhibit 01 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 3.12b - EXHIBIT 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 7 of 28 3.12b - Exhibit 02 Frequency of Cross Drains Grade (percent) Material Type 2 4 6 8 10 12 15 Loam 350' 150' 100' 75' 50' * * Clay-Sand 500' 350' 200' 150' 100' 50' * Clay or Clay-Gravel - 500' 300' 200' 150' 100' 75' Gravel (rounded rock) - - 750' 500' 350' 250' 150' Shale or Angular Rock - - 800' 600' 400' 300' 250' Sand Varies with local amounts of fine clay and silt. Drainage diversions generally are not required in "pure" sand because of the fast rate of water absorption. For sand with appreciable amounts of fine binder material, use "clay-sand" distances as shown above. * Grades not recommended in this material. - Generally no diversion required for soil stability. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 8 of 28 3.12b - Exhibit 03 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 3.12b - EXHIBIT 03. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 9 of 28 3.12c - Switchbacks and Climbing Turns. Switchbacks and climbing turns are used to gain required elevation within a limited working area, while maintaining acceptable trail grades. Switchbacks are used in steep topography (ex. 01). Suitable terrain for a switchback construction and maintenance costs increase as the steepness of the side slope increases. Side slopes from 20 to 45 percent are preferred locations for switchbacks, although they can be constructed on side slopes of up to 55 percent, retaining, structures are necessary WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 10 of 28 3.12c - Exhibit 01 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 3.12c - EXHIBIT 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 11 of 28 3.12d - Stream Crossings. Stream crossings normally are a location control point. Stream crossing structures are very costly to construct and maintain and, if located poorly, are susceptible to being damaged or destroyed by streamflows. Locate stream crossings in an area having as many of the following features as possible: 1. A well-defined stream channel. 2. Minimal channel width. 3. A flat stream gradient. 4. Stable slopes on uphill trail grades on both side of the crossing. 3.13 - Survey. The purpose of a survey is to gather data to design the facility, provide quantity estimates, and develop plans. The plans and quantity estimates describe what is to be constructed and the work involved and provide the basis for cost estimating. 3.13a - Survey Precision. The necessary level of survey precision is that which will produce plans and quantity and cost estimates that will enable a contractor, volunteer group, or force account crew to construct the facility at the cost bid or estimated price. Vary the precision of survey with the standard of the facility being surveyed, the severity of the terrain, and the physical features of the environment. A cloth tape and Abney level survey are adequate for most trail surveys for new construction. Site surveys for structures such as bridges an retaining walls require more precision. Reasonably accurate elevations and contour mapping are required to design and lay out bridges and retaining walls. Cloth tape and hand level surveys are adequate for surveys involving flat topography and less complex structures. Transit, chain, and tripod level or plane table surveys are required for more complex sites. Aerial photography is an alternative to normal survey procedures for obtaining site plans. This procedures is very cost effective. The only limiting factor is that the site must have some canopy opening so that the ground is visible from the air. Surveys for reconstruction of existing trails often are made by using a cyclometer. Sections of a reconstruction project involving tread excavation or other types of more complex construction may require a more precise survey than can be accomplished with a cyclometer. 3.13b - Survey Procedures. The following steps describe general survey procedures. 1. Perform a trail survey so that the final alignment will be designed to fit the ground over which it passes. Extra blasting and clearing of large trees to construct straight tangents from station to station are not permitted. Stake trails to gently curve by large boulders, trees, or other objects that are not necessary or desirable to remove and to provide built-in drainage. More difficult and most difficult hiker and pack and saddle trails may meander to avoid obstructions. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 12 of 28 Stake the trail location at intervals of less than 100 feet. Stakes normally will represent trailbed elevation. Stakes are set at more frequent intervals when terrain and vegetation indicate the need. Location stakes or flagging tied above the stake should be intervisible. Trail users may remove or destroy survey stakes. When surveys are along trails of frequent use, metal tags or some other substitute for stationing may be required. Reference stakes are offset at intervals of 500 feet or less, as needed. 2. Slope stakes generally are not needed for construction control; however, slope stakes must be set for switchbacks, bridge approaches, or in other places where construction may require an abnormal amount of excavation. 3. The following situations are marked on the ground and recorded in a field notebook. a. Shallow stream fords, gully crossings, and all watercourse crossings are staked for trailbed elevation at the channel bottom. The trailbed on each bank is staked 1 foot or more in elevation above the high watermark. b. Switchbacks are staked at the radius point and at backslope and fillslope catch points. c. The beginning and end of traffic control barriers are staked on the ground. Traffic barriers include those located at switchbacks, climbing turns, and precipice sections of the trail. d. Stake the beginning, ending, and foundation elevation of retaining walls. e. Stake the beginning and ending locations of puncheon, turnpike sections, and walkways. f. Specify the type of trail passing sections and stake the beginning and end of each section. g. Stake the location of cliff-like sections requiring extra bed width and safety barriers. h. Mark danger trees prior to the contract pre-bid showing or commencement of work. i. Clearly stake locations of the following drainage structures: (1) Water bars. (2) Metal culverts. (3) Rock culverts. (4) Rock underdrains. (5) Rock spillways. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 13 of 28 (6) Drainage dips. j. Undulate the trail grade to provide drainage. It is more natural and less obvious to provide gentle grade undulations than to construct drainage dips after the trailbed has been excavated. Place sufficient centerline stakes to control the location of the grade undulations. When drainage dips are constructed inan existing trailbed, the trail centerline usually is shifted. Shifting the trail centerline is necessary to avoid excessive trailbed width and sharp, unnecessary changes in the alignment. Increased backslope areas will occur. As a rule, drainage dips are not constructed in an existing trailbed where the trail grade exceeds 10 percent. On grades that exceed 10 percent, water bars are installed to effectively shed the water from the trailway. 4. Document data collected during the location survey process. The survey data is extremely important for completing the plans and for developing the project cost estimate. The following measurements and findings must be recorded in the field notebook, tape recorder, or dictaphone. a. Measure and record the percent of grade and percent of side slope at each centerline stake. Take cross slope measurements at each centerline stake. Take cross slope measurements at switchbacks, climbing turn locations, and other similar places. b. Record detailed notes about topography between each 100-foot station for cost-estimating purposes. (1) Classify the type of materials to be excavated. Terms often used to classify excavation include the following: (a) Common Soil. Soil on rock that can be excavated without blasting. (b) Fractural Rock. Rock material that can be excavated with moderate amounts of blasting. (c) Fractural Rock. Rock material that can be excavated with moderate amounts of blasting. (d) Talus Rock. Rock slides. Example photographs should be taken of each material type classification. (2) Classify the type of clearing between each 100-foot station for cost- estimating purposes. Indicate the species, size, and number of trees to be cleared. c. Record the description and station location of all pay items and all work items that are incidental to a pay item. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 14 of 28 The quantities of work items must be measured or estimated and recorded in the field notebook at the time location-staking is completed. Measurements may include estimated facial square feet of retaining walls, linear feet of turnpike, puncheon, passing sections, and drainage ditches, metal culvert lengths and sizes, and any other relevant information. Availability of native building materials should be noted in the field notebook. For example, record the distance from the proposed rock retaining wall to the borrow source for building rock. Also, record distances from suitable timber to where it is needed. When native building materials are more than 300 feet from where they are needed, the distance must be shown on the drawings. Describe the borrow source and restoration measures if needed. Sample field notes and format are shown in exhibit 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 15 of 28 3.13b - Exhibit 01 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 3.13b - EXHIBIT 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 16 of 28 3.14 - Design. Many design decisions are made during the planning, location, and survey phases of trail development. Items such as clearing and tread widths and types of material to be used may be prescribed through the planning process. The location and survey phases determine the length of trail, location and type of drainage facilities, number of switchbacks, designated trees to be felled, and location and length of puncheon bridges and walkways. Items such as bridges, retaining walls, underdrains, or steps may require office design. The design process translates the field survey to drawings and specifications and produces an estimate of cost and a schedule of items. Drawings, specifications, and cost estimates should be used for all projects regardless of who will construct the project. These documents are necessary to (1) allow the responsible official to ensure that management objectives have been accurately translated into a project proposal; (2) provide a means to communicate what is required the people who construct the facility; (3) permit the responsible official to determine that the finished facility is acceptable; and (4) provide a historical record of the facility for operation and maintenance needs. 3.15 - Drawings. Trail drawings commonly consist of straight-line diagrams or construction logs, which communication to the constructor the location of all items of work described in the specifications. Exhibit 01 is an example of a straight-line diagram; exhibit 02 is an example of a construction log. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 17 of 28 3.15 - Exhibit 01 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 3.15 - EXHIBIT 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 18 of 28 3.15 - Exhibit 02 Reconstruction Log Barclay Lake Tr. 1055 Station Work Item Remarks 0+00 Begin project 0+40 - 0+80 Remove outslope 0+90 Provide clearance right (rock) 3+70 - 4+10 Relocate right 4+50 Provide clearance right (rock) 4+10 - 5+23 2" surfacing 9+66 Gravel borrow site 9+92 - 10+15 Remove slide debris 10+56 - 12+65 2" surfacing 13+07 - 13+27 2" surfacing 13+12 Construct lead off ditch 5' left 13+27 Remove step root 13+40 Construct lead-off ditch 6' left 14+90 Construct lead-off ditch 5' left 15+67 Remove step root 16+58 Construct lead-off ditch 7' left 17+37 Construct lead-off ditch 5' left 18+00 - 18+24 Install log rounds 18+40 - 18+75 Install log rounds 19+90 - 28+65 Relocate log right 20+27 Construct Dip (Continue in similar manner station 21+30 to station 103+07) 103+07 - 103+43 Relocate right 103+60 Construct lead-off ditch 10' right 104+18 - 104+40 Install log rounds 107+40 Construct lead-off ditch 6' right 108+53 Construct lead-off ditch 6' right 110+35 - 110+43 Construct rock crib 1.5' x 8' 111+11 Construct lead-off ditch 8' right 111+58 Construct lead-off ditch 4' right 111+71 - 111+79 Install log rounds 111+93 - 112+11 Install log rounds 112+42 - 112+55 Install log rounds 116+38 - 116+66 Relocate right. Keep existing trend open for drain 117+37 Construct lead-off ditch 9'right 119+15 End project WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 19 of 28 3.16 - Specifications. Trail construction specifications describe the work required. Forest Service Standard Specifications for Construction of Trails (EM 7720-102) should be used where the complexity of the project warrants them. Consult chapter 5 of this handbook for commonly used design exhibits for the preconstruction and construction of trails. 3.16a - General. The standard trail construction specifications include written descriptions (EM 7720-102) and standard drawings showing dimensions, sizes, and configuration of components for the various items of work described in the written specifications. This data is entered by the designer for each project. The completed standard drawings reflect the trail standard prescribed in the planning and earlier development phases. 1. Estimate of Quantities. Standard trail construction specifications contain the items of work described. The estimate of quantities is the number of units required for each item. 2. Estimate of Costs. Unit prices are calculated for each item included in the project. Various cost-estimating procedures are available for determining unit prices. FSH 7709.56, chapter 7, contains information on cost estimating that can be applied to estimating trail construction costs. Exhibit 01, Form FS-7700-18, Cost Estimate for Transportation System Facilities, is an example of a completed cost estimate. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 20 of 28 3.16a - Exhibit 01 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 3.16a - EXHIBIT 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 21 of 28 3.16a - Exhibit 01--Continued SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 3.16a - EXHIBIT 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 22 of 28 3.16b - Specifications - Detail. 1. Clearing and Grubbing. The width and height of clearing is determined by the intended use of the trail and the level of difficulty. The clearing widths and heights should have been identified during the standard determination phase of the development phase. The clearing heights and clearing widths left and right of the trail centerline should be entered on Form FS-7700-61, Clearing Limits, (ch. 5, ex. 01) or Form FS-7700-62, Clearing Limits, (ch. 5, ex. 02). It may be necessary to change clearing widths. For example, if the vegetation changes from timber to low brush, reduce the clearing limit. Fast-growing brush require a greater clearing width. On steeper side slopes, extend the clearing to clear higher cut slopes. Additional clearing may be needed for trail passing sections, safety barriers, or turnpike sections. Brush and slash disposal areas should be designated. In areas near streams, lakes, and switchbacks identify other locations than downhill. In addition, exhibit 01, chapter 5, contains a provision for leaving trees that are a specified distance from the centerline but within the clearing limits. The trail standard prescription should indicate if certain trees may be left, and, if so, the size and distance from the centerline should be entered. Exhibit 01, chapter 5 also permits specifying different stump heights for stumps left in place. The most commonly used units of measurement for clearing are linear feet or miles. The number of trees outside the clearing limits designated for felling should be measured on an individual basis. The locations of designated trees must be shown on the straight-line diagram or construction log. 2. Trailbed Excavation. Trailbed construction deals with modifying the natural terrain as needed to provide user safety, comfort, and convenience and to protect adjacent resources and the trail facility. (Form FS-7700-63, Typical Trailway Cross Sections (ch. 5, ex. 03), Form FS-7700-64, Trailbed and Slope Finish (ch,. 5, ex. 04), and Form FS-7700-65, Talus and Rubble Rock Section (ch. 5, ex. 05).) Trailbed construction may be as simple as delineating the trail through relatively flat and dry areas by mowing or as complex as benching or retaining steep sidehill routes or providing suitable trailbed through savannahs, wet areas, and meadows. The trail tread width may be the same as the trailbed width unless some type of protective surface is constructed such as aggregate or bituminous pavement. The trail width is selected according to the type of use and level of difficulty desired and should be provided as part of the trail standard prescription. The trail width and corresponding trailbed width is entered on the appropriate specification. The trailbed width may be widened when passing sections or barriers are required. See Form FS-7700-67, Trail Passing Sections (ch. 5, ex. 06). WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 23 of 28 Specifications permit varying the degree of trailbed finish to provide for the desired level of difficulty. Complete Form FS-7700-64 (ch. 5, ex. 04) to indicate how much rock and root removal will be required. See Form FS-7700-68, Shallow Stream Ford and Gully Crossing-Rock Structure, Form FS-7700-69, Shallow Stream Ford and Gully Crossing-Log Structure, Form FS-7700-66, Drainage Dips, and Form FS-7700-65, Talus and Rubble Rock Sections (ch. 5, exs. 07, 08, 09, and 05). Linear feet or miles are the most common units of measurement for trailbed excavation. The lump-sum method of measurement would be appropriate for projects requiring little or no excavation to construct the tread. 3. Turnpikes. Turnpike construction is a technique to provide a stable trailbed in areas of high water tables and fairly good soils. Form FS-7700-70, Turnpike, (ch. 5, ex. 10) covers turnpike construction. Ditches are excavated on each side fo the trailbed to reduce the water table, and the material excavated is placed on the trailbed to raise the trail grade above the surrounding water table. Often it is necessary to bring in borrow material to complete turn-pike construction. If the ground is wet, turnpike sections should sit through a winter and spring season to permit full consolidation before use. Geotextiles greatly improve the effectiveness of the turnpike section. Consult a materials engineer to determine if a fabric should be used. 4. Switchbacks. Form FS-7700-71, Switchback Details, (ch. 5, ex. 11) provides the details for switchback construction. Use the type of traffic barrier shown. Follow chapter 5, exhibit 11 to plan and place the location and radius of each switchback. 5. Reconstruction. Specifications may be followed for reconstructing existing trails. Combine whatever aspects of the specifications are required to reconstruct the given area. The most common reconstruction projects include adding drainage dips, check dams, and rock spillways and removing slough and berms (see Form FS-7700- 75, Check Dams (ch. 5, ex. 12). 6. Drainage. Proper drainage is the most important factor in producing a lasting, low-maintenance facility. Keep water within manageable limits to prevent damage from erosion and to keep the facility usable during the travel season. Remove water from unpaved trail surfaces as quickly as possible. Outsloping hillside trail treads, where trail grades are slight, may be the only feature necessary to ensure quick water removal and surface protection. Sloping the trailhead downward toward the downward edge 1/2 to 1 inch per foot of trailbed width is normally sufficient, but this calculation is based on the specific soil type. When trail grades are greater than trail tread outsloping, surface water travels along the trail before it escapes. The greater the difference, the greater the risk of damage. Other, more intense methods are employed to ensure proper drainage on greater trail grades. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 24 of 28 Basically, trail surface erosion results from three factors: soil type; velocity of water along the trail; and length of time running water is allowed on the trail. By modifying any of these three items, erosion potential is changed. The most common modification is to reduce the length of time running water is allowed to operate on the surface material by increasing the number of structures designed to remove this water. Exhibit 02 in section 3.12b of this handbook recommends frequency (in feet) of diversion structures for various soil types and trail grades. These structures may be water bars, grade dips, culverts, or other such devices designed to remove the water. Follow separate specifications provided for: culverts, Form FS-7700-76 (ch. 5, ex. 13) and Form FS-7700-77 (ch. 5, ex. 14); water bars, Form 7700-78 (ex. 15); rock spillways, Form FS-7700-79 (ch. 5, ex. 16); rock underdrains, Form FS-7700-80 (ch. 5, ex. 17); and installation of open top drain (ch. 5, ex. 18). The location, length, and type of drainage facility required is shown on the drawings. The type of drainage facility selected depends on the Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) setting, the type of use, the amount of water involved, and the physical setting of the trail. On flatter grades, outsloping the trail adequately protects the trail tread. In the intermediate range of grades, drainage dips are the most effective means to control drainage. On steeper grades, rock and log water bars are necessary to control drainage. 7. Trail Structures. Specifications are provided for the following structures: log stringer bridge, Forms FS-7700-84, FS-7700-85, and FS-7700-86 (ch. 5, ex. 19, 20, and 21; footlog bridge, Form FS-7700-87 (ch. 5, ex. 19, 20, and 21; footlog bridge, Form FS- 7700-87 (ch. 5, ex. 22); trail puncheon bridge, Form FS-7700-88 (ch. 5, ex. 23); log retaining wall, Form FS-7700-89 (ch. 5, ex. 24); rock retaining wall, Form FS-7700-90 (ch. 5, ex. 25); and puncheon walkway, Form FS-7700-93 (ch. 5, ex. 26). a. Bridges. Bridges are designed to support the maximum snow load, snow grooming equipment, or pack and saddle stock. They must be appropriate for the prescribed ROS class and in accordance with the established visual quality objectives for the area through which the trail passes. Except for foot bridges made of logs, the travelway width of structures is generally wider than the width of the trailbed. The lengths and sizes of structural members are determined and entered on the drawings. Where Regions have standard design tables for sizing structural members, bridge design shall be approved by the Forest Engineer. If standard desing tables are not available or if a type other than a log stringer is required, the bridge design must be approved by the Regional Engineer. b. Stairways. Steps provide an opportunity to gain needed elevation rapidly over short distances. The proper use of steps can allow other portions of the trail to be constructed on lesser grades, which reduces soil erosion, WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 25 of 28 especially where side drainage is difficult. Steps are used on trails designed for foot traffic. The minimum width of steps should not be less than the tread width of the trail of which they are a part (Forms FS-7700-91 and FS-7700- 92, Trail Stairways (ch. 5, ex. 27 and ex. 28). Steps may be constructed of rock, native logs, or treated wood. Materials that require little or no future maintenance are preferred. Treated railroad ties may be used in a variety of step situations. The appropriate design for steps should reflect user requirements, difficulty level provided by the trail, and overall recreation prescription for the area. The type of steps to be constructed depends on the site and materials available. The rock and log riser, overlapping rock plank stairways and crib ladder stairways can be used when the overall slope of the stairway is relatively flat (25 percent or less). The other stairways are used for steeper installations. A fairly accurate profile is needed to adequately design the layout of steps. The need for handrails along stairways depends on possible safety hazards relative to the difficulty level offered, amount of use, season of greatest use, and physical capabilities of the user. Sections acquiring surfacing must be shown on the plans. c. Barriers. Barriers are typically needed at switchbacks, along sections in rock cliffs, or to control use (Forms FS-7700-98 and FS-7700-99, Log Barriers (ch. 5, ex. 29 and 30); Forms FS-7700-101 and FS-7700-102, Rock Barriers (ch. 5, ex. 31 and 32); and Forms FS-7700-103 and FS-7700-104, Treated Timber Barriers (ch. 5, ex. 33 and ex. 34). The type of barrier required usually depends on the materials available. Use of barriers will require additional trailbed width. This must be reflected on the appropriate specification. The location of barriers is shown on the drawings. d. Fence Crossings. The use of fence openings, gates, or stiles are required when trails cross fenced boundaries. Obtain written approval from the fence owner prior to construction. Fence openings, designed to restrict unwanted passage, are preferred to other methods. A simple V-shaped post dodgeway is effective and requires little or on maintenance (ch. 5, ex. 35, Fence Stiles and Ladders). If fence opening are impractical or are not allowed by the owner, stiles and fence ladders provide a safe crossing for hikers while protecting the fence itself and effectively restricting undesirable use. There are many acceptable designs for these structures. Special project specifications are developed when fence crossings are required. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 26 of 28 Avoid installing gates on trails, since they can be left open and lead to undesirable use. When used, design gates to blend in with the surroundings and to be self-closing and latching. 8. Surfacing. Some type of surfacing is often required for very high use trails or when soil, moisture, and volume of traffic make it impossible to hold the trail tread. In these situations, use of some type of surfacing may be more cost effective than maintaining and unsurfaced trail and will prevent undersirable environmental damage to the trail corridor. Sections requiring surfacing must be shown on the drawings. Specifications are available for pit-run aggregate, screened aggregate, crushed aggregate, and bituminous surfacing. Consult a materials engineer when surfacing material may be required. Crushed aggregate must be densely graded and have a high percentage of fractured pieces with fracture faces to allow interlocking. The gradation for screened and crushed aggregate is shown on Form FS-7700-94, Aggregate Surfacing (ch. 5, ex. 36). The gradation and quality requirements should reflect locally available materials. Geotextiles greatly increase the effectiveness of surfacing, permit the use of less expensive surfacing material, reduce the amount of material needed, and may eliminate entirely the need for surfacing. A special project specification must be written providing an installation requirement if fabric is to become part of the surfacing construction phase. Consult a materials engineer regarding the use of a geotextile when poor soils are encountered. Complete chapter 5, exhibit 36 to show the required widths and depths of aggregate surfacing. Consult FS-7700-102 for specifications when bituminous plant mix pavement is necessary. 9. Signs and Posts. Specifications provide for installing posts and signs and constructing cairns. The specification assumes signs will be furnished by the Government. A special project specification is necessary to describe where Government-furnished signs can be obtained. Use Form FS-7700-96, Sign and Post Installation Diagram (ch. 5, ex. 37) to locate posts and signs. Use Form FS-7700-97, Rock Cairn Construction (ch. 5, ex. 38) to construct cairns. 3.17 - Trail Construction Packet. The following steps should be followed in developing in developing a trail construction packet: 1. Conduct a plan-in-hand ground review. Make any needed changes to the trail route or plans. This now becomes the final location and plan for the project. 2. Finalize the straight-line diagram or construction log to show what is required and where it is to be located. 3. Select the standard trail construction specifications required for the project from EM-7720-102. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 27 of 28 4. Prepare and obtain approval of special project specifications. 5. Complete the necessary standard drawings. 6. Prepare an engineer's estimate. 7. If the trail is to be constructed by a contractor, prepare a schedule of items and Form FS-6300-4, Request for Contract Action. Submit these to Administrative Services along with plans, drawings, and specifications. 3.2 - CONSTRUCTION. 3.21 - General. Construction is the final step of the development process. The goal of construction is to construct a facility to meet the established management, economic, maintenance, and environmental objectives. 3.22 - Construction Engineering. Construction engineering consists of all staking, controlling, inspecting, and measuring of trail construction or reconstruction, including the following elements: 1. Redesigning, adjusting, and changing the drawings, specifications, and materials to meet field conditions. 2. Inspecting and monitoring operations to secure compliance with drawings and specifications. 3. Inspecting, testing, and accepting materials and equipment to be installed. 4. Inspecting, measuring, and recommending acceptance of completed work. 5. Preparing partial and final payment estimates for contracted or performed construction. 3.23 - Methods. The four primary means of accomplishing the trail construction job are by force account, contract, labor contributed from other programs, and from volunteers. 3.23a - Force Account. The use of regular Forest Service crews has been the most common means of accomplishing construction work in the past. However, with recent personnel and travel restrictions, it is becoming a less common method. 3.23b - Contract. With increasing emphasis on expansion of trail opportunities, constrained personnel ceilings, and reduction of energy consumption, contracting trail construction and maintenance activities offers a practical alternative method of accomplishing the task. 3.23c - Contributed. Sometimes it is possible for construction to be accomplished by other Forest Service work crews. For example, fire crews sometimes are available to work during periods of low fire danger. Just as with force accounts, the crews must be supervised if a quality job is to be the result. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,3 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 28 of 28 3.23d - Volunteer, Human Resource, and Cooperative Programs. Use volunteer, human resource, and cooperative programs to extend trail construction budgets. Integrate these resources into the total trail management job. Train and supervise to ensure that the work meets established construction standards. Crews must be under the supervision of a qualified trail supervisor. Develop supervisors in volunteer organizations, human resource, and cooperative programs. 3.24 - Construction Administration. Only persons certified in trail construction contracting may administer trail construction contracts (FSH 7109.17). Inspections and maintenance of inspection records are required for all four means of construction accomplishment. The key to a high-quality construction job that results in low operation and maintenance costs and long-term public service are conscientious planning, preconstruction, and supervision of the contractor or crew during construction. Good supervision will ensure application of proper trail construction methods, adherence to the appropriate trail design guides, and the cost-effective completion of the project. 2309.18,4 Page 1 of 21 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 CHAPTER 4 - TRAIL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE Trail management objectives establish the parameters for developing trail operations and maintenance strategies. Some of the key parameters are the trail type, difficulty level, the appropriate trail guide, and expected amount, type, and timing of use. 4.1 - TRAIL OPERATION. Trail operation involves management of the type, volume, and season of trail use to achieve the desired trail management objectives. Elements of trail operation include: monitoring the volume of use, the type of use, and the effects of use on the trail management objectives; implementing trail restrictions; and informing the user through guides and signs of the use that is intended for each trail. 4.11 - Monitoring Use. Monitor type and volume of trail use to determine if trail management objectives are met. Use the resulting data to direct trail maintenance planning. The type and volume of use can be monitored in a number of ways. 1. Established Traffic Counter Stations. Photoelectric cell counters, photographic counters, inductive loops, compression counters, and visual counts are the types of trail counter stations presently in use. 2. Trail Registers. Ask trail users to sign a trail register. Although user compliance may vary widely at different locations, estimate the percentage of users who register using visual counts. 3. Records of Permits Issued. Study issued permits to gather information about the general use of an area. 4. Trailhead Use. Check the number and types of vehicles parked at trailhead to gather information about volume and type of traffic using the trail. Trailers used for hauling trail stock, trail bikes, and the like indicate the type of use. 5. Tread Wear. Study imprints and tread wear on trails to gather information about the volume and types of use. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 2 of 21 4.12 - Managing Trail Use. Restrict traffic on trails to meet trail management objectives, where traffic exceeds safe use levels, when there is significant user conflict, when unacceptable resource damage is occurring, or when excessive operation and maintenance costs are resulting from the volume, type, or season of use. Develop restrictions to fit the situation. For example, seasonal closures during wet seasons may eliminate high tread maintenance costs. Other situations may warrant year-long restrictions. Use advisory or regulatory techniques to impose needed restrictions. Advisory techniques are preferred because they are more likely to receive a positive reaction from the recreationists. However, they may not work and the regulatory restrictions must then be imposed. 4.12a - Advisory Restrictions. Advisory restrictions include such items as posting of notices to get user cooperation and strategic use of brushing, fallen trees, rocks, or other natural features to encourage the desired use pattern. Signing should be positive and communicate a Good Host image. Avoid negative signing such as "Stay on Trail" or "Don't Crosscut Switchback." 4.12b - Regulatory Restrictions. Use 36 CFR 261.55 to regulate use. The requirements for writing orders and posting notices are in 36 CFR 261.50 and 36 CFR 261.51, respectively. Public involvement prior to issuing a prohibition normally will aid in enforcement of the prohibition. Notices of restrictions are shown on maps as well as in news releases, recreation reports, and in other media. Use personal contacts to gain user understanding. Closing a trail to a specific mode of travel is usually not enforceable unless the area surrounding the trail is also closed to that mode of travel. For example, if a trail is closed to motorized vehicles, the general area restrictions under 36 CFR 261.56 are most appropriate. 4.13 - Public Information. When appropriate, employ both offsite and onsite information techniques to aid proper trail management. When trail difficulty level is defined, describe it at the trailhead on bulletin boards and in trail guides, brochures, and travel management maps (FSM 1600). Public information techniques for trails should: 1. Convey the Host image when regulating use. Emphasize where to go instead where one should not go; what can be done rather than what cannot be done. 2. Display an array of recreation opportunities so the users may choose what they prefer. 3. Use public information techniques to assist users in understanding resource management objectives. 4. Provide simple, accurate, and current data about trails and appropriate activities. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 3 of 21 5. Encourage private sector cooperation in guidebooks, the media, and educational systems. 6. Use unique and imaginative methods to encourage trail use. Examples include trail dedications, trail-of-the-month features, outfitter guides, and trailhead facility development. 7. Indicate all seasonal activities available in order to establish desired use patterns. Winter visitors may consider returning in the summer if a desired activity is recommended. 8. Use international symbols with Forest Service identification rather than regulatory signs. 4.14 - Signs. Signs should follow the general guides outlined in FSH 7109.11, chapters 30 and 50, and in the "Sign and Poster Catalog." 4.2 - TRAIL MAINTENANCE. The purpose of maintenance is to preserve the trail and related facilities to meet established objectives. 4.21 - Maintenance Management Process. The Forest Service Trail Maintenance Management System is a method to plan, schedule, perform, and evaluate the maintenance activities necessary to ensure the safety, protection, proper administration, and appropriate use of the forest trail system (ex. 01). WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 4 of 21 4.21 - Exhibit 01 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 4.21 - EXHIBIT 01 WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 5 of 21 4.22 - Recording Maintenance. Maintenance shall be recorded as standard when a trail is maintained in a manner adequate to serve established objectives. Maintenance shall be recorded as less than standard when some needed maintenance activities are not performed, resulting in a trail that does not fully serve established objectives. Refer to the trail guides (chapter 2) to determine whether maintenance is preserving the trail to a standard adequate to serve the established objectives. 4.23 - Maintenance Activity Groups. Five activity groups are described below, along with a list of each individual maintenance activity. These maintenance activities (or others as desired by the local units) should be used to maintain the trails to the current assigned and planned guide. These maintenance activities are only a suggested list; different lists may be developed at the Regional, Forest, or District level. 4.23a - Tread Maintenance. Activity Code Activity Work Unit 960 Loose Rock Removal Linear Foot or Mile 961 Rock and Root Removal Linear Foot or Mile 962 Slough and Berm Removal Linear Foot 963 Slide Maintenance Linear Foot 964 Cement Treated Surface Repair Linear Foot 965 Bituminous Surface Repair Linear Foot 966 Snow Trail Grooming Linear Foot or Mile 967 Borrow Cubic Foot 4.23b - Drainage Maintenance. Activity Code Activity Work Unit 970 Routine Drainage Maintenance Mile 971 Maintain Water Bar Each 972 Maintain Rock Culvert Each 973 Maintain Stream Fords and Gully Crossings Each 974 Maintain Drainage Dip Each 4.23c - Trailway Maintenance. Activity Code Activity Work Unit 980 Logging Out Linear Foot, Mile, or Each 981 Brush Cutting Linear Foot or Mile 982 Danger Tree Removal Each 983 Litter Cleanup Linear Foot 984 Slope Revegetation Linear Foot WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 6 of 21 4.23d - Structures. Activity Code Activity Work Unit 990 Maintain Rock and Log Barrier Linear Foot 991 Rock, Log, or Timber Retaining Wall Facial Square Foot 992 Maintain Trail Turnpike Linear Foot 993 Trail Puncheon Repair Linear Foot 994 Fence and Gate Repair Each 995 Bridge Maintenance Each 4.23e - Traffic Services. Activity Code Activity Work Unit 997 Sign Repair (field) Each Site 998 Sign Replacement Each Site 999 Cairn Installation and Repair Each 4.24 - Trail Log. Prepare a trail log for each trail. The log is an inventory of physical features within or adjacent to the trails and is prepared to the level of detail necessary to make the required trail management decisions. The log is drawn up once and is usable until the inventoried features are modified, replaced, or removed. Inventoried items include: Type of Terrain Retaining Wall Intersection Fence Ground Cover Puncheon Section Bridge Sign Side Slope Percent Turnpike Section Drainage Dip Milepost Trailbed Width Rock Section Water Bar Cairn Grade Drainage Ditch Culvert Gate Surfacing and Depth Stone Barrier Stream Ford Vista Switchback Barricade Underdrain Climbing Turn Turnout Gully Crossing An example of a trail log is shown on the left side of exhibit 01. Data are usually recorded to the nearest foot by measuring with a cyclometer. Measurement starts from the beginning terminus of the trail, with the beginning and ending termini easily identified on the ground. Trail markers, such as milepost markers, and other prominent items aid in establishing the on-the-ground location of trail log information. The trail log is the working tool for the condition survey. It becomes part of each individual trail folder and is used to update the trail inventory. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 7 of 21 4.24 - Exhibit 01 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 4.24 - EXHIBIT 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 8 of 21 4.24 - Exhibit 01--Continued SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 4.24 - EXHIBIT 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 9 of 21 4.25 - Condition and Prescription Surveys. The condition survey is the backbone of maintenance management. The person who performs the condition survey must be knowledgeable about the entire maintenance management process. The data gathered and the decisions made during the condition survey provide the information needed for subsequent decisions. The condition survey may also be used for scheduling and reporting work accomplishments. The right side of exhibit 01, section 4.24, provides an example of a trail condition survey. Review the management objectives for each trail prior to performing the condition surveys. These objectives are used in the development of the annual maintenance plan and generally include the following considerations: 1. Requirements to protect specific adjacent resources or improvements, such as streams, lakes, meadows, vegetation, scenic strips, view areas, experimental forests, facilities, and the like. 2. Planned use of the trail. The season of use, difficulty level, type and volume of use, and trail restrictions and regulations are examples of the type of information that must be known before conducting a condition survey. Use this information to determine whether a trail is adequately providing for the planned use. Condition surveys are conducted to provide up-to-date information about the condition of all physical features that are of concern to the manager. Prior surveys provide information to forecast work requirements that are used in formulating the annual maintenance plan. Examples of possible deficiencies that should be noted in condition surveys include the following: 1. Inlets and outlets of culverts that are plugged. 2. Locations of hazard trees. 3. Brushing growth within cleared limits. 4. Sluffing backslope. 5. Missing or damaged signs. 6. Subgrade failures. 7. Stone retaining wall failures. 8. Slide encroachment on trailway. 9. Trail tread erosion. These surveys also provide data to make an account of deficiencies and corrective measures that can be used in planning reconstruction projects. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 10 of 21 The prescription survey identifies actions to correct the deficiencies noted on the ground. A qualified person can prescribe the action needed to correct the deficiency at the same time the condition survey is made. The prescription may be designated by referring to a specific maintenance activity and maintenance specification. A detailed condition survey may not be needed during the springtime opening of trails. However, trail inspectors are needed to verify the type and extent of work needed before dispatching crews or awarding contracts. Opening trails in the spring normally involves logging out and drainage maintenance. 4.26 - Annual Trail Management Plan. The annual trail management plan is based on historical maintenance requirements, the most current condition survey, a knowledge of the projected use of the trail, and a continuing evaluation of the need for certain trails. The proposed annual trail management plan lists the total requirements for maintaining the trail system to the desired standards. When the final budget and staffing advice is received, the proposed plan is finalized to reflect those allocations. Where reductions are required, the priority criteria established in the condition survey provide valuable information about maintenance activities to defer. The following criteria are normally used in establishing priorities for trail maintenance work. 1. Priority 1. Maintenance activities that would correct an unsafe condition relative to management objectives. 2. Priority 2. Maintenance activities that minimize unacceptable resource and trail damage. 3. Priority 3. Maintenance activities that fully restore the trail to the planned design standard. In addition, a change in the method of accomplishment (contract, force account, volunteer, or contributed labor) may be necessary. The annual trail management plan may contain the following items: a. A Trail System Operation Listing (ex. 01). b. A Project Trail Maintenance Listing (ex. 02). c. An Annual Trail Management Summary (ex. 03). WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 11 of 21 4.26 - Exhibit 01 Trail System Operation Listing Proposed Plan X Financed Accomplished Sheet 1 of 1 Made by Jones Date 10/79 District Park Forest Lake FY 79 Work Activity Unit Quantity Unit Cost Total Traffic Management Plan Each 1 300 $ 300 Trail Logs Mile 20 100 2,000 Condition Surveys Mile 100 50 5,000 Maintenance Planning & Scheduling Each 1 200 200 Maintenance Programming (2-3 yrs. in advance) Each 1 200 200 Traffic Counting Sites 2 300 600 Trail Inventory & Map Each 1 200 200 Trail Sign Inventory Each 1 200 200 Cost Accountability & Reporting Each 1 200 200 Performance Review Mile 20 20 400 Supervision M.Y. .25 30,000 7,500 TOTAL COST $16,800 WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 12 of 21 4.26 - Exhibit 02 Project Trail Management Listing Proposed Plan X Financed Accomplished Sheet 1 of 1 Made by Jones Date 10/9/79 District Park Forest Lake FY 79 Total Method of Trail Name Trail No. Station No. Mi Cost Performance Bear Creek 01W03 0-530 10 $ 1,000 Force Account Slide Canyon 13W16 0-630 12 1,200 Force Account Burnt Creek 12W06 20-73 1 200 Volunteer Bear Lake 11W12 0-100 2 400 Force Account Gold Springs 01W16 0-106 2 4,300 Force Account Tampa Pass 15W22 53-630 11 500 Volunteer Spring Creek 09W18 0-1060 20 10,000 Contract Lava Dunes 12W08 0-220 4 500 Fire Crew Mill Falls 13W14 0-96 2 5,000 Contract Logging Out 14W16 10 0 User Jays Lake 12W36 0-40 1 300 Older American TOTAL $25,700 WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 13 of 21 4.26 - Exhibit 03 Annual Trail Management Summary FY 85 Management Unit Park R.D. Proposed X Financed Accomplished MIH Average Code Description Miles Cost/Mile Total 762 Operations 200 $ 84 16,800 763 Adequate 104 100 10,400 764 Inadequate 96 160 15,300 TOTAL 200 $212 42,500 WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 14 of 21 4.27 - Methods of Accomplishment. Normally, the manager has three basic means to accomplish the work: force account, contracting, and volunteers. Use the budget process to plan for accomplishing work regardless of the method utilized. The following matrix (ex. 01) displays some factors to consider in deciding which type of work force to use in completing the project. Volunteer programs like "adopt-a-trail" can lessen the financial dilemma faced by trail managers. Managers should also take advantage of contributed funding and other force account crews, such as fire crews. Individual users and user groups, such as outfitters and clubs, will often assist if they are aware of maintenance needs. Use the same quality standards for all methods of accomplishment. However, be aware that the production rates may vary considerably between methods. Guidance and supervision by a qualified Forest Service employee or experienced volunteer supervisor will usually be required to achieve quality work. The guidebook "Working with U.S. Forest Service Volunteers" is a good reference for managers interested in working with volunteer groups. Develop cooperative agreement opportunities to the fullest extent possible. Parties to agreements must meet periodically to insure a good working relationship is maintained under the agreement. Reference 2(c), 7h, and 11 of the National Trails System Act of 1968, as amended. Contracting trail maintenance is a practical solution. However, contracting is not a cure- all for accomplishing trail objectives. Carefully analyze contracting advantages and disadvantages for each situation. Contract limitations should not be underemphasized, nor should contractor capabilities be overrated. Consider the Forest Service's ability to produce effective specifications and to provide the required contract administration. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 15 of 21 4.27 - Exhibit 01 Methods of Accomplishment Force Individual Volunteer Factor Contracting Account Volunteer Organization Cost - - + + Training - 0 - - Supervision and 0 + - - Contract Administration Control (timing, + + - - adherance to standard, adjustment of standard) Benefit to Government: + positive 0 benefits offset disadvantages - negative WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 16 of 21 4.28 - Work Scheduling, Accomplishment Reporting, and Performance Review. 4.28a - Work Scheduling. Scheduling is the process of working within given limits to determine the most effective and economical use of manpower, equipment, tools, supplies, and time to accomplish a goal. Develop a schedule for the items listed in the financial trail system operation listing and the financial project trail maintenance listing. Plot the schedule on a time chart to obtain an overall view of the maintenance workload (ex. 01). Prepare Forms FS-1900-3, Individual Annual Work Plan, for each project or aggregate of projects and use Form FS-1900-4, Project Work Plan, for management control purposes. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 17 of 21 4.28a - Exhibit 01 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 4.28a - EXHIBIT 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 18 of 21 4.28b - Accomplishment Reporting. Refer to section 4.22, "Recording Maintenance," for general information about reporting trail maintenance accomplishments. 1. Force Account. Accomplishment by force account crews may be recorded on the condition survey form. The force account crew should record actual time spent on each maintenance activity as compared to the time estimated by the person who made the condition survey. This type of procedure will provide valuable information for future programing and cost estimating. 2. Contract. Payment documents will provide the records for recording accomplishments by contract. Inspection while work is in progress and daily diaries will provide data useful for future programs and cost estimates. 3. Volunteer. Volunteer groups should use and record their accomplishments on condition surveys in the same manner as force account personnel. At the end of the fiscal year an accomplishment report must be prepared on the annual trail management summary. A trail may be reported as maintained to standard even though no work was performed, provided the trail was maintained to the desired level. 4.28c - Performance Review. Maintenance and management personnel should review a sampling of trail maintenance work to evaluate performance. The condition survey, maintenance specifications, letters from users, and other sources of information should be assessed during the field inspection. The performance review may reveal some needed changes in the maintenance management process. The performance review is not considered complete until recommended changes have been implemented. 4.29 - Special Considerations. Some types of trails require special techniques of operation and maintenance. 4.29a - Wilderness Areas. Within wilderness areas, maintenance should complement management objectives and maintain or gradually improve/restore the quality of the natural environment. Occasional logs or obstructions that will not cause detouring may be left in the trail to aid in creating a more natural appearance. Low-growing vegetation will be allowed to grow close to the trail. 4.29b - Pack and Saddle Trails. Pack and saddle animals can be injured by poorly maintained structures such as bridges, puncheon, corrals, and hitchracks. Routine maintenance should include the removal of loose nails, telephone wire, barbed wire, jill pokes, and large splinters from these facilities. Routine cleanup of the trailhead facility should include the removal and disposal of manure to prevent the pollution of surface water and minimize fly problems. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 19 of 21 4.29c - Snow Trails. 1. Cross-Country Ski Trails a. Pre-Season. Once a good vegetative cover is established, trails used exclusively as snow trails will need very little maintenance to prevent erosion. Establish vegetation as soon as possible where severe cuts or leveling occur during trail construction. b. Snow Season. Where the trails are groomed, packing is necessary early in the snow season to establish a firm base. On groomed trails, a snowfall of more than 2 inches may require reestablishment of the track. With heavy use, a trail will develop snow waves (moguls), ruts, and holes that will require grading, packing, and resetting of tracks. Thaw and freeze cycles may cause ski trails to become hazardous and require grading and resetting of the track. Snowmobiles or snowpackers may be used to pack trails. A special ski trail tracksetter can be used to grade trails and establish the parallel tracks. Restrict groomed ski trails to skier use only. Dogs, horses, and snowmobiles should not be allowed on groomed trails and should be discouraged from using other heavily used cross-country trails. The manager may want to consider some trails for dogsledders. 2. Snowmobile Trails a. Traffic Management on Snow-Covered Roads. A variety of techniques, used singly or in combination, can be used to manage traffic on trails. b. Shared Use of Roads. Some roads are designated snowmobile trails with a general management objective of allowing snowplowing and log haul use during weekdays and snowmobile use during the weekends. For effective management, timber sale contacts should reflect this situation. It may be necessary to erect snow gates. c. Roads Designated as Snow Trails. Some roads are designated as snowmobile trails with a general management objective of prohibiting all wheeled vehicles during certain months. Snowplowing is also prohibited. These roads, which often are groomed trails, generally are located in heavy snow and heavy snowmobile use areas. Wheeled traffic is restricted through CFR/Federal regulation. d. Roads Closed to Snowmobiles. Carefully locate, sign, and mark closure devices. Use "Snowmobile Area Closed" signs on highway approaches to parking areas. The point of physical closure should ideally be located along the entrance road to the parking lot (between highway and lot) and be visible to the driver prior to turning onto the entrance road. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,4 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 20 of 21 A turnaround should be provided immediately before the gate. Determine the need for notices and other information at the gate and post according to Forest Service policy and public need. 2309.18,5 Part 01 Page 1 of 22 FSH 2309.18 - TRAILS MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 CHAPTER 5 - CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE EXHIBITS This chapter is a collection of design exhibits used most often in the construction and maintenance of trails. For less commonly used design exhibits, consult Standard Specifications for Construction of Trails, EM-7720-102. The following forms are contained in this chapter: Exhibit Number Title 01 Clearing Limits, form FS-7700-61 01 Clearing Limit, form FS-7700-62 01 Typical Trailway Cross Sections, form FS-7700-63 04 Trailbed and Slope Finish, form FS-7700-64 05 Talus and Rubble Rock Section, form FS-7700-65 06 Trail Passing Sections, form FS-7700-67 08 Shallow Stream Ford and Gully Crossing-Log Structures, form FS-7700-69 09 Drainage Dip, form FS-7700-66 10 Turnpike, form FS-7700-70 11 Switchback Details, form FS-7700-71 12 Check Dams, form FS-7700-75 13 Culvert, form FS-7700-76 14 Rock Culvert, form FS-7700-77 15 Waterbar, form FS-7700-78 16 Rock Spillway, form FS-7700-79 17 Rock Underdrain Installations, form FS-7700-80 18 Installation of Open Top Drain, form FS-7700-82 19 Log Stringer Bridge Typical Sections, form FS-7700-84 20 Log Stringer Bridge Construction Details, form FS-7700-85 21 Log Stringer Bridge Handrail and Running Plank, form FS-7700-86 22 Foot-Long Bridge, form FS-7700-87 23 Trail Puncheon Bridge Detail, form FS-7700-88 24 Log Retaining Wall, form FS-7700-89 25 Rock Retaining Wall, form FS-7700-90 26 Puncheon Walkway, form FS-7700-93 27 Trail Stairways, form FS-7700-91 28 Trail Stairways, form FS-7700-92 WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 2 of 22 Exhibit Number Title 29 Log Barriers, form FS-7700-98 30 Log Barriers, form FS-7700-99 31 Rock Barrier Type G, form FS-7700-101 32 Rock Barrier Type H, form FS-7700-102 33 Treated Timber Barriers, form FS-7700-103 34 Treated Timber Barriers, form FS-7700-104 35 Fence Stiles and Ladders 36 Aggregate Surfacing, form FS-7700-94 37 Sign and Post Installation Diagram, form FS-7700-96 38 Rock Cairn Construction, form FS-7700-97 WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 3 of 22 5 - Exhibit 01 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 01. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 4 of 22 5 - Exhibit 02 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 02. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 5 of 22 5 - Exhibit 03 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 03. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 6 of 22 5 - Exhibit 04 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 04. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 7 of 22 5 - Exhibit 05 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 05. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 8 of 22 5 - Exhibit 06 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 06. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 9 of 22 5 - Exhibit 07 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 08. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 10 of 22 5 - Exhibit 08 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 08. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 11 of 22 5 - Exhibit 09 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 09. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 12 of 22 5 - Exhibit 10 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 10. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 13 of 22 5 - Exhibit 11 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 11. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 14 of 22 5 - Exhibit 12 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 12. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 15 of 22 5 - Exhibit 13 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 13. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 16 of 22 5 - Exhibit 14 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 14. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 17 of 22 5 - Exhibit 15 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 15. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 18 of 22 5 - Exhibit 16 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 16. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 19 of 22 5 - Exhibit 17 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 17. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 20 of 22 5 - Exhibit 18 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 18. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 21 of 22 5 - Exhibit 19 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 19. WO AMENDMENT 2309.18-91-2 2309.18,5 Part 01 EFFECTIVE 11/8/91 Page 22 of 22 5 - Exhibit 20 SEE THE PAPER COPY OF THE MASTER SET FOR SECTION 5 - EXHIBIT 20. 1 REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL P-982 BOBCAT RIDGE NATURAL AREA -TRAIL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION The City of Fort Collins is seeking qualifications and the best possible combination of design and construction services for the Trail Design and Construction for Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. Written proposals, six (6) copies, will be received at the City of Fort Collins’ Purchasing Division, 215 North Mason Avenue, Fort Collins, Colorado 80521. Proposals will be received before 3:00pm (our clock) March 24, 2005, Proposal No. P 982. The City desires that proposing team/s (or members) have experience on trail projects of similar scope and size, and have had some experience on design-build projects within the last five years. No telephone communications regarding the scope of the project will be answered. City of Fort Collins’ staff will not hold individual meetings with any prospective proposers. Questions concerning the scope of the proposal must be submitted in writing by March 16, 2005 and directed to John Stephen, CPPO, Senior Buyer by e-mail at jstephen@fcgov.com or 970-221-6777. 1. A pre-proposal meeting will be held on March 11, 2005, at 10:00am, at 215 North Mason Street in the Community Room. It is HIGHLY ADVISABLE that all proposers plan to attend. A tour of the site will follow. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision-making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited. Collusive or sham proposals: Any proposal deemed to be collusive or a sham proposal will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this proposal assures that such proposal is genuine and is not a collusive or sham proposal. The City of Fort Collins reserves the right to reject any and all proposals and to waive any irregularities or informalities. Sincerely, James B. O'Neill II, CPPO, FNIGP Director of Purchasing & Risk Management 2 P-982 BOBCAT RIDGE NATURAL AREA -TRAIL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. Project Description 1. General Information Bobcat Ridge Natural Area, located at 8429 West County Road 32C, Loveland, Colorado,encompasses 2,600 acres of foothills grassland, shrubland, and ponderosa pine/Douglas fir forest. The site is located west of Masonville, Colorado, and ranges from 5000- to 7200-foot elevations. Portions of the site are adjacent to Roosevelt National Forest. There are also three separate in-holdings totaling 160 acres owned and managed by the U.S. Forest Service (USFS). The Bobcat Fire of 2000 burned about 2/3 of the forest on the site. Currently, Bobcat Ridge Natural Area is leased for cattle grazing and crop production (hay and alfalfa) and contains four steep, degraded ranch roads that run from lower to higher elevation. The site supports a diversity of wildlife species, including elk, mule deer, bobcat, mountain lion, black bear, turkey, blue grouse, coyote, red-tailed hawk, golden eagle, and rattlesnake. Bobcat Ridge also contains several known historical and pre-historical sites, including tipi rings. Approximately 16 miles of hiking, biking and horseback riding trails will need to be constructed over the next 2-3 years. In some areas, portions of two-track ranch roads may be suitable for trail construction. Two trail sections from lower to higher elevations will require easements from the USFS. Easements have not been obtained as of February 2005 and will require an Environment Assessment that will likely delay design and construction of those trail sections until summer 2006 or later. The City of Fort Collins is requesting that qualified trail contractors submit a description of qualifications, key persons, references, a general approach to the project, detailed scope of services, estimate of costs and a time schedule (by task) for design and construction of trails at Bobcat Ridge Natural Area. 2. Review Requirements Design of all trails will be reviewed and approved by the City of Fort Collins Natural Areas Program staff and its citizen board (Natural Resources Advisory Board). As a condition of granting an easement, the USFS will likely require full review and approval of the plans for trails that cross USFS lands. All trails must meet or exceed USFS standards. 3. Mitigation Measures The USFS will likely require mitigation of visual disturbance caused by trail construction, including visually unobtrusive associated structures (e.g., footbridges), minimal cut and fill work, and active revegetation of disturbed areas. The Environmental Assessment, to be completed under separate contract by Tatanka Historical Associates, Inc., which is required for the portions of the trails that cross USFS land could alter the conceptually planned routes. 3 B. Project Specifics 1. Background Documents\Existing Conditions The City of Fort Collins has prepared a management plan for Bobcat Ridge Natural Area and a conceptual trail plan (see attached map). Both the management plan and conceptual trail plan have been reviewed by the public, adjacent landowners, Colorado Division of Wildlife, and the Natural Resources Advisory Board. The conceptual trail plan currently includes three phases: Phase 1: Begin design spring 2005; complete construction by April 2006: Design and construct the valley loop trail. Total trail length is approximately 4.5 miles. Preference is for a natural surface trail open all seasons. If grades allow, approximately a 1-mile section of the trail would be constructed to ADA trail standards (crusher fines or other suitable material at ADA grades); this section of trail may require a parallel trail for mountain bikers and equestrians (depending on the trail surface material used and design recommendations). Trail width would be 2’ to 5’ (depending on recommendation from design and anticipated use). Elevation varies from approximately 5440-5680 feet. Vegetation type is about 30% forest/shrubland and 70% grassland. Soils found in the valley bottom are primarily loams of the Kirtley-Purner complex and Satanta series; fine sandy loams and other minor series are mixed throughout (see attached soils map). Slopes range from nearly level to strongly sloping with slow to rapid runoff. Valley soils present few limitations with regards to recreational uses, however engineering designs for trails, structures, or other improvements may need to be made to account for high, shrink- swell potential, corrosiveness and general low strength of heavy-textured soils. Any dead, burnt trees with potential to fall on the trail and injure users would need to be felled and moved out of the way of trail construction, but not removed from the site. Numerous small and some larger drainages cross the proposed trail. Preferred method for crossing drainages is a foot bridge or short boardwalk. Access will be for hikers, mountain bikers, and equestrians. Project could require Army Corps of Engineers (COE) permits and/or approval. Trail design will need to accommodate livestock grazing (e.g., gates). Trail contractor will coordinate with the Natural Areas Program Land Manager regarding the grazing/ranching operations during design and construction. Significant historical or pre-historical artifacts may be encountered during trail construction; in those cases, construction in the area would need to be halted temporarily and an archaeological expert,Tatanka Historical Associates, Inc. under separate contract with the City, would need to be contacted immediately. Phase 2: Possibly begin design and construction summer 2006; timing is dependent on the City obtaining an easement from USFS: Design and construct the south trail to high point (Ginny Trail, Logger Trail, or some modification, to high point above 4 Mahoney Park). Maximum total trail length is approximately 5.7 miles. Preference is for a natural surface trail open all seasons. Trail width would be 2’ to 4’ (depending on recommendation from design and anticipated use). Elevation varies from approximately 5500-7100 feet. Vegetation type is about 85% forest/shrubland and 15% grassland/high meadow. Soils vary from lower stony or cobbly sandy loams mixed with rock outcrops to upper elevations shallow, gravelly to coarse sandy loams mixed with rock occurring on very steep slopes that exhibit rapid runoff, and are highly erosive (see attached soil map). Any dead, burnt trees with potential to fall on the trail and injure users would need to be felled and moved out of the way of trail construction, but not removed from the site. Some small and larger drainages cross the proposed trail. Preferred method for crossing drainages is a foot bridge or short boardwalk. Project may require COE permits and/or approval. Access is for mountain bikers, hikers, and equestrians; the focus for this trail section is mountain bikes. Trail design may need to accommodate grazing (e.g., gates). Trail contractor will coordinate with the Natural Areas Program Land Manager regarding the grazing/ranching operations during design and construction. Significant historical or pre-historical items may be encountered during trail construction; in those cases, construction in the area would need to be halted temporarily and an archaeological expert (to be provided under separate contract) would need to be contacted immediately. Phase 3: Possibly begin design and construction summer 2006, timing is dependent on the City obtaining an easement from USFS; complete construction by April 2007: Design and construct north trail to Mahoney Park. Total trail length is approximately 3.3 miles. Preference is for a natural surface trail open all seasons. Trail width would be 2’ to 4’ (depending on recommendation from design and anticipated use). Elevation varies from approximately 5700-6800 feet. Vegetation type is about 95% forest/shrubland and 5% high meadow. Soils are similar to Phase 2 soils (see attached soil map). Any dead, burnt trees with potential to fall on the trail and injure users would need to be felled and moved out of the way of trail construction, but not removed from the site. Some small and larger drainages cross the proposed trail. Preferred method for crossing drainages is foot bridge or short boardwalk. Project could require COE permits and/or approval. Access is for hikers and horses; no mountain bikes will be allowed on this trail. Trail design may need to accommodate grazing (e.g., gates). Trail contractor will coordinate with the Natural Areas Program Land Manager regarding the grazing/ranching operations during design and construction. Significant historical or pre-historical items may be encountered during trail construction; in those cases, construction in the area would need to be halted temporarily and an archaeological expert (to be provided under separate contract) would need to be contacted immediately. Connector to South Add-on: (Possibly add on to Phase 2 or 3, depending on timing of request from neighboring property to the south): Design and construct south 5 connector trail. Total trail length is approximately 0.8 miles. Preference is for a natural surface trail open all seasons. Trail width would be 2’ to 4’ (depending on recommendation from design and anticipated use). Elevation varies from approximately 5400-5600 feet. Vegetation type is about 10% forest/shrubland and 90% grassland. Soils are loams of the Kirtley-Purner complex (see attached soil map). Unlikely to be any dead, burnt trees with potential to fall on the trail and injure users, but if present would need to be felled and moved out of the way of trail construction, but not removed from the site. Some small and larger drainages cross the proposed trail. Preferred method for crossing drainages is a foot bridge or short boardwalk. Project may require COE permits and/or approval. Access is for hikers, horses, and mountain bikes. Trail design may need to accommodate grazing (e.g., gates). Trail contractor will coordinate with the Natural Areas Program Land Manager regarding the grazing/ranching operations during design and construction. Significant historical or pre-historical items may be encountered during trail construction; in those cases, construction in the area would need to be halted temporarily and an archaeological expert (to be provided under separate contract) would need to be contacted immediately. 2. Scope of Services: The primary tasks for the successful proponent for each phase of trail will be: 1. Work with City staff to determine trail alignment. 2. Prepare draft design and plan for trail that meets or exceeds USFS Standards for review by City, USFS staff (Phase II and III only), and COE (likely all phases). 3. Obtain COE approval/permits as necessary. 4. Provide estimated construction costs and timeline for review, final approval, and construction. 5. Prepare final design and plans for trail construction and restoration. 6. Construct trail and rehabilitate areas disturbed during construction. The specific deliverable products expected of the proposer for each phase includes the following: 1. Final construction design and plan. 2. Estimated construction costs broken down by element (e.g., trail construction by machine, trail construction by hand, ADA trail, switchback construction, wooden bridges, tree felling, rehabilitation, etc.) and total cost. 3. Completed trail that can be open all seasons. 4. Final trail location map compatible with the City’s GIS system after trail is completed. The City will supply the Bobcat Ridge Natural Areas Management Plan, as well as GIS layers for the site, including aerial photo base, 20-ft contours, land ownership, fences (in process of developing), and roads (including two-track ranch roads). 6 Proposers should include any suggestions or comments that might be advantageous to the City to consider in terms of efficiencies, issues, processes, or products. The City is firm about completing the Phase1 trail by April 2006. C. TIMELINE RFP Advertised and Mailed: Friday, February 25, 2005 Pre-proposal Meeting: Friday, March 11, 2005 Proposal Due Date: Thursday, March 24, 2005 Evaluation of Proposals: Tuesday, April 5, 2005 Interviews: Tuesday, April 18, 2005 Contract Negotiations: Friday, April 29, 2005 Award of Contract: Tuesday, May 3, 2005 Start of Phase I Design: Monday, May 9, 2005 D. RFP RESPONSE REQUIREMENTS 1. Project approach. 2. Services provided. 3. Proposed Construction Standards that meet or exceed USFS standards. 4. List of key personnel and proposed subcontractors. 5. Description of similar projects performed by contractor. 6. Fee schedule by task: A. Design Phase I Design: Phase II Design: Phase III Design: Connector to South Add-on Design: B. Trail Construction by Necessary Elements. Please include the following: trail construction by machine per square foot, trail construction by hand per square foot, switchback construction per square foot, ADA trail per square foot, wooden bridge per linear foot and width, tree felling per dbh, rehabilitation per square foot). C. Construction cost factors. Establish in detail the factors which will be used in determining the final prices of work on time and material projects OR on negotiated guaranteed maximum price construction contracts. These factors shall be comprehensive in establishing all costs to be applied to direct project labor and materials in determining the construction cost. Commitments shall include: ƒ Overhead and profit (combined) margin for general office activities on the base bid cost. ƒ Overhead and profit (combined) margin for field office activities on the base bid cost. ƒ Markup on subcontractor work by the General Contractor. 7 ƒ Markup on materials and equipment on the base bid cost. ƒ Markup on project labor or materials to determine the final contract price. ƒ Change order markup, including supervision allowance, labor and material markups, and overhead and profit percentages, as a percent of labor and materials cost for any changes in the work following contract award. ƒ You MUST submit the above requested information. The selection team will consider other methods of contract negotiations that the firm may have experience with. Firms are encouraged to submit basis for contract negotiation. ƒ Your firm is expected and required to have a completely open book policy on all pricing of work. 7. Timeline for start and completion of design and construction for each phase. 8. References. 9. SAFETY RECORD Provide the firm’s OSHA reportable accident rate and current workman’s compensation insurance multiplier for the last 3 years. Outline your company’s safety program and any additional information that would be useful in showing your approach to a safe work site. Unsafe conditions with respect to the public, owner, engineer, and contractor are not an option. 8 E. PROPOSAL EVALUATION CRITERA Weighting Factor Criteria Standard 4.0 Scope of Proposal Does the proposal show an understanding of the scope of the project, methodology to be used in the design and construction phases and the results that are desired from the project? Does the design/build team have the capability and experience to design and construct a project of this type and scope? Has the team demonstrated, through previous work, the creativity, technical competence and project excellence to design and construct an exceptional trail system? 3.0 Cost Factors for Design/Build Project Do the proposed construction cost factors compare favorably with industry standards and other firms’ construction cost factors? Are the proposed design/build costs reasonable and competitive? 2.0 Construction Performance Do the referenced projects reflect favorably in respect to completion within the contract schedule, cost and number of change orders and claims? 2.0 Assigned Project Team Does the proposed team have the necessary skills and experience to fulfill the requirements of the project? Is the key staff available to do the work? 1.0 Safety Record OSHA Illness/Injury Rate, OSHA Lost Work Day Incidence Rate and Workman’s Comp Experience Modification Rate Insurance multiplier. 1.0 Firm Experience Design/Build Has the firm worked on projects similar in scope to this project? Has partnering been used as a basis in design and construction of other projects? Was this work of high quality in nature? 1.0 Motivation Has the firm shown an interest in work and a commitment to the successful completion of the project? Can the target completion date be met? 9 F. REFERENCE EVALUATION (TOP RANKED TEAM) The Project Manager will check references of the top ranked firms using the following criteria. The evaluation will be labeled Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory. Qualification Standard Overall Performance Would you hire this designer or builder again? Did they have the skills required by the project? Timetable Was the original scope of work completed within the specified time? Were interim deadlines met in a timely manner? Professionalism Was the professional responsive to client needs? Did the professional anticipate problems? Were problems solved quickly and effectively? Budget Was the original scope of work completed within the project budget? Quality Was the project functional upon completion and did it operate properly? Did the project meet or exceed the client objectives and needs? An Evaluation Committee comprised of personnel from any or all of the following departments will evaluate all submitted proposals. Natural Resources Department Purchasing Department Operations Services—PMPD Other designated City or community representatives. 10 G. CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT is dated of the _______day of _______________, 200_ by and between the CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO, a municipal corporation (hereinafter called OWNER) and _______________________________, a [fill in entity form and state of formation] (hereinafter called DESIGN/BUILDER). OWNER AND DESIGN/BUILDER, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK 1.01 DESIGN/BUILDER shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Owner- Design/Builder Contract Documents, as set forth in Section 12.01. The Work is generally described as follows: design and construction of a _________________ located _______________________. Article 2. THE PROJECT 2.01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as the design and construction of a _____________________________. Article 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Days to Achieve Substantial Completion and Final Payment The Work will be substantially completed within ____ days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in paragraph 2.02.A of the General Conditions and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 13.08 of the General Conditions within ____ days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. DESIGN/BUILDER and OWNER recognize that time is of the essence of the Agreement and the OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.01 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 11 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) DESIGN/BUILDER shall pay OWNER ____ Thousand Dollars ($_,000.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 11 Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 OWNER shall pay DESIGN/BUILDER for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents a sum equal to the Cost of the Work plus a DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee for overhead and profit, both of which shall be determined as provided below. Article 5. COST OF THE WORK 5.01 Cost of the Work shall be determined as provided in paragraphs 10.01.A and B of the General Conditions, but, in addition to any limitations therein set forth, it shall not include costs in excess of any Guaranteed Maximum Contract Price as set forth in Article 7 hereof. Article 6. DESIGN/BUILDER’S FEE 6.01 The DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee shall be determined as follows: A. A fixed fee of $________________which shall be subject to increases or decreases for changes in the Work as provided in paragraph 8.01 below. B. No fee shall be paid for costs listed in paragraph 10.01.B of the General Conditions. C. DESIGN/BUILDER guarantees that the maximum amount payable by OWNER in accordance with this paragraph 6.01 as a percentage fee will not exceed $___________ subject to increases or decreases for changes in the Work as provided in paragraph 8.01 below. Article 7. GUARANTEED MAXIMUM PRICE 7.01 DESIGN/BUILDER guarantees that the maximum obligation of OWNER for the sum of the Cost of the Work plus the DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee will not exceed $____________ (the “GMP”) subject to increases or decreases for changes in the Work. Any unused contingency shall be shared as provided in Paragraph 7.02. 7.02 In the event that the Cost of the Work plus the DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee shall be less than the GMP, as adjusted by Change Orders, the resulting Savings shall be shared by the OWNER and the DESIGN/BUILDER as follows: A. OWNER shall be entitled to Seventy-five percent (75%) of the Savings; B. DESIGN/BUILDER shall be entitled to Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Savings, at the time of Final Payment. 12 Article 8. CHANGES IN THE WORK 8.01 The amount of any increases or decreases in the DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee or in any Guaranteed Maximum Price or Fee which results from a Change Order shall be set forth in the applicable Change Order subject to the following: A. Any increase or decrease in the DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee resulting from net additions or decreases in the Cost of the Work shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 11.01.C of the General Conditions. B. In the case of net additions or deletions in the Work, the amount of any increase or decrease in the Guaranteed Maximum Price shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 10.01 of the General Conditions. Article 9. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 9.01 DESIGN/BUILDER shall submit and OWNER will process Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will indicate the amount of the DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee then payable. A. Progress Payments; Retainage. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of DESIGN/BUILDER’s Applications for Payment, on or about the 15th day of each month during performance of the Work as provided in paragraphs 9.01.A.1 and A.2 below. All such payments will be subject to the limitations of any Guaranteed Maximum Price or DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee and will be measured by the acceptable Schedule of Values established in paragraph 2.06 of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed). 1. For Cost of Work: Progress payments on account of the Cost of the Work will be made as follows: a. Prior to Substantial Completion, in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 13.03.B of the General Conditions. (1) 90 percent of Cost of the Work completed (with the balance being retainage). If the Work has been 50% completed as determined by OWNER, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER, OWNER may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed, in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. (2) 90 percent of (with the balance being retainage) of the cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided 13 in paragraph 13.02.A of the General Conditions). b. Upon Substantial Completion, in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to DESIGN/BUILDER to 95 percent of the Contract Price (with the balance being retainage), less such amounts as OWNER shall determine that OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 13.03.B of the General Conditions. 2. For DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee: Progress payments on account of the DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee will be made as follows: a. Payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 90 percent of such Fee earned to the date of the approved Application for Payment (less in each case payments previously made on account of such fee) based on the progress of the Work measured by the Schedule of Values established as provided in paragraph 2.06.A of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work on the number of units completed) and upon Substantial Completion in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to DESIGN/BUILDER on account of that fee to 95 percent of the DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee. B. Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 13.08 of the General Conditions and statutorily required procedures as set forth in Section 16.05.A of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay remainder of the Contract Price. Article 10. DESIGN/BUILDER’S REPRESENTATIONS 10.01. DESIGN/BUILDER makes the following representations: A. DESIGN/BUILDER has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents (including the Addenda) listed in paragraphs 12.01.A through J but excluding the documents described in paragraph 12.01.K and the other related data identified in the Request for Proposals. B. DESIGN/BUILDER has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. C. DESIGN/BUILDER is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. D. DESIGN/BUILDER has carefully studied all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site which have been made available by OWNER. E. DESIGN/BUILDER is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. F. DESIGN/BUILDER has correlated the information known to DESIGN/BUILDER, 14 information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data with the Contract Documents. G. DESIGN/BUILDER has given OWNER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies that DESIGN/BUILDER has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by OWNER is acceptable to DESIGN/BUILDER, and the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by OWNER is acceptable to DESIGN/BUILDER, and the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Article 11. ACCOUNTING RECORDS 11.0 DESIGN/BUILDER shall keep such full and detailed accounts as may be necessary for proper financial management under the Contract Documents with respect to all materials, equipment and labor entering into the Work. The accounting methods shall be satisfactory to OWNER. OWNER shall be afforded reasonable access to all of DESIGN/BUILDER’s records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda and similar data relating to the Cost of Work and DESIGN/BUILDER’s Fee. DESIGN/BUILDER shall preserve all such documents for a period of three years after final payment by OWNER. Article 12. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 12.01 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER concerning the Work consist of the following: A. This Agreement (pages 1 to ______, inclusive). B. Exhibits to this Agreement (pages _______ to _______, inclusive). C. OWNER’s Request for Proposal No. P___, along with Conceptual Documents identified therein. D. DESIGN/BUILDER’s Proposal in Response to OWNER’s Request for Proposal No. P___. E. Notices to Proceed. F. Performance, payment, and other Bonds, identified as Section 00600 ____ and consisting of ______pages. G. Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder (pages one to thirty-four, inclusive). H. Supplementary Conditions (pages ______ to _______, inclusive). I. Addenda numbers ______ through ______ inclusive. 15 J. Other Documentation submitted by DESIGN/BUILDER prior to Notice of Award (pages _______ to _______, inclusive). K. The following, which may be delivered, prepared or issued after the Effective Date of this Agreement and are not attached hereto: 1. All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 3.04.A of the General Conditions. 2. Specifications as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.40 of the General Conditions. 3. Drawings as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.18 of the General Conditions. 12.02 The documents listed in paragraph 12.01 above are attached to this Agreement (except as otherwise expressly noted). 12.03 There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 12. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04.A of the General Conditions. 12.04 In the case of any irreconcilable ambiguity, inconsistency or conflict between DESIGN/BUILDER’s Proposal (Section 12.01.D) and the Request for Proposal (Section 12.01.C), the terms of the Proposal shall be controlling. In the case of any irreconcilable ambiguity, inconsistency or conflict among the Contract Documents listed in Section 12.01, the documents listed in Section 12.01.K shall govern, and in the case of any irreconcilable ambiguity, inconsistency or conflict among the documents listed in Section 12.01.K, the documents listed in Sections 12.01.K.1, Section 12.01.K.2, and Section 12.01.K.3 shall take precedence, in the order herein listed. Article 13. MISCELLANEOUS 13.01 The Standard General Conditions of the Contract between Owner and Design/Builder are referred to herein as the General Conditions. 13.02. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated therein. 13.03 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 13.04 OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in 16 respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 13.05. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 13.06 The Contract Documents shall constitute public records under the Colorado Public Records Act, and shall be available for public review upon request, except for the Audited Financial Statement of DESIGN/BUILDER included in DESIGN/BUILDER’S Proposal. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed, initiated or identified by OWNER and DESIGN/BUILDER. This Agreement will be effective on ________________________, 200_. 17 OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS DESIGN/BUILDER: ___________________ By: _______________________________ _____________________________________ Darin Atteberry City Manager By: _______________________________ By:__________________________________ James B. O’Neill II, CPPO, FNIGP Name:__________________________ Director of Purchasing and Risk Management Title:___________________________ Date: _____________________________ Date: ________________________________ [CORPORATE SEAL] ATTEST: ATTEST: __________________________________ ____________________________________ City Clerk Address for giving notices: Address for giving notices: PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 APPROVED AS TO FORM: License No. Assistant City Attorney (If DESIGN/BUILDER is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign.) 18 Designated Representative: Designated Representative: Name: ___________________________ Name:______________________________ Title: ______________________________ Title: _______________________________ Address: ___________________________ Address: ____________________________ Phone: _____________________________ Phone: _____________________________ Facsimile: __________________________ Facsimile: ___________________________ 19 ATTACHMENTS: 1. Conceptual Trails Plan 2. Soils Map 3. EJCDC (which will become part of the Agreement) 20 21 EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. City of Fort Collins changes to this document are shown by underlining text that has been added and striking through text that has been deleted. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT BETWEEN OWNER AND DESIGN/BUILDER Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly by PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS ___________________ AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES ___________________ AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. These General Conditions have been prepared for use with either one of the two Agreements between Owner and Design/Builder (Nos. D-520 and D-525, 2002 Editions) of the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the others. The suggested language and instructions contained in the Guide to Use of EJCDC Design/Build Documents (No. D- 001, 2002 Edition) is also carefully interrelated with the language of these General Conditions. The Guide also contains comments concerning the use of the General Conditions. Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-2794 American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY.....................................................................................................................1 1.01 Defined Terms........................................................................................................................................................................1 1.02 Terminology...........................................................................................................................................................................3 ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS ......................................................................................................................................4 2.01 Delivery of Bonds ..................................................................................................................................................................4 2.02 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed .........................................................................................................4 2.03 Starting the Work...................................................................................................................................................................4 2.04 Before Starting the Work .......................................................................................................................................................4 2.05 Initial Conference...................................................................................................................................................................4 2.06 Initial Acceptance of Schedules .............................................................................................................................................5 ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ..............................................................................5 3.01 Intent ......................................................................................................................................................................................5 3.02 Reference Standards...............................................................................................................................................................5 3.03 Resolving Discrepancies ........................................................................................................................................................5 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents .............................................................................................................6 3.05 Reuse of Documents Use of Design Materials.......................................................................................................................6 3.06 Electronic Data.......................................................................................................................................................................7 ARTICLE 4 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; DIFFERING SITE SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS................................................................................7 4.01 Availability of Lands .............................................................................................................................................................7 4.02 Differing Site Conditions Subsurface and Physical Conditions .............................................................................................7 4.03 Reference Points ....................................................................................................................................................................9 4.04 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material .......10 ARTICLE 5 – BONDS AND INSURANCE....................................................................................................................................10 5.01 Performance, Payment and Other Bonds..............................................................................................................................11 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers.............................................................................................................................................11 5.03 Certificates of Insurance ......................................................................................................................................................11 5.04 Design/Builder's Liability Insurance....................................................................................................................................11 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance .................................................................................................................................................12 5.06 Property Builders Risk Insurance.........................................................................................................................................12 5.07 Waiver of Rights ..................................................................................................................................................................13 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds...................................................................................................................14 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace .....................................................................................................14 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurance................................................................................................14 ARTICLE 6 – DESIGN/BUILDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ...........................................................................................................14 6.01 Design Professional Services ...............................................................................................................................................14 6.02 Supervision and Superintendence of Construction...............................................................................................................15 6.03 Labor, Working Hours .........................................................................................................................................................15 6.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment.....................................................................................................................................15 6.05 Progress Schedule ................................................................................................................................................................16 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others...............................................................................................................16 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties.....................................................................................................................................................16 6.08 Permits .................................................................................................................................................................................17 6.09 Laws or Regulations.............................................................................................................................................................17 6.10 Taxes....................................................................................................................................................................................17 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas.................................................................................................................................................17 6.12 Record Documents...............................................................................................................................................................18 6.13 Safety and Protection ...........................................................................................................................................................18 6.14 Safety Representative...........................................................................................................................................................18 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs .......................................................................................................................................18 6.16 Emergencies.........................................................................................................................................................................18 6.17 Submittals ............................................................................................................................................................................19 6.18 Continuing the Work............................................................................................................................................................19 6.19 Post-Construction Phase.......................................................................................................................................................19 6.20 Design/Builder's General Warranty and Guarantee .............................................................................................................19 6.21 Indemnification ....................................................................................................................................................................19 EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 6.22 Survival of Obligations ........................................................................................................................................................20 ARTICLE 7 – OTHER CONSTRUCTION......................................................................................................................................20 7.01 Related Work at Site ............................................................................................................................................................20 7.02 Coordination ........................................................................................................................................................................21 ARTICLE 8 – OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES..............................................................................................................................21 8.01 General.................................................................................................................................................................................21 8.02 Insurance..............................................................................................................................................................................21 8.03 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities..............................................................................................................................21 8.04 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition...............................................................................................................22 8.05 Resident Project Representation...........................................................................................................................................22 8.06 Owner's Consultant ..............................................................................................................................................................22 ARTICLE 9 – CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS....................................................................................................................22 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work.........................................................................................................................................22 9.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work .....................................................................................................................................22 9.03 Claims ..................................................................................................................................................................................22 9.04 Execution of Change Orders ................................................................................................................................................22 9.05 Notice to Sureties.................................................................................................................................................................22 9.06 Effect of Change Orders.......................................................................................................................................................23 ARTICLE 10 – COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK.............................................................23 10.01 Cost of the Work................................................................................................................................................................23 10.02 Cash Allowances................................................................................................................................................................25 10.03 Unit Prices..........................................................................................................................................................................25 ARTICLE 11 – CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES............................................................25 11.01 Change of Contract Price ...................................................................................................................................................25 11.02 Change of Contract Times..................................................................................................................................................26 ARTICLE 12 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE CONSTRUCTION OR WORK ........................................................................................................................................................27 12.01 Notice of Defects ...............................................................................................................................................................27 12.02 Access to Construction.......................................................................................................................................................27 12.03 Tests and Inspections .........................................................................................................................................................27 12.04 Uncovering Construction ...................................................................................................................................................27 12.05 Owner May Stop Construction or Work ............................................................................................................................28 12.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Construction or Work...............................................................................................28 12.07 Correction Period ...............................................................................................................................................................28 12.08 Acceptance of Defective Construction...............................................................................................................................28 12.09 Owner May Correct Defective Construction or Work .......................................................................................................28 12.10 No Limitation.....................................................................................................................................................................29 ARTICLE 13 – PAYMENTS TO DESIGN/BUILDER AND COMPLETION ...............................................................................29 13.01 Schedule of Values.............................................................................................................................................................29 13.02 Application for Progress Payment......................................................................................................................................29 13.03 Review of Applications for Progress Payments .................................................................................................................29 13.04 Design/Builder's Warranty of Title ....................................................................................................................................30 13.05 Substantial Completion ......................................................................................................................................................30 13.06 Partial Utilization ...............................................................................................................................................................30 13.07 Final Inspection..................................................................................................................................................................31 13.08 Final Payment ....................................................................................................................................................................31 13.09 Final Completion Delayed .................................................................................................................................................31 13.10 Waiver of Claims ...............................................................................................................................................................32 ARTICLE 14 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION................................................................................................32 14.01 Owner May Suspend Work................................................................................................................................................32 14.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause.......................................................................................................................................32 14.03 Owner May Terminate for Convenience............................................................................................................................32 14.04 Design/Builder May Stop Work or Terminate ...................................................................................................................33 ARTICLE 15 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION.......................................................................................................................................33 ARTICLE 16 – MISCELLANEOUS................................................................................................................................................33 16.01 Giving Notice.....................................................................................................................................................................33 16.02 Computation of Times........................................................................................................................................................33 16.03 Cumulative Remedies ........................................................................................................................................................33 EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 16.04 Survival of Obligations ......................................................................................................................................................34 16.05 Controlling Law .................................................................................................................................................................34 EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 1 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT BETWEEN OWNER AND DESIGN/BUILDER ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial or all capital letters, the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: 1. Addenda – Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Proposals which clarify, correct or change the Request for Proposals or the Contract Documents. 2. Agreement – The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Design/Builder covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment – The form which is to be used by Design/Builder in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos – Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bonds – Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. 6. Change Order – A written order which is signed by Design/Builder and Owner which authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 7. Claim – A demand or assertion by Owner or Design/Builder seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a claim. 8. Conceptual Documents – The drawings and specifications and/or other graphic or written materials, criteria and information concerning Owner's requirements for the Project, such as design objectives and constraints, space, capacity and performance requirements, flexibility and expandability, including those items enumerated in the Request for Proposals which show or describe the character and scope of, or relate to, the Work to be performed or furnished and which have been prepared by or for Owner. 9. Construction – The result of performing or furnishing of labor, the furnishing and incorporating of materials and equipment into the Work and the furnishing of services (other than Design Professional Services) and documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. 10. Construction Subagreement – A written agreement between Design/Builder and a construction Subcontractor for provision of Construction. 11. Contract – The entire and integrated written agreement between Owner and Design/Builder concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 2 17. Design Professional Services – Services related to the preparation of Drawings, Specifications, and other design submittals specified by the Contract Documents and required to be performed by licensed design professionals, as well as other services provided by or for licensed design professionals during Bidding/Negotiating, Construction, or Operational phases. 18. Drawings – Those portions of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Design/Builder and approved by Owner consisting of drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which show the scope, extent, and character of the Work. 19. Effective Date of the Agreement – The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 20. Field Order – A written order issued by Owner which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with Article 9 – Changes in the Work; Claims, but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 21. Hazardous Environmental Condition – The presence at the Site of Asbestos, Hazardous Waste, PCB's, Petroleum Products or Radioactive Materials in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto on connection with the Work. 22. Hazardous Waste – The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 23. Laws or Regulations – Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. 23a. Legal Holidays – Those holidays observed by the City of Fort Collins. 24. Liens – Charges, security interests or encum- brances upon real property or personal property. 25. Milestone – A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 26. Notice of Award – The written notice by Owner to the successful proposer stating that upon compliance by the successful proposer with the conditions precedent included therein, within the time specified, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 27. Notice to Proceed – A written notice given by Owner to Design/Builder fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Design/Builder shall start to perform the Work. 28. Owner – The individual or entity with whom Design/Builder has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 29. Owner's Consultant – An individual or entity with whom the Owner may contract to furnish services to Owner with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 3 37a. Samples – Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work shall be judged. 38. Schedule of Values – A schedule prepared by Design/Builder and acceptable to Owner indicating that portion of the Contract Price to be paid for each major component of the Work. 38a. Shop Drawings – All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Design/Builder and submitted by Design/Builder to illustrate some portion of the Work. 39. Site – Lands or other areas designated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which Construction is to be performed, including rights-of- way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use of Design/Builder. 40. Specifications – The part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Design/Builder and approved by Owner consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 41. Subcontractor – An individual or entity other than a Supplier having a direct contract with Design/Builder or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. 42. Submittal – A written or graphic document prepared by or for Design/Builder which is required by the Contract Documents to be submitted to Owner by Design/Builder. Submittals may include Drawings, Specifications, progress schedules, shop drawings, samples, cash flow projections, and Schedules of Values. Submittals other than Drawings and Specifications are not Contract Documents. 43. Substantial Completion – The time at which the Work (or a specified part) has progressed to the point where it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 44. Supplementary Conditions – The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 45. Supplier – A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with Design/Builder or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Design/Builder or any Subcontractor. 45a. Underground Facilities – All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasement containing such facilities which have been installed underground to EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 4 3. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 4 . The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials or equipment or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 5. The words “perform” or “provide” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 6. When “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide” is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Design/Builder, “provide” is implied. 7. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with that meaning. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds A. When Design/Builder delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Design/Builder shall also deliver to Owner such Bonds as Design/Builder may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.01.A. 2.02 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Unless agreed to in writing by Owner and Design/Builder, the Contract Times will commence to run no later than the ninetieth day after the last day for receipt of the Proposal or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. 2.03 Starting the Work A. Design/Builder shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.04 Before Starting the Work A. Design/Builder's Review of Contract Documents: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Design/Builder shall carefully study and compare those Contract Documents prepared by Owner and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Design/Builder shall promptly report in writing to Owner any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Design/Builder may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Owner before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, Design/Builder shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 5 2.05 Initial Conference A. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to run, Design/Builder will arrange a conference attended by Owner and Design/Builder and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the design concepts, schedules referred to in paragraph 2.04.B, procedures for handling Submittals, processing Applications for Payment, maintaining required records, items required pursuant to paragraph 8.01.A.6 and other matters. 2.06 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment (unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents), Design/Builder will arrange a conference attended by Design/Builder, Owner and others as appropriate to review for acceptability the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.04.B. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, before any work at the site begins, a conference attended by Design/Builder, Owner’s Representative and others as designated by Owner will be held to review for acceptability to Owner as provided herein the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.04.B. Design/Builder shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Design/Builder until the acceptable schedules are submitted to Owner. 1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to Owner if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Owner responsibility for the progress schedule, for sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with nor relieve Design/Builder from Design/Builder's full responsibility therefor. 2. Design/Builder's schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Owner if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required Submittals. 3. Design/Builder's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Owner as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the work. ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be designed and constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to Owner. C. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms “as ordered”, “as directed”, “as required”, “as approved” or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 6 agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to Owner any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Resolving Discrepancies A. In the event of a discrepancy between the Conceptual Documents on the one hand and the Proposal or Drawings or Specifications on the other hand, the Conceptual Documents will control except when Owner has approved a Submittal pursuant to paragraph 6.17.B. B. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 1. The provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 2. The provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3. In the event of conflicting or ambiguous provisions within the Contract Documents, specifications will take precedence over the drawings and addenda will take precedence over both. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the more specific provision will take precedence over the less specific; the more stringent will take precedence over the less stringent; the more expensive item will take precedence over the less expensive. On all drawings, figures take precedence over scaled dimensions. Scaling of dimensions, if done, is done at the Design/Builder’s own risk. C. If, during the performance of the Work, Design/Builder discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 3.03.B, Design/Builder shall report it to Owner in writing at once, and Design/Builder shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.16) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.04.A; provided, however, that Design/Builder shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy unless Design/Builder knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 7 hold the Owner and any successors or assigns harmless from any claims by such entities for copyright or patent infringement. B. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared for this Project are for use solely with respect to this Project and the author of these documents, consistent with Owner’s ownership of the design, shall retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including the copyright. The Owner shall be permitted to retain copies, including reproducible copies, of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents for information and reference in connection with the Owner’s use and occupancy of the Project. The Drawings, Specifications or other documents shall not be used by the Owner or others on other projects. Submission or distribution of documents to meet official regulatory requirements or for other similar purposes in connection with the Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the rights reserved herein. C. Subject to Owner’s remedies for a default, the Owner shall release the Design/Builder, its Subcontractors, consultants, and their respective agents and employees from all Owner’s claims, liabilities, demands, actions, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and expert’s fees and costs) (a) arising from any use by the Owner, its successors or assigns of such Design Materials if the Design/Build Agreement is terminated by the Owner prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, or (b) arising as a result of amendments or modifications of any such Design Materials made without the prior consent of Design/Builder, and which do not result from errors, omissions or negligence in the Design Materials supplied hereunder. D. Upon conclusion of the Project and before final payment, Design/Builder shall provide Owner with reproducible drawings and electronic computer files of the Project containing accurate information on the Project as constructed. Drawings shall be of archival quality, prepared on stable mylar base material using a non-fading process proven suitable for long-term storage and high-quality reproduction. Electronic computer files shall be in AutoCAD Version 13 format. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Copies of data furnished by Owner to Design/Builder or Design/Builder to Owner that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60-day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 8 B. Owner will investigate the Site conditions promptly after receiving the notice. If the conditions do materially so differ and cause an increase or decrease in the Design/Builder's cost of, or the time required for, performing any part of the Work, whether or not changed as a result of the conditions, an equitable adjustment shall be made under this clause and the Contract Price or Times modified in writing by Change Order in accordance with Article 9. C. No request by Design/Builder for an equitable adjustment under paragraph 4.02 shall be allowed unless Design/Builder has given the written notice required; provided that the time prescribed in 9.03.A for giving written notice may be extended by Owner. D. The provisions of this paragraph 4.02 are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. A. Reports and Drawings: Refer to these Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 1. Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by Owner in preparing the Contract Documents, including the following: See Section 00800 Supplementary Conditions __________________________________________. Design/Builder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretation or opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the report. 2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized by OWNER in preparing the Contract Documents. a. No drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities referred to in Paragraph 4.02.G) which are at or contiguous to the site have been utilized in preparation of the Contract Documents, except the following: See Section 00800 Supplementary Conditions _____________________________________ B. Limited Reliance by Design/Builder Authorized; Technical Data: Design/Builder may rely upon the general accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Request for Proposals or in these Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such “technical data”, Design/Builder may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner, with respect to: (i) the completeness of such reports and drawings for Design/Builder’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Design/Builder and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or (ii) other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or (iii) any Design/Builder interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 9 F. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in Design/Builders cost of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject, however, to the following: 1. such condition must meet any one of more of the categories described in paragraph 4.02.C; 2. a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 4.02.E will not be an automatice authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraph 10.03; and 4. Design/Builder shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if: a. Design/Builder knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Design/Builder made a final commitment to Owner in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Request for Proposals or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Design/Builder prior to Design/Builder’s making such final commitment; or c. Design/Builder failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by Paragraph 4.02.C above. 5. If Owner and Design/Builder are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles 10 and 11. However, Owner shall not be liable to Design/Builder for any claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Design/Builder on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. G. Physical Conditions – Underground Facilities: 1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data, and the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and Design/Builder shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all Underground Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.13 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 2. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 10 reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.04 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material A. Design/Builder will not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition encountered at the Site which was not identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Design/Builder shall be responsible for materials creating a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by any materials brought to the Site by Design/Builder, Subcontractors, Suppliers or anyone else for whom Design/Builder is responsible Owner shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site unless such substance or material should have been ascertained by Design/Builder in accordance with paragraph 4.02.C.5. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site, managed, stored, or disposed of by Design/Builder, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Design/Builder is responsible.. B. If Design/Builder encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Design/Builder shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Construction in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16); and (iii) notify Owner (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly determine the necessity of retaining a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. C. Design/Builder shall not be required to resume Construction in connection with such Hazardous Environmental Condition or in any such affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to Design/Builder written notice (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Construction, or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Construction may be resumed safely. If Owner and Design/Builder cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such Construction stoppage or such special conditions under which Construction is agreed to be resumed by Design/Builder, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. D. If after receipt of such special written notice Design/Builder does not agree to resume Construction based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Construction under such special conditions, then Owner may order such portion of the Work that is related to such Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Design/Builder cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 11 Design/Builder shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by Design/Builder is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.01.B and 5.02, Design/Builder shall within twenty ten (10) days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02 must be acceptable to Owner. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Design/Builder shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance A. Design/Builder shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Design/Builder is required to purchase and maintain. Owner shall deliver to Design/Builder, with copies to each additional insured indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Design/Builder or any other additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase and maintain. 5.04 Design/Builder's Liability Insurance A. Design/Builder shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Design/Builder's performance of the Work and Design/Builder's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Design/Builder, any Subcontractor or Supplier or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Design/Builder's employees; EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 12 For paragraphs 5.04.A.3 and 5.04.A.5: The Commercial General Liability Policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosions, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner. For paragraph 5.04.A.6: The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). For paragraph 5.04.B.3: This policy will include completed operations coverage / product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy shall also include an Umbrella Excess Liability as follows: General liability and automobile liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence in excess of the above stated primary limits. For paragraph 5.02.C: The Professional Liability Errors & Omissions policy will have limits of $5,000,000. 3. Include completed operations insurance; 4. Include contractual liability insurance covering Design/Builder's indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.11.A.3 and 6.21; 5. Contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and each other additional insured indicated in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Design/Builder pursuant to paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. Remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Design/Builder may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Construction in accordance with paragraphs 12.06 and 12.07; and 7. With respect to completed operations insurance, and any other insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and Design/Builder shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured indicated in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). C. Design/Builder’s Professional Liability Errors & Omissions Insurance. Design/Builder shall purchase and maintain such Professional Liability Errors & Omissions insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims which may arise out of or result from Design/Builder’s performance and furnishing of the Work and Design/Builder’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Design/Builder, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 13 5. Allow partial utilization in accordance with paragraph 13.06; 6. Include testing and startup; and 7. Be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Design/Builder with thirty days' written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws or Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Owner's Consultants, Design/Builder, Subcontractors, and any other individuals or entities indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained by Owner in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Design/Builder and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07. D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Design/Builder, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount, will be borne by Design/Builder, Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. E. If Design/Builder requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Design/Builder by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Design/Builder whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. Owner and Design/Builder intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Owner's Consultant, Design/Builder, Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities indicated in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 14 shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Construction shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order. B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either Owner or Design/Builder has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party Design/Builder in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of their not complying with the Contract Documents, the objecting party Owner shall so notify the other party Design/Builder in writing within ten fifteen (15) days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.04.C. Owner and Design/Builder shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was supposed to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurance A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 13.06, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 – DESIGN/BUILDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Design Professional Services A. Standard of Care. The standard of care for Design Professional Services performed or furnished under this EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 15 1. On the basis of the accepted Preliminary Design Phase documents, prepare final Drawings showing the scope, extent, and character of the Construction to be performed and furnished by Design/Builder and Specifications (which will be prepared, where appropriate, in general conformance with the sixteen division format of the Construction Specifications Institute); 2. Provide technical criteria, written descriptions and design data required for obtaining approvals of such governmental authorities as have jurisdiction to review or approve the final design of the Project, and assist Owner in consultations with appropriate authorities; 3. Furnish the above documents, Drawings, and Specifications to and review them with Owner within the times indicated in the schedules described in paragraphs 2.06.A.1 and 2.06.A.2; and 4. Identify any deviations from other Contract Documents in accordance with paragraph 6.17.B. 6.02 Supervision and Superintendence of Construction A. Design/Builder shall supervise, inspect and direct the Construction competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to provide the Construction in accordance with the Contract Documents. Design/Builder shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of Construction. Design/Builder shall be responsible to see that the completed Construction complies accurately with the Contract Documents and shall keep Owner advised as to the quality and progress of the Construction. B. At all times during the progress of Construction, the Design/Builder shall assign a competent resident superintendent thereto, who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Design/Builder's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Design/Builder. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on Design/Builder. 6.03 Labor, Working Hours A. Design/Builder shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform the Work as required by the Contract Documents. Design/Builder shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Construction at the Site shall be performed during rRegular wWorking hHours, and Design/Builder will not permit overtime work or the performance of Construction on Saturday, Sunday or any lLegal hHoliday without Owner's written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Design/Builder shall submit requests to Owner no less than 48 hours in advance of any Work to be performed on Saturday, Sunday, Legal Holidays, or outside Regular Working Hours. 6.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Design/Builder shall furnish or cause to be furnished EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 16 be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11.02. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or . 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Design/Builder shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Design/Builder shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Design/Builder has reasonable objection. Design/Builder shall perform not less than 20 percent of the Work with its own forces (that is, without subcontracting). The 20 percent requirement shall refer to the Work the value of which totals not less than 20 percent of the Contract Price. B. Design/Builder shall be fully responsible to Owner for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Design/Builder is responsible for Design/Builder's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner and any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws or Regulations. C. Design/Builder shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating Subcontractors, Suppliers and other individuals and entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Design/Builder. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Design/Builder in dividing the Work among Subcontractors and Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. D. Design/Builder shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other individuals and entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with the Owner through Design/Builder. E. All Work performed for Design/Builder by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate Design Subagreement or Construction Subagreement between Design/Builder and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Design/Builder and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Design/Builder, Owner's Consultant, and all other additional insureds (and their officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 17 licenses and approvals. Design/Builder shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the performance of the Work, which are applicable on the last day for receipt of Proposals or on the effective date of the Agreement. Design/Builder shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and Design/Builder shall pay fees as provided in the Supplemental Conditions. Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto. 6.09 Laws or Regulations A. Design/Builder shall give all notices required by and comply with all Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, Owner shall not be responsible for monitoring Design/Builder's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Design/Builder performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Design/Builder shall bear all costs arising therefrom. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known on the date of receipt of Proposals having an effect on the cost or time of performance may be the subject of a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. 6.10 Taxes A. Design/Builder shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Design/Builder in accordance with the Laws or Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. B. Owner is exempt from Colorado state and local sales and use taxes on materials to be permanently incorporated into the project. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Design/Builder must apply for, and receive, a Certificate of Exemption from the Colorado Department of Revenue for construction materials to be physically incorporated into the project. This Certification of Exemption provides that the Design/Builder shall neither pay nor include in his Proposal, sales and use taxes on those building and construction materials physically incorporated into the project. Address: Colorado Department of Revenue State Capital Annex 1375 Sherman Street Denver, CO 80261 C. Sales and use taxes for the State of Colorado, Regional Transportation District (RTD) and certain Colorado counties are collected by the State of Colorado and are included in the Certification of Exemption. All applicable sales and use taxes (including State collected taxes) on any items other than construction and building materials physically incorporated into the project are to be paid by Design/Builder and are to be included in appropriate Work items. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas. 1. Design/Builder shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of construction workers to the Site and other EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 18 part of the Construction or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. Design/Builder shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders and Work Change Directives in good order and annotated to show all changes made during performance of the Work. These record documents together with all approved Submittals will be available to Owner for reference. Upon completion of the Work and prior to release of final payment, these record documents and Submittals, including a reproducible set of record drawings as provided in paragraph 3.05.D, will be delivered to Owner. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Design/Builder shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Design/Builder shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. All persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. All Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. Other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Design/Builder shall comply with applicable Laws or Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Design/Builder shall notify owners of adjacent property and of underground facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Design/Builder, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Design/Builder. D. Design/Builder's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the construction shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Owner has issued a notice to Design/Builder in accordance with paragraph 13.08.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. Design/Builder shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 19 Design/Builder has in a separate written communication at the time of submission called Owner's attention to each such variation and Owner has given written approval. C. Construction prior to Owner's review and approval of any required Submittal will be at the sole risk of Design/Builder. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Design/Builder shall continue the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as Design/Builder and Owner may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Post-Construction Phase A. Design/Builder shall: 1. Provide assistance in connection with the start- up, testing, refining and adjusting of any equipment or system. 2. Assist Owner in training staff to operate and maintain the Work. 3. Assist Owner in developing systems and procedures for control of the operation and maintenance of and record keeping for the Work. 6.20 Design/Builder's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Design/Builder warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Construction Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Design/Builder's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. Abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Design/Builder, Subcontractors, or Suppliers or any other individual for whom Design/Builder is responsible, unless such abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation was permitted by or could reasonably have been prevented by Design/Builder, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or 2. Normal wear and tear under normal usage. B. Design/Builder's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Design/Builder's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by Owner; 2. The making of any progress or final payment; 3. The issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by Owner to Design/Builder under the Contract Documents; 4. Use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. Any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so; 6. Any review and approval of a Submittal; 7. Any inspection, test or approval by others; or 8. Any correction of defective Construction Work by Owner. 6.21 Indemnification EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 20 amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Design/Builder or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Design/Builder under paragraph 6.21.A shall not extend to the liability of Owner's Consultant, and their officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, designs, or specifications. 6.22 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7 – OTHER CONSTRUCTION 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other Work related to the Project at the Site by Owner's employees, or let other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then: 1. Written notice thereof will be given to Design/Builder prior to starting any such other work; and 2. Design/Builder may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9 if Design/Builder believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Design/Builder or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. B. Design/Builder shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees) proper and safe access to the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Design/Builder shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Design/Builder shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Owner and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Design/Builder under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Design/Builder in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Design/Builder's Work depends upon work performed or services provided by others under this Article 7, Design/Builder shall inspect such other work and appropriate instruments of service and promptly report to Owner in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work or services that render it EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 21 2. Provide such legal services as Owner may require with regard to legal issues pertaining to the Project including any that may be raised by Design/Builder; 3. If requested in writing by Design/Builder, furnish reasonable evidence satisfactory to Design/Builder that sufficient funds are available and committed for the entire cost of the Project. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, Design/Builder is not required to commence or continue any Work, or may, if such evidence is not presented within a reasonable time, stop Work upon 15 days notice to the Owner; 4. Make payments to Design/Builder promptly when they are due as provided in paragraph 13.03 and 13.08; 5. Furnish the Site as set forth in paragraph 4.01.A; 6. Furnish to Design/Builder, as required for performance of Design/Builder's Services the following, all of which Design/Builder may use and rely upon in performing services under this Agreement: a. Environmental assessment and impact statements; b. Property, boundary, easement, right-of-way, topographic, and utility surveys; c. Property descriptions; d. Zoning, deed, and other land use restrictions; e. Engineering surveys to establish reference points for design and construction which in Owner's judgment are necessary to enable Design/Builder to proceed with the Work; f. Assistance to Design/Builder in filing documents required to obtain necessary permits, licenses, and approvals of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Project; g. Permits, licenses, and approvals of government authorities Owner is specifically required to obtain by the Contract Documents; and h. All subsurface data at or contiguous to the Site which Owner may have obtained. 7. Review Submittals subject to Owner review pursuant to paragraph 6.17.A; and 8. Provide information known to or in the possession of Owner relating to the presence of materials and substances at the Site which could create a Hazardous Environmental Condition. 8.02 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. 8.03 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Design/Builder's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Design/Builder to comply with Laws or Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Design/Builder's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 22 Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). 9.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Design/Builder shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Construction as provided in paragraph 12.04. 9.03 Claims A. Notice. If Owner and Design/Builder are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of any order of Owner pursuant to paragraph 9.01.A or other occurrence for which the Contract Documents provide that such adjustment(s) may be made, a Claim may be made therefor. Written notice of intent to make such a Claim shall be submitted to the other party promptly and in no event more than 15 days after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim. B. Documentation. Substantiating documentation shall be submitted by the claiming party within 30 days after delivery of the notice required by paragraph 9.03.A. C. Decision. The other party shall render a decision on the Claim no more than 30 days after the receipt of the substantiating documentation required by paragraph 9.03.B. This decision will be final and binding unless the claiming party gives notice of intention to exercise its rights under Article 15 within 30 days of receipt of the decision and exercises such rights within 30 days of giving the notice of intent. D. Time Limit Extension. The time limits of paragraphs 9.03.B and 9.03.C may be extended by mutual agreement. 9.04 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Design/Builder shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to paragraph 9.01, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Construction or Work under paragraph 12.08 or Owner's correction of defective Construction or Work under paragraph 12.09 or (iii) agreed to by the parties; and 2. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive.; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Design/Builder shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.18. 9.05 Notice to Sureties A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 23 schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Design/Builder. a. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full-time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, and health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or lLegal hHolidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. b. Such employees shall also include engineers, engineering technicians, architects, and others provid- ing Design Professional Services. For purposes of this paragraph 10.01.A.1, Design/Builder shall be entitled to payment for such employees an amount equal to salary costs times a factor, both as designated in the Agreement, for all services performed or furnished by such employees engaged on the Project. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Design/Builder unless Owner deposits funds with Design/Builder with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Design/Builder shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Design/Builder to Subcontractors (excluding payments for Design Professional Services pursuant to paragraph 10.01.A.4) for Work performed or furnished by Subcontractors. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Design/Builder's Cost of the Work and fee. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 4. Payments made by Design/Builder for Design Professional Services provided or furnished under a Design Subagreement. 5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 6. Supplemental costs including the following items: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of Design/Builder's EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 24 g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and insurance Design/Builder is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Design/Builder's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by Design/Builder whether at the Site or in Design/Builder's principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 10.01.A.1, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Design/Builder's fee. 2. Expenses of Design/Builder's principal and branch offices other than Design/Builder's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Design/Builder's capital expenses, including interest on Design/Builder's capital employed for the Work and charges against Design/Builder for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Design/Builder, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 10.01.A. 6. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not Design/Builder is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by paragraph 10.01.A.6.i above). C. Design/Builder's Fee. When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Design/Builder's fee shall be as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of the Work covered by a Change Order is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Design/Builder's fee shall be determined as set forth in paragraph 11.01.C. D. Documentation. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined pursuant to paragraph 10.01.A and 10.01.B, Design/Builder will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Owner an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 25 C. Design/Builder or Owner may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 9 if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Design/Builder differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. Design/Builder believes that it is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes it is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. D. Design/Builder acknowledges that Owner has the right to add or delete items of the Work or change quantities at Owner’s sole discretion without affecting the Contract Price of any remaining item so long as the deletion or addition does not exceed twenty-five percent of the estimated quantity of the item. ARTICLE 11 – CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 11.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly in accordance with paragraph 9.03.A. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph 10.03); or 2. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.01.C.2); or 3. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraph 10.01) plus a Design/Builder's Fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.01.C). C. Design/Builder's Fee: The Design/Builder's fee for overhead and profit on Change Orders shall be determined as follows: 1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. If a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. For costs incurred under paragraphs 10.01.A.1.a and 10.01.A.2, the Design/Builder's fee shall be 15 three percent; EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 26 Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice pursuant to paragraph 9.03.A. B. Delays Beyond Design/Builder's Control. Where Design/Builder is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Design/Builder, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 11.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Design/Builder shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, governmental agencies, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other construction work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. C. If Owner or other contractor or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Design/Builder shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Design/Builder’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Design/Builder’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. D. If Design/Builder is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Design/Builder, then Design/Builder shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Design/Builder’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Design/Builder’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 11.02.C. E. Owner and Owner’s Consultant shall not be liable to Design/Builder for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Design/Builder on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. F. Design/Builder shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Design/Builder. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Design/Builder. ARTICLE 12 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE CONSTRUCTION OR WORK 12.01 Notice of Defects A. Owner shall give Design/Builder prompt written notice of all defective Construction or Work of which Owner has actual knowledge. All defective Construction or Work may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 12. 12.02 Access to Construction A. Owner, Owner's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 27 above; (ii) costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 12.04.B below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 12.04.B; and (iii) as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 12.04 Uncovering Construction A. If any Construction is covered contrary to the written request of Owner, it must, if requested by Owner, be uncovered for Owner's observation and recovered at Design/Builder's expense. B. If Owner considers it necessary or advisable that covered Construction be observed by Owner or inspected or tested by others, Design/Builder, at Owner's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Owner may require, that portion of the Construction in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Construction is defective, Design/Builder shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction, (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs, and all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. If, however, such Construction is not found to be defective, Design/Builder shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Design/Builder may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. 12.05 Owner May Stop Construction or Work A. If Construction or Work is defective, or Design/Builder fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform Construction or Work in such a way that the completed Construction Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Design/Builder to stop Construction or Work or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop Construction will not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Design/Builder or any surety or other party. 12.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Construction or Work A. Owner will have authority to disapprove or reject defective Construction or Work and will have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Construction or Work whether or not the Construction or Work is fabricated, installed or completed. If required by Owner, Design/Builder shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Construction or Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Construction or Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Site and replace it with non-defective Construction or EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 28 12.08 Acceptance of Defective Construction or Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Construction or Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Design/Builder shall pay all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Construction or Work. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price reflecting the diminished value of the Construction or Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. If the acceptance occurs after final payment, an appropriate amount will be paid by Design/Builder to Owner. 12.09 Owner May Correct Defective Construction or Work A. If Design/Builder fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner to correct defective Construction or Work or to remove and replace rejected Construction or Work as required by Owner in accordance with paragraphs 12.06.A or 12.07.A, or if Design/Builder fails to perform the Construction or Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Design/Builder fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Design/Builder, correct and remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph 12.09 Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Design/Builder from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Construction or Work, and suspend Design/Builder's services related thereto, take possession of Design/Builder's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Construction or Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Design/Builder but which are stored elsewhere. Design/Builder shall allow Owner, Owner's Consultant, Owner's representatives, agents, employees, and other contractors access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (included but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs and all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising such rights and remedies under this paragraph 12.09 will be charged against Design/Builder and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. D. Design/Builder shall not be allowed an extension EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 29 B. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Design/Builder stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Design/Builder's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. C. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. D. Any funds that are withheld by Owner shall not be subject to substitution by Design/Builder with securities or any arrangements involving an escrow or custodianship. By executing the Application for Payment form, Design/Builder expressly waives his right to the benefits of Colorado Revised Statutes, Section 24-91-101, et seq. 13.03 Review of Applications for Progress Payments A. Procedure. Progress payments shall be made by the Owner to the Design/Builder according to the following procedure: 1. Owner will, within ten days of receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing its acceptance of the Application and state that the Application is being processed for payment, or return the Application to Design/Builder indicating in writing its reasons for refusing to accept the Application. Not more than ten days after accepting such Application the amount will become due and when due will be paid by Owner to Design/Builder. 2. If Owner should fail to pay Design/Builder at the time the payment of any amount becomes due, except as provided in paragraph 13.03.B and as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, then Design/Builder may, at any time thereafter, upon serving written notice that he will stop the Work within seven days after receipt of the notice by Owner, and after such seven day period, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if sent by certified mail to the last known business address of Owner. 3. Payments due but unpaid shall bear interest at the rate specified in the Agreement. 4. No Progress Payment nor any partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by Owner shall constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Reduction in or Refusal to Make Payment. Owner may refuse to make the whole or any part of any such payment, or because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any previous payment, to the extent that is reasonably necessary to protect Owner from loss because: 1. the Construction or Work is defective, or completed Construction or Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement; or 2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Order; or 3. Owner has been required to correct defective Construction or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 12.09.A; or EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 30 inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Owner does not consider the Work substantially complete, Owner will notify Design/Builder in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Owner considers the Work substantially complete, Owner will prepare and deliver to Design/Builder a certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. At the time of delivery of the certificate of Substantial Completion Owner will deliver to Design/Builder a written determination as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Design/Builder with respect to security, operation, safety, protection of Construction, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees. B. Owner will have the right to exclude Design/Builder from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion, but Owner will allow Design/Builder reasonable access to complete or correct items on the list of items to be completed. 13.06 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Construction which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner and Design/Builder agree constitute a separately functioning and usable part of the Construction that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Design/ Builder's performance of the remainder of the Construction, subject to the following: 1. Owner at any time may request Design/Builder in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Construction which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Design/Builder agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Design/Builder will certify to Owner that such part of the Construction is substantially complete and request Owner to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Construction. Design/Builder at any time may notify Owner in writing that Design/Builder considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner and Design/Builder shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Owner does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Owner will notify Design/Builder in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Owner considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraph 13.05 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 2. No use or occupancy of part of the Construction will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 31 B. Final Payment and Acceptance. If Owner is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Design/Builder's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, give written notice to Design/Builder that the Work is acceptable. Otherwise, Owner will return the Application to Design/Builder, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to process final payment, in which case Design/Builder shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. C. Payment Becomes Due. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the acceptable Application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with Owner's notice of acceptability, the amount will become due and will be paid by Owner to Design/Builder, subject to paragraph 16.05.B of these General Conditions. 13.09 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Design/Builder, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, Owner shall, upon receipt of Design/Builder's final Application for Payment, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.01.A, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Design/Builder to Owner with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 13.10 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. A waiver of all Claims by Owner against Design/Builder, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Construction appearing after final inspection pursuant to paragraph 13.07, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Design/Builder's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. A waiver of all Claims by Design/Builder against Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 14 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 14.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 days by notice in writing to Design/Builder which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Design/Builder shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Design/Builder shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Design/Builder makes a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. 14.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 32 court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) such excess will be paid to Design/Builder. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Design/Builder shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. C. Notwithstanding paragraph 14.02.B, Design/ Builder's services will not be terminated if Design/Builder begins, within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate, to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. D. Where Design/Builder's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Design/Builder then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Design/Builder by Owner will not release Design/Builder from liability. 14.03 Owner May Terminate for Convenience A. Upon seven days' written notice to Design/Builder, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, Design/Builder shall be paid (without duplication of any items) for: 1. Completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. Expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. Amounts paid in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs incurred in connection with termination of contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others); and 4. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. Except as provided in paragraph 14.03.C, Design/Builder shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 14.04 Design/Builder May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Design/Builder, the Work is suspended for a period of more than 90 days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Owner fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or Owner fails for thirty days to pay Design/Builder any sum finally determined to be due, then Design/Builder may, upon seven days' written notice to Owner, EJCDC D-700 Standard General Conditions of the Contract Between Owner and Design/Builder Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Includes City of Fort Collins modifications dated 09/2004 33 16.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 16.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; or 2. any special warranty or guarantee; or 3. other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of paragraph 16.03.A will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 16.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Contract. 16.05 Controlling Law A. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. The laws of the State of Colorado shall apply to this Agreement, including but not limited to the following pertinent Colorado statutes: 1. Colorado Revised Statutes (CRS 8-17-101) requires that Colorado labor be employed to perform the work to the extent of not less than 80 percent (80%) of each type or class of labor in the several classifications of skilled and common labor employed on the project. Colorado labor means any person who is a bona fide resident of the State of Colorado at the time of employment, without discrimination as to race, color, creed, age, religion or sex. 2. If a claim is filed, Owner is required by law (CRS 38-26-107) to withhold from all payments to Design/Builder sufficient funds to insure the payment of all claims for labor, materials, team hire, sustenance, provisions, provender, or other supplies used or consumed by Design/Builder or his Subcontractors in or about the performance of the work. Such funds must be withheld until said claims have been paid or such claims as filed have been withdrawn, such payment or withdrawn to be evidenced by filing with Owner a receipt in full or an order for withdrawal in writing and signed by the person filing such a claim or his duly authorized agents or assigns. Such funds shall not be withheld longer than ninety (90) days following the date fixed for final settlement, as published in a public newspaper in accordance with the law, unless an action is commenced within that time to enforce such unpaid claim and a notice of lis pendens is filled with the Owner. At the expiration SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC-4 Differing Site Conditions Subsurface and Physical Conditions ADD the following language in Section 4, Paragraph A.1, Subsurface Conditions: ADD the following language in Section 4, Paragraph A.2.a. Physical Conditions: SC-5 Bonds and Insurance ADD the following language in Section 5.03 Paragraph A.1 Certificates of Insurance Additional Insureds: ADD the following language in Section 5.06 Paragraph A.1 Property Builders Risk Insurance Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Construction at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations). Design/Builder shall be responsible for the first $10,000 of any insurable loss under this policy. This insurance will: SC-8 Changes in Work ADD the following Paragraph to ARTICLE 8, Paragraph 8.05.B 8.05.B Resident Project Representative The Resident Project Representative deals in matters pertaining to the work. Any such dealings will be with or through the Design/Builder. Dealings with subcontractors will only be through or with the full knowledge and approval of the Design/Builder. Duties and Responsibilities of the Resident Project Representative are: Attend meetings with the Design/Builder such as preconstruction conferences, progress meetings and other job conferences. Serve as Owners liaison with Design/Builder working principally through Design/Builders superintendent to assist the Design/Builder in obtaining from OWNER additional details or information, when required, for proper execution of the Work. Advise the Design/Builder of the commencement of any Work pertaining to a Shop Drawing, data, or sample submission which does not meet the Contract Documents. Conduct on-site observations of the Work in progress in determining that the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Report to the Design/Builders superintendent whenever the Resident Project Representative believes that the Work is unsatisfactory, faulty or defective, does not conform to the Contract Documents, or has been damaged, or does not meet the requirements of any inspections, tests or approvals required to be made; and advise the Owners Representative and Design/Builder when he believes work should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project. Consider and evaluate Design/Builder suggestions for modification in Drawings or Specifications and report these recommendations to Owners Representative. Maintain at the Resident Project Representative office orderly files concerning correspondence, reports of job conferences, Shop Drawings, data, and samples, reproductions or original Contract Documents including all Work Directive Changes, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, additional drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Agreement, Design/Builder clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports and other project documents. Keep a diary, daily report form, or log book, recording hours on the job site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of work directive changes, Change Orders, or changed conditions, list of job site visitors, daily activities, decisions, observations in general and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures. Report immediately to Owners Representative the occurrence of any accident. Review application for payment with Design/Builder for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and will submit to the Owners Representative. Conduct final inspection with the Design/Builder and Owners Representative observe that all items on the final inspection list have been corrected or completed and make recommendations to Owners Representative concerning acceptance. The Resident Project Representative shall not: Authorize any deviations from the Contract Documents or accept any substitute materials or equipment. Exceed limitations of Resident Project Representative authority as set forth in the Contract Documents. Undertake any of the responsibilities of the Design/Builder, Subcontractors, or Design/Builders superintendent. Advise on, or issue directions relative to, or assume control over A any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures for construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents. Advise on or issue directions regarding or assume control over safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Accept Shop Drawings, data, or samples submittals from anyone other than the Design/Builder. CITY OF FORT COLLINS ADDENDUM No. 1 P-982 BOBCAT RIDGE NATURAL AREA TRAIL DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of proposal P-982 Bobcat Ridge Natural Area Trail Design & Construction OPENING DATE: Opening Date Changed to April 6, 2005, 3:00p.m. (Our Clock) To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. C. TIMELINE RFP Advertised and Mailed: Friday, February 25, 2005 Pre-proposal Meeting: Thursday, March 24, 2005 Proposal Due Date: Wednesday, April 6, 2005 Evaluation of Proposals: Monday, April 18, 2005 Interviews: Tuesday, April 26, 2005 Contract Negotiations: Tuesday, May 10, 2005 Award of Contract: Thursday, May 12, 2005 Start of Phase I Design: Monday, May 16, 2005 If you have any questions please contact John Stephen, CPPO, Senior Buyer, at 970-221-6777. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. of such ninety (90) day period, Owner shall pay to Design/Builder such moneys and funds as are not the subject of suit and lis pendens notices, and shall retain only sufficient funds to insure the payment of judgments which may result from the suit. and provided Owner does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 14.03.A. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Design/Builder any sum finally determined to be due, Design/Builder may upon seven days' written notice to Owner stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Design/Builder, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 14.04.A are not intended to preclude Design/Builder from making Claim under Article 9 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Design/Builder's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 15 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION 15.01 Methods and Procedures A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures, if any, shall be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. If no such method and procedure has been set forth, Owner and Design/Builder may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 16 – MISCELLANEOUS 16.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. A. Upon Tthe occurrence of any one or more of the following events justifies termination for cause Owner may terminate this Agreement as provided herein: 1. Design/Builder's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.06.A as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.05). 2. Design/Builder's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction. 3. Design/Builder's violation in any substantial way of provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in paragraph 14.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Design/Builder (and the surety, if any) seven days' written notice, terminate the services of Design/Builder, take possession of any completed Drawings and Specifications prepared by or for Design/Builder (subject to the indemnification provisions of paragraph 3.05.A), exclude Design/Builder from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Design/Builder's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Design/Builder (without liability to Design/Builder for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Design/Builder but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem expedient. In such case Design/Builder shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all 13.07 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Design/Builder that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner will make a final inspection with Design/Builder and will notify Design/Builder in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Design/Builder shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 13.08 Final Payment A. Application for Payment. 1. After Design/Builder has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of inspection, record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.12) and other documents, Design/Builder may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (unless previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph 5.04.B.7; (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens specified in paragraph 13.08.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Design/Builder may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Design/Builder that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Design/Builder may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. 4. Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of the surety to finalize payment are to be submitted on forms conforming to the format of the Owner’s standard forms bound in the Project manual. 4. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 13.03.B.1 through 13.03.B.3 inclusive, or paragraphs 14.02.A.1 through 14.02.A.3 inclusive; or 5. Claims have been made against Owner on account of Design/Builder's performance or furnishing of the Work; or 6. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Design/Builder has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; or 7. There are other items entitling Owner to a set off against the amount for which application is made. C. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount requested by Design/Builder, Owner must give Design/Builder immediate written notice stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Design/Builder any amount remaining after deduction of the amount withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Design/Builder the amount withheld or any adjustment thereto agreed to when Design/Builder corrects to Owner’s satisfaction the reason for such action. 13.04 Design/Builder's Warranty of Title A. Design/Builder warrants and guarantees that title to all Construction, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 13.05 Substantial Completion A. When Design/Builder considers the Work ready for its intended use Design/Builder shall notify Owner in writing that the Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Design/Builder as incomplete) and request that Owner issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, Owner and Design/Builder shall make an of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this paragraph 12.09. 12.10 No limitation A. Nothing contained in this Article 12 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Design/Builder might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Section 12.07 relates only to the specific obligation of the Design/Builder to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Design/Builder’s liability with respect to the Design/Builder’s obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. ARTICLE 13 – PAYMENTS TO DESIGN/BUILDER AND COMPLETION 13.01 Schedule of Values A. The Schedule of Values established as provided in paragraph 2.06.A will serve as the basis for progress payments. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 13.02 Application for Progress Payment A. On or about the date established in the Agreement for submission of each application for progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Design/Builder shall submit to Owner for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Design/Builder covering the Work completed as of the date indicated on the Application and accompanied by supporting documentation as required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance provided by Design/Builder and other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to Owner. Work. Design/Builder shall bear all direct, indirect, and consequential costs of such correction, replacement and/or removal (including but not limited to all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from such correction, replacement, and/or removal, and fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court, arbitration, or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal.) 12.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the entire Work or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Construction or Work is found to be defective, Design/Builder shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions, (i) correct such defective Construction or Work, or, if it has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Site and replace it with Construction or Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Construction or Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Design/Builder does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Construction or Work corrected or the rejected Construction or Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses, and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs, and all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Design/Builder. B. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Conceptual Documents. C. Where defective Construction or Work (and damage to other Construction or Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 12.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Construction or Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Construction at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. Design/Builder shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Design/Builder's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 12.03 Tests and Inspections A. If the Contract Documents or Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any part of the Construction Work specifically to be inspected, tested or approved, Design/Builder shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner the required certificates of inspection or approval. Design/ Builder shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Design/Builder's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. B. Design/Builder shall give Owner reasonable notice of the planned schedule for all required inspections, tests, or approvals. C. If any Construction (or the construction work of others) that is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Design/Builder without written concurrence of Owner, it must, if requested by Owner, be uncovered for observation at Design/Builder's expense unless Design/ Builder has given Owner timely notice of Design/Builder's intention to cover the same and Owner has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. D. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except (i) for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by paragraph 12.03.A b. For costs incurred under paragraph 10.01.A.3 10.01.A.4, 10.01.A.5 and 10.01.A.6, the Design/Builder's fee shall be five three percent; c. Where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.01.C.1 and 11.01.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 10.01.A.1 and 10.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Design/Builder will each be paid a fee of to be negotiated in good faith with Owner but not to exceed five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. The amount of credit to be allowed by Design/Builder to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Design/Builder's fee by an amount equal to five three percent of such net decrease; and e. When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Design/Builder's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.01.C.2.a through 11.01.C.2.d, inclusive. f. No fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 10.01.A.5, 10.01.A.6, or 10.01.B. 11.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment of the 10.02 Cash Allowances A. The Contract Price includes all allowances so named in the Contract Documents. Design/Builder shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner. Design/Builder agrees that: 1. The allowances include the cost to Design/Builder (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. Except as set forth in the Contract Documents, Design/Builder's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. B. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due Design/Builder on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 10.03 Unit Prices A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all of Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Design/Builder will be made by Owner. B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Design/Builder to be adequate to cover Design/Builder's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the Site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Design/Builder. c. Rentals of all construction or engineering equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from Design/Builder or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Design/Builder is liable, imposed by Laws or Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Design/Builder, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Design/Builder in connection with the furnishing and performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by Owner in accordance with Article 5 above) provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Design/Builder, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Design/Builder's fee. is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Design/Builder's responsibility. The amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 9.06 Effect of Change Orders A. By the execution of a Change Order, a Work Change Directive, or Written Agreement, Owner and Design/Builder expressly acknowledge and agree that said Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Written Agreement provides for a fair and equitable adjustment in Contract Price and/or Contact Time for the additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work as authorized by said Change Order, Work Change Directive or Written Agreement. Owner and Design/Builder further expressly acknowledge and agree that claims for adjustments to the Contract Price and/or Contract Time covered by a Change Order, Work Change Directive or Written Agreement are not valid. ARTICLE 10 – COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 10.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by Design/Builder in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Design/Builder will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change of the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 10.01.B: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Design/Builder in the performance of the Work under Documents. 8.04 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect of undisclosed Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Materials uncovered or revealed at the Site is set forth in paragraph 4.04. 8.05 Resident Project Representation A. Owner may furnish a Resident Project Representative to observe the performance of Construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 8.06 Owner's Consultant A. Owner's Consultant, if any, has no duties, responsibilities, or authorities with respect to Design/Builder, unless so provided in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 – CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work within the general scope of the Contract by a Written Amendment, Change Order or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Design/Builder shall promptly proceed with the unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Design/Builder's Work. Design/Builder's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Design/Builder's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. The individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 2. The specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. The extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8 – OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 General A. Owner shall do the following in a timely manner so as not to delay the services of Design/Builder: 1. Designate in writing a person to act as Owner's Representative with respect to the services to be rendered under this Agreement. Such person shall have complete authority to transmit instructions, receive information, interpret and define Owner’s policies, make decisions with respect to performance of the Work, and shall provide such other services as may be agreed upon; A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws or Regulations, Design/Builder shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Owner's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants and subcontractors of each from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or resulting from the performance of Construction the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent and is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Design/Builder, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of an individual or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such individual or entity. B. In any and all claims against Owner, Owner's Consultant or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Design/Builder, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.21.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the A. Design/Builder shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Design/Builder is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Design/Builder shall give Owner prompt written notice if Design/Builder believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Design/Builder in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Submittals A. Owner will review and approve Submittals in accordance with the schedule of required Submittals accepted by Owner as required by paragraph 2.06.A. Owner's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the Submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the construction, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Owner's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Owner's review and approval of Submittals shall not relieve Design/Builder from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless areas permitted by Laws or Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Design/Builder shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of Work, Design/Builder shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws or Regulations, Design/Builder shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Owner's Consultants and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including, but not limited to, fees of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or resulting from any claim brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Design/Builder's performance of the Construction. B. Removal of Debris. During the performance of the Construction, Design/Builder shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris resulting from the Construction. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws or Regulations. C. Cleaning. Prior to Substantial Completion, Design/Builder shall clean the Site and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At completion of Construction, Design/Builder shall remove all tools, appliances, construction equipment, temporary construction and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures. Design/Builder shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Design/Builder subject any require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Design/Builder will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Design/Builder shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Conceptual Documents for use in the performance of the Construction and if to the actual knowledge of Owner its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Conceptual Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws or Regulations, Design/Builder shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Owner’s Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not identified in the Conceptual Documents. C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws or Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Design/Builder and its officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, Subcontractors and Suppliers from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device required by the Conceptual Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Design/Builder shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits, licenses, and approvals of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Owner shall assist Design/Builder, when necessary, in obtaining such permits, and assume full responsibility for materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the Work. 1. Purchasing Restrictions: Design/Builder must comply with the City’s purchasing restrictions. Copies of the resolution(s) are available for review in the offices of the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the city Clerk’s office. 2. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Contract Documents shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If reasonably required by Owner, Design/Builder shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 6.05 Progress Schedule A. Design/Builder shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.06.A as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: 1. Design/Builder shall submit to Owner for acceptance proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect, and will comply with any provisions of the Contract Documents applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall Agreement will be the care and skill ordinarily used by members of the architectural and engineering professions practicing under similar conditions at the same time and locality. B. Preliminary Design Phase. After the Contract Times commence to run, Design/Builder shall: 1. Consult with Owner to understand Owner's requirements for the Project and review available data; 2. Advise Owner as to the necessity of Owner's providing or obtaining from others additional reports, data, or services of the types provided in paragraph 8.01.A.6.a-g and assist Owner in obtaining such reports, data, or services; 3. Identify and analyze requirements of governmental authorities having jurisdiction to approve the portions of the Project designed or specified by Design/Builder with whom consultation is to be undertaken in connection with the Project; 4. Obtain such additional geotechnical and related information which it deems necessary for performance of the Work; 5. On the basis of the Conceptual Documents and Design/Builder's Proposal, prepare preliminary design documents consisting of final design criteria, preliminary drawings, outline specifications, and written descriptions of the Project; 6. Furnish the preliminary design documents to and review them with Owner within the times indicated in the schedules described in paragraphs 2.06.A.1 and 2.06.A.2; and 7. Identify any variations in the preliminary design documents from the Contract Documents in accordance with 6.17.B. C. Final Design Phase. After written acceptance by Owner of the preliminary design phase documents Design/Builder shall: Owner and Design/Builder waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Owner's Consultant, Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities indicated in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Design/Builder, Subcontractors, and Suppliers and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: 1. Loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. Loss or damage to the completed Project or any part thereof caused by, arising out of. or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause or loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 13.06, after Substantial Completion pursuant to paragraph 13.05, or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 13.08. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Design/Builder, Subcontractors, Owner's Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.08.B. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and provided by Design/Builder under paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Builders Risk Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Construction at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations). This insurance will: 1. Include the interests of Owner, Owner's Consultant, Design/Builder, Subcontractors, and any other individuals or entities indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 2. Be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss and damage to the Construction, temporary buildings, falsework and all materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws or Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. Include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. Cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Construction, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment approved by Owner; 3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Design/Builder's employees; 4. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (i) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Design/Builder, or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; 5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance required by paragraph 5.04.A shall: 1. With respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, 5.04 B.3 and 5.04.C (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) include as additional insureds Owner and Owner's Consultants and any other persons or entities indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, and employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; the limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows: For paragraphs 5.04.A.1 and 5.04.A.2: Coverage A – Statutory limits; Coverage B -- $100,000/ $100,000/ $500,000. then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. E. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws or Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Design/Builder, Subcontractors, Suppliers and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or resulting from such Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents to be included in the scope of the Work, and (iii) was not created by Design/Builder or by anyone for whom Design/Builder is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.04.E shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. F. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws or Regulations, Design/Builder shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Owner's Consultant and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or resulting from such Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Design/Builder or anyone for whom Design/Builder is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.04.F shall obligate Design/Builder to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. ARTICLE 5 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment and Other Bonds A. Design/Builder shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Design/Builder's obligations to furnish, provide and pay for Work and related materials under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, Design/Builder shall, immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner. Owner will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility. If Owner concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 9 to reflect and document such consequences. During such time, Design/Builder shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.12. Design/Builder may be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that Design/Builder did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Design/Builder are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Design/Builder may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 10 and 11. However, Owner shall not be liable to Design/Builder for any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by Design/Builder on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.03 Reference Points A. Design/Builder shall be responsible for laying out the Work and shall protect and preserve the reference points and property monuments established by Owner pursuant to paragraph 8.01.A.6.e, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Design/Builder shall report to Owner whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such “technical data” or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions: If Design/Builder believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” on which Design/Builder is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.02.A and 4.02.B is materially inaccurate, or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents, or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; or 5. is of such a nature as to reasonably be suspected of containing or constituting Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material, or such other substances or materials that may result in significant damage or injury or require compliance with specifically applicable regulatory requirements, unless confirmation of the absence of such condition has previously been provided; then Design/Builder shall, immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.16), notify Owner in writing about such condition. Design/Builder shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. D. Owner's Review: Owner will promptly review the pertinent conditions and determine the necessity of obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto. E. Possible Contract Documents Change: If Owner concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.02.C, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 9 to reflect and document the consequences of such change. to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data’s creator. ARTICLE 4 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; DIFFERING SITE SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Design/Builder of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site which Design/Builder will have to comply in performing the Work. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Design/Builder and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in Owner's furnishing the Site, Design/Builder may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 9. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Design/Builder with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Construction is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws or Regulations. C. Design/Builder shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Differing Site Conditions Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Design/Builder shall promptly, and before the conditions are disturbed, give a written notice to Owner of (i) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Site which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents, or (ii) unknown physical conditions at the Site, of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inhering in work of the character called for by the Contract Documents. following ways: 1. Owner's approval of required Submittals (pursuant to paragraph 6.17.B); 2. A Work Change Directive; 3. A Change Order; 4. A Field Order; 5. A formal Written Amendment. 3.05 Reuse of Documents Use of Design Materials A. All documents including Drawings and Specifications prepared or furnished by Design/Builder pursuant to this Agreement are for Design/Builder's own use, and Design/Builder shall retain an ownership and property interest therein whether or not the Project is completed. Owner may make and retain copies for information and reference in connection with the use and occupancy of the Project by Owner and others. However, such documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Owner or others on extensions of the Project or on any other project. Any reuse or any continued use after any termination without written verification or adaptation by Design/Builder for the specific purpose intended will be at Owner's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Design/Builder and Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Design/Builder and Subcontractors from all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorneys' fees arising out of or resulting therefrom. Any such verification or adaptation will entitle Design/Builder to further compensation at rates to be agreed upon by Owner and Design/Builder. The Owner shall have unlimited rights to copy and use in connection with the Project all Design Materials, including the right to use same on the Project at no additional cost to the Owner, regardless of degree of completion, provided that said services performed have been fully paid for as required by the terms of this Agreement. The Design/Builder agrees to and does herby grant to the Owner and any assignee or successor of the Owner as owner of the Project a royalty-free license to any such Design materials as to which the Design/Builder may assert any rights under the patent or copyright laws. The Design/Builder hereby assigns outright and exclusively to the Owner all copyrights in the design appearance of the Project. The Design/Builder, as part of its agreements with any Subcontractor or consultant, will secure such license and use rights from each such entity, and shall defend, indemnify and “reasonable”, “suitable”, “acceptable”, “proper” or “satisfactory” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judgment of Owner as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to Owner any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to any provision of the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws or Regulations. 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect on the last day for receipt of Proposals except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Design/Builder, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, Documents unless Design/Builder knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after commencement of the Contract Times (unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents), Design/Builder shall submit the following to Owner for its timely review: 1. A preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. A preliminary schedule of Submittals which will list each required Submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing each Submittal; in no case will a schedule be acceptable which allows less than seven (7) calendar days for each review by owner. 3. A preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work; and 4. A preliminary cash flow projection estimating that portion of the Contract Price to be due during each month of performance. C. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Design/Builder and Owner shall each deliver to the other, certificates of insurance as required by paragraph 5.03 which Design/Builder and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. shall deliver to Owner certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner) which Design/Builder is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5 – Bonds and Insurance. furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. 46. Unit Price Work – Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 47. Work – The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be performed or furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing Design Professional Services and Construction required by the Contract Documents. 48. Work Change Directive – A written directive to Design/Builder, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing site conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: 1. The word “day” shall constitute a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 2. The word “defective,” when modifying the words “Construction” or “Work” refers to Construction or Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Owner's final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion) provided that the defect was not caused by Owner. the Supplementary Conditions. 30. Partial Utilization – Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 31. PCBs – Polychlorinated biphenyls. 32. Petroleum – Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. 33. Project – The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 34. Proposal – The documents submitted by Design/Builder in response to the Request for Proposals setting forth the design concepts, proposed prices, and other conditions for the Work to be performed. 35. Radioactive Material – Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 35a. Regular Working Hours – 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 36. Request for Proposals – The document prepared by or for Owner specifying and describing Owner's objectives and the procedure to be followed in preparing and submitting a Proposal and awarding a contract. 37. Resident Project Representative – The authorized representative of Owner who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 12. Contract Documents – Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price – The moneys payable by Owner to Design/Builder for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14. Contract Times – The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment, as evidenced by Owner’s Representative’s written recommendation for final payment, and in accordance with paragraph 13.08. 15. Design/Builder – The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. 15a. Design Materials – Any and all documents, shop drawings, electronic information, data, plans, drawings, sketches, illustrations, specifications, descriptions, models and other information developed, prepared, furnished, delivered or required to be delivered by the Design/Builder (a) to the Owner under the Contract Documents or (b) developed or prepared by the Design/Builder specifically to discharge its duties under the Contract Documents. 16. Design Subagreement – A written agreement between Design/Builder and a design professional for provision of Design Professional Services. Year-round Trees or Shrubs Lark Sparrow Chondestes grammacus Emberizidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 9,000 Breeding Ground Chipping Sparrow Spizella passerina Emberizidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 11,000 Breeding Conifer Brewer’s Sparrow Spizella breweri Emberizidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 10,000 Breeding Low in Shrubs Lark Bunting Calamospiza melanocorys Emberizidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 9,000 Breeding Ground/ Sagebrush Orioles, Meadowlarks, Blackbirds Western Meadowlark Sturnelia magna Emberizidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 12,000 Year-round Ground Red-winged Blackbird Agelaius phoeniceus Emberizidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 10,000 Year-round Wetland Vegetation Brown-headed Cowbird Molthrus ater Emberizidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 12,000 Breeding Parasite Common Grackle Quiscalus quiscula Emberizidae 1 – 6 3,000 -9,500 Breeding Trees or Shrubs Bullock’s Oriole Icterus galbula Emberizidae 1 – 5, 7 3,000 – 8,000 Breeding Mature Tree Yellow-rumped Warbler Dendroica coronata Parulidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 11,000 Breeding Dense Moist Thickets/ Tangles Yellow Warbler Dendroica petechia Parulidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 10,000 Breeding Dense Moist Thickets/ Tangles MacGillivray’s Warbler Oporornis toimiel Parulidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 11,000 Breeding Dense Moist Thickets/ Tangles Wilson’s Warbler Wilsonia pusilla Parulidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 13,500 Breeding Dense Moist Thickets/ Tangles Yellow-breasted Chat Icteria virens Parulidae 1, 2, 4 – 6 3,000 – 8,000 Breeding Dense Thickets Orange-crowned Warbler Vermivora celata Parulidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 9,000 Migration Ground Bushtit Psaltiparus minimus Aegitalidae 1 – 7 5,000 – 8,500 Rare Trees or Shrubs Nuthatches White-breasted Nuthatch Sitta carolinensis Sittidae 1, 2, 4 – 6 3,000 – 11,500 Year-round Secondary Cavity Red-breasted Nuthatch Sitta canadensis Sittidae 1, 2, 4 – 6 3,000 – 11,500 Winter Secondary Cavity Pygmy Nuthatch Sitta Pygmaea Sittidae 1, 2, 4 – 6 5,500 – 10,000 Year-round Secondary Cavity Wrens House Wren Troglodytes aedon Troglodytidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 11,000 Breeding Cavity Canyon Wren Catherpes mexicanus Troglodytidae 1 – 7 5,000 – 8,500 Rare/ Year- round Cliff Rock Wren Salpinctes obsoletus Troglodytidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 12,000 Breeding Rock Crevices Tyrannidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 10,000 Breeding Secondary Cavity Willow Flycatcher Empidonax traillii Tyrannidae 1, 2, 4, 5 3,000 – 10,000 Rare/ Breeding Dense Moist Thickets Say’s Phoebe Sayornis saya Tyrannidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 9,000 Rare/ Breeding Platform Gray Flycatcher Empidonax wrightii Tyrannidae 2, 4, 5 5,000 – 7,000 Rare Trees Cordilleran Flycatcher Empidonax occidentalis Tyrannidae 1, 2, 4 – 7 3,000 – 11,500 Migration Variable Vireos Warbling Vireo Vireo giluvs Vireonidae 1 – 6 3,000 – 10,500 Breeding Trees or Shrubs Shurbs and Trees Owls Great Horned Owl Bubo virginianus Strigidae 1 – 7 3,000 – 11,500 Year-round Mature Trees preblei Preble's meadow jumping mouse G5T2 S1 T SC FS D 1998-08 Protection Rank Comments: Likely the biggest threats to this conservation area are development impacts, recreational use and management of water resources. Although this area currently has relatively little urbanization residential development continues to grow. It is important to understand the impact residential development may have on reducing the amount of riparian and upland habitat available to Preble’s meadow jumping mice. In areas of Colorado that have intensive urban development Preble’s meadow jumping mice are no longer found. Recreational use is heavy throughout the Big Thompson River conservation area, and such impacts to riparian and upland grassland habitats could reduce jumping mouse abundance. The Preble’s meadow jumping mouse has been shown to tolerate low levels of recreational use (hiking trails) in riparian communities, but such impacts should be mitigated to improve riparian shrubland and herbaceous cover. In areas where creeks and streams no longer flow at historic levels the riparian habitat has reduced in size and density. Such water flow impacts can jeopardize the persistence of jumping mice by decreasing the amount of available riparian habitat. Maintaining historic Photo courtesy of Cole Wild Blue Grouse Dendragapus obscurus 1 - 6 6,000 – 13,000 Year-round Ground Wild Turkey Meleagris gallopavo 1 - 7 3,000 – 8,000 Year-round Ground Hummingbirds Black-chinned Hummingbird Archilochus alexandri 1 – 5 7 5,500 – 7,000 Rare/ Breeding Trees Woodpeckers Lewis’ Woodpecker Melanerpes lewis 1 – 7 3,000 – 8,000 Breeding Cavity Bushtits Bushtit Psaltiparus minimus 1 - 7 5,000 – 8,500 Rare Trees or Shrubs Thrashers Sage Thrasher Oreoscoooptes montanus 1 - 7 3,000 – 14,000 Rare/ Migration Shrubs or Ground Warblers Wilson’s Warbler Willlsonia pusilla 1 - 6 3,000 – 13,500 Breeding Dense Moist Thickets/ Tangles Grosbeaks, Buntings, Sparrows Grasshopper Sparrow Ammodramus savannarum 1 – 4 6 - 7 3,000 – 6,000 Breeding Ground *Habitat Types: 1. Urban and Croplands 2. Riparian/ Wetlands 3. Grasslands 4. Shrublands 5. Forestlands 6. Tundra 7. Unvegetated, Exposed-Rock